01-07 ip routing commands

Quidway NetEngine40 Command Reference Contents

Issue 07 (2010-11-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

i

Contents

7 IP Routing Commands .............................................................................................................. 7-1 7.1 IP Routing Basic Configuration Commands ................................................................................................. 7-1

7.1.1 debugging rm ....................................................................................................................................... 7-1 7.1.2 display ip routing-table ........................................................................................................................ 7-2 7.1.3 display ip routing-table protocol .......................................................................................................... 7-8 7.1.4 display ip routing-table statistics ........................................................................................................ 7-10 7.1.5 display rm bfd-session ....................................................................................................................... 7-12 7.1.6 display rm interface ............................................................................................................................ 7-14 7.1.7 display router id ................................................................................................................................. 7-16 7.1.8 display routing task ............................................................................................................................ 7-16 7.1.9 reset ip routing-table statistics protocol ............................................................................................. 7-18 7.1.10 router id ............................................................................................................................................ 7-19

7.2 Static Route Configuration Commands ....................................................................................................... 7-20 7.2.1 ip route-static ..................................................................................................................................... 7-20 7.2.2 ip route-static default-preference ....................................................................................................... 7-22 7.2.3 ip route-static vpn-instance ................................................................................................................ 7-23

7.3 RIP Configuration Commands .................................................................................................................... 7-25 7.3.1 checkzero (RIP) ................................................................................................................................. 7-25 7.3.2 debugging rip ..................................................................................................................................... 7-26 7.3.3 debugging rip backup ......................................................................................................................... 7-27 7.3.4 default-cost (RIP) ............................................................................................................................... 7-28 7.3.5 default-route originate ........................................................................................................................ 7-29 7.3.6 display rip .......................................................................................................................................... 7-30 7.3.7 display rip database ............................................................................................................................ 7-32 7.3.8 display rip interface ............................................................................................................................ 7-33 7.3.9 display rip neighbor ........................................................................................................................... 7-35 7.3.10 display rip route ............................................................................................................................... 7-37 7.3.11 filter-policy export (RIP) .................................................................................................................. 7-38 7.3.12 filter-policy import (RIP) ................................................................................................................. 7-39 7.3.13 host-route ......................................................................................................................................... 7-41 7.3.14 import-route (RIP) ........................................................................................................................... 7-41 7.3.15 maximum load-balancing (RIP) ....................................................................................................... 7-42

Contents Quidway NetEngine40

Command Reference

ii Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 07 (2010-11-30)

7.3.16 network (RIP) ................................................................................................................................... 7-43 7.3.17 peer (RIP) ......................................................................................................................................... 7-44 7.3.18 preference (RIP) ............................................................................................................................... 7-45 7.3.19 reset rip configuration ...................................................................................................................... 7-46 7.3.20 reset rip statistics .............................................................................................................................. 7-47 7.3.21 rip ..................................................................................................................................................... 7-47 7.3.22 rip authentication-mode ................................................................................................................... 7-48 7.3.23 rip input ............................................................................................................................................ 7-49 7.3.24 rip metricin ....................................................................................................................................... 7-50 7.3.25 rip metricout ..................................................................................................................................... 7-51 7.3.26 rip mib-binding ................................................................................................................................ 7-52 7.3.27 rip output .......................................................................................................................................... 7-53 7.3.28 rip pkt-transmit ................................................................................................................................. 7-53 7.3.29 rip poison-reverse ............................................................................................................................. 7-54 7.3.30 rip split-horizon ................................................................................................................................ 7-55 7.3.31 rip summary-address ........................................................................................................................ 7-56 7.3.32 rip version ........................................................................................................................................ 7-57 7.3.33 silent-interface (RIP) ........................................................................................................................ 7-58 7.3.34 summary (RIP) ................................................................................................................................. 7-59 7.3.35 timers rip .......................................................................................................................................... 7-60 7.3.36 verify-source .................................................................................................................................... 7-61 7.3.37 version .............................................................................................................................................. 7-62

7.4 OSPF Configuration Commands ................................................................................................................. 7-63 7.4.1 abr-summary (OSPF) ......................................................................................................................... 7-63 7.4.2 area (OSPF) ........................................................................................................................................ 7-64 7.4.3 asbr-summary ..................................................................................................................................... 7-65 7.4.4 authentication-mode ........................................................................................................................... 7-66 7.4.5 bandwidth-reference (OSPF) ............................................................................................................. 7-68 7.4.6 bfd all-interfaces ................................................................................................................................ 7-69 7.4.7 debugging ospf bfd ............................................................................................................................ 7-70 7.4.8 debugging ospf hot-standby ............................................................................................................... 7-71 7.4.9 debugging ospf event ......................................................................................................................... 7-72 7.4.10 debugging ospf lsa-originate ............................................................................................................ 7-73 7.4.11 debugging ospf packet ...................................................................................................................... 7-74 7.4.12 debugging ospf spf ........................................................................................................................... 7-75 7.4.13 default .............................................................................................................................................. 7-76 7.4.14 default-cost (OSPF) ......................................................................................................................... 7-77 7.4.15 default-route-advertise ..................................................................................................................... 7-78 7.4.16 description (OSPF Area) .................................................................................................................. 7-80 7.4.17 description (OSPF) ........................................................................................................................... 7-81 7.4.18 display ospf abr-asbr ........................................................................................................................ 7-81 7.4.19 display ospf asbr-summary .............................................................................................................. 7-82



iii

7.4.20 display ospf brief .............................................................................................................................. 7-84 7.4.21 display ospf cumulative ................................................................................................................... 7-88 7.4.22 display ospf error ............................................................................................................................. 7-90 7.4.23 display ospf interface ....................................................................................................................... 7-94 7.4.24 display ospf lsdb .............................................................................................................................. 7-96 7.4.25 display ospf nexthop ...................................................................................................................... 7-102 7.4.26 display ospf bfd session ................................................................................................................. 7-103 7.4.27 display ospf peer ............................................................................................................................ 7-104 7.4.28 display ospf request-queue ............................................................................................................. 7-107 7.4.29 display ospf retrans-queue ............................................................................................................. 7-108 7.4.30 display ospf routing ........................................................................................................................ 7-109 7.4.31 display ospf sham-link ................................................................................................................... 7-111 7.4.32 display ospf vlink ........................................................................................................................... 7-112 7.4.33 domain-id ....................................................................................................................................... 7-114 7.4.34 enable log ....................................................................................................................................... 7-115 7.4.35 filter export..................................................................................................................................... 7-116 7.4.36 filter import .................................................................................................................................... 7-117 7.4.37 filter-policy export (OSPF) ............................................................................................................ 7-118 7.4.38 filter-policy import (OSPF) ............................................................................................................ 7-119 7.4.39 import-route (OSPF) ...................................................................................................................... 7-120 7.4.40 lsa-arrival-interval .......................................................................................................................... 7-121 7.4.41 lsa-originate-interval ...................................................................................................................... 7-122 7.4.42 lsdb-overflow-limit ........................................................................................................................ 7-123 7.4.43 maximum load-balancing (OSPF) .................................................................................................. 7-124 7.4.44 maximum-routes ............................................................................................................................ 7-125 7.4.45 network (OSPF) ............................................................................................................................. 7-126 7.4.46 nexthop ........................................................................................................................................... 7-127 7.4.47 nssa................................................................................................................................................. 7-128 7.4.48 opaque-capability enable ................................................................................................................ 7-129 7.4.49 ospf................................................................................................................................................. 7-130 7.4.50 ospf authentication-mode ............................................................................................................... 7-131 7.4.51 ospf bfd .......................................................................................................................................... 7-133 7.4.52 ospf bfd block ................................................................................................................................ 7-134 7.4.53 ospf cost ......................................................................................................................................... 7-135 7.4.54 ospf dr-priority ............................................................................................................................... 7-136 7.4.55 ospf mib-binding ............................................................................................................................ 7-137 7.4.56 ospf mtu-enable .............................................................................................................................. 7-138 7.4.57 ospf network-type .......................................................................................................................... 7-139 7.4.58 ospf timer dead ............................................................................................................................... 7-140 7.4.59 ospf timer hello .............................................................................................................................. 7-141 7.4.60 ospf timer poll ................................................................................................................................ 7-142 7.4.61 ospf timer retransmit ...................................................................................................................... 7-143


Command Reference

iv Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 07 (2010-11-30)

7.4.62 ospf trans-delay .............................................................................................................................. 7-144 7.4.63 peer (OSPF) ................................................................................................................................... 7-145 7.4.64 preference (OSPF) ......................................................................................................................... 7-146 7.4.65 reset ospf ........................................................................................................................................ 7-147 7.4.66 retransmission-limit ....................................................................................................................... 7-148 7.4.67 rfc1583 compatible ........................................................................................................................ 7-149 7.4.68 route-tag ......................................................................................................................................... 7-150 7.4.69 sham-hello enable (OSPF) ............................................................................................................. 7-151 7.4.70 sham-link ....................................................................................................................................... 7-152 7.4.71 silent-interface (OSPF) .................................................................................................................. 7-154 7.4.72 snmp-agent trap enable ospf .......................................................................................................... 7-155 7.4.73 spf-schedule-interval ...................................................................................................................... 7-156 7.4.74 stub (OSPF) .................................................................................................................................... 7-158 7.4.75 stub-router ...................................................................................................................................... 7-159 7.4.76 vlink-peer (OSPF) .......................................................................................................................... 7-159 7.4.77 vpn-instance-capability simple....................................................................................................... 7-161

7.7 IS-IS Configuration Commands ................................................................................................................ 7-162 7.7.1 area-authentication-mode ................................................................................................................. 7-162 7.7.2 auto-cost enable ............................................................................................................................... 7-164 7.7.3 bandwidth-reference (IS-IS) ............................................................................................................ 7-165 7.7.4 bfd all-interfaces .............................................................................................................................. 7-166 7.7.5 bfd all-interfaces enable ................................................................................................................... 7-167 7.7.6 circuit-cost ....................................................................................................................................... 7-168 7.7.7 cost-style .......................................................................................................................................... 7-169 7.7.8 debugging isis .................................................................................................................................. 7-170 7.7.9 default-route-advertise ..................................................................................................................... 7-172 7.7.10 display isis bfd interface ................................................................................................................ 7-174 7.7.11 display isis bfd session ................................................................................................................... 7-175 7.7.12 display isis debug-switches ............................................................................................................ 7-176 7.7.13 display isis graceful-restart status .................................................................................................. 7-177 7.7.14 display isis interface ....................................................................................................................... 7-179 7.7.15 display isis lsdb .............................................................................................................................. 7-181 7.7.16 display isis mesh-group .................................................................................................................. 7-183 7.7.17 display isis name-table ................................................................................................................... 7-184 7.7.18 display isis peer .............................................................................................................................. 7-185 7.7.19 display isis route ............................................................................................................................ 7-187 7.7.20 display isis spf-log ......................................................................................................................... 7-190 7.7.21 display isis spf-tree ........................................................................................................................ 7-192 7.7.22 display isis statistics ....................................................................................................................... 7-196 7.7.23 display isis traffic-eng .................................................................................................................... 7-198 7.7.24 domain-authentication-mode ......................................................................................................... 7-199 7.7.25 filter-policy export (IS-IS) ............................................................................................................. 7-201



v

7.7.26 filter-policy import (IS-IS) ............................................................................................................. 7-202 7.7.27 flash-flood ...................................................................................................................................... 7-203 7.7.28 graceful-restart (IS-IS) ................................................................................................................... 7-204 7.7.29 graceful-restart interval .................................................................................................................. 7-205 7.7.30 graceful-restart suppress-sa ............................................................................................................ 7-206 7.7.31 import-route (IS-IS) ....................................................................................................................... 7-207 7.7.32 import-route isis level-2 into level-1 .............................................................................................. 7-208 7.7.33 isis .................................................................................................................................................. 7-209 7.7.34 isis authentication-mode ................................................................................................................ 7-210 7.7.35 isis bfd ............................................................................................................................................ 7-212 7.7.36 isis bfd block .................................................................................................................................. 7-213 7.7.37 isis bfd enable ................................................................................................................................ 7-214 7.7.38 isis bfd static .................................................................................................................................. 7-215 7.7.39 isis circuit-level .............................................................................................................................. 7-216 7.7.40 isis circuit-type ............................................................................................................................... 7-217 7.7.41 isis cost ........................................................................................................................................... 7-218 7.7.42 isis dis-name................................................................................................................................... 7-219 7.7.43 isis dis-priority ............................................................................................................................... 7-219 7.7.44 isis enable ....................................................................................................................................... 7-220 7.7.45 isis fast-sense ................................................................................................................................. 7-222 7.7.46 isis mesh-group .............................................................................................................................. 7-223 7.7.47 isis peer-ip-ignore .......................................................................................................................... 7-224 7.7.48 isis silent ........................................................................................................................................ 7-225 7.7.49 isis small-hello ............................................................................................................................... 7-225 7.7.50 isis smart-hello ............................................................................................................................... 7-226 7.7.51 isis timer csnp ................................................................................................................................ 7-227 7.7.52 isis timer hello ................................................................................................................................ 7-228 7.7.53 isis timer holding-multiplier ........................................................................................................... 7-229 7.7.54 isis timer lsp-retransmit .................................................................................................................. 7-230 7.7.55 isis timer lsp-throttle ...................................................................................................................... 7-231 7.7.56 is-level ............................................................................................................................................ 7-232 7.7.57 is-name ........................................................................................................................................... 7-233 7.7.58 is-snmp-traps enable ...................................................................................................................... 7-234 7.7.59 log-peer-change .............................................................................................................................. 7-235 7.7.60 lsp-fragments-extend ...................................................................................................................... 7-236 7.7.61 lsp-length ....................................................................................................................................... 7-237 7.7.62 maximum load-balancing (IS-IS) ................................................................................................... 7-238 7.7.63 network-entity ................................................................................................................................ 7-239 7.7.64 nexthop ........................................................................................................................................... 7-240 7.7.65 preference (IS-IS) ........................................................................................................................... 7-241 7.7.66 reset isis all ..................................................................................................................................... 7-242 7.7.67 reset isis peer .................................................................................................................................. 7-243


Command Reference

vi Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 07 (2010-11-30)

7.7.68 set-overload .................................................................................................................................... 7-244 7.7.69 spf-slice-size .................................................................................................................................. 7-246 7.7.70 summary (IS-IS) ............................................................................................................................. 7-246 7.7.71 timer lsp-generation ....................................................................................................................... 7-248 7.7.72 timer lsp-max-age .......................................................................................................................... 7-249 7.7.73 timer lsp-refresh ............................................................................................................................. 7-250 7.7.74 timer spf ......................................................................................................................................... 7-251 7.7.75 virtual-system ................................................................................................................................. 7-252

7.8 BGP Configuration Commands ................................................................................................................. 7-253 7.8.1 aggregate .......................................................................................................................................... 7-253 7.8.2 as-split-horizon ................................................................................................................................ 7-254 7.8.3 bestroute as-path-neglect .................................................................................................................. 7-255 7.8.4 bestroute med-confederation ............................................................................................................ 7-256 7.8.5 bestroute med-none-as-maximum .................................................................................................... 7-257 7.8.6 bgp ................................................................................................................................................... 7-258 7.8.7 compare-different-as-med ................................................................................................................ 7-259 7.8.8 confederation id ............................................................................................................................... 7-260 7.8.9 confederation nonstandard ............................................................................................................... 7-261 7.8.10 confederation peer-as ..................................................................................................................... 7-262 7.8.11 dampening ...................................................................................................................................... 7-263 7.8.12 debugging bgp ................................................................................................................................ 7-264 7.8.13 default ipv4-unicast ........................................................................................................................ 7-266 7.8.14 default local-preference .................................................................................................................. 7-267 7.8.15 default med .................................................................................................................................... 7-268 7.8.16 default-route imported.................................................................................................................... 7-269 7.8.17 display bgp bfd session .................................................................................................................. 7-270 7.8.18 display bgp group ........................................................................................................................... 7-271 7.8.19 display bgp l2vpn ........................................................................................................................... 7-274 7.8.20 display bgp network ....................................................................................................................... 7-279 7.8.21 display bgp paths ............................................................................................................................ 7-280 7.8.22 display bgp peer ............................................................................................................................. 7-281 7.8.23 display bgp routing-table ............................................................................................................... 7-286 7.8.24 display bgp routing-table dampened .............................................................................................. 7-290 7.8.25 display bgp routing-table dampening parameter ............................................................................ 7-291 7.8.26 display bgp routing-table flap-info ................................................................................................. 7-292 7.8.27 display bgp routing-table label ....................................................................................................... 7-294 7.8.28 display bgp routing-table statistics ................................................................................................. 7-295 7.8.29 display bgp vpls ............................................................................................................................. 7-297 7.8.30 display ip as-path-filter .................................................................................................................. 7-299 7.8.31 display ip bgp-accounting .............................................................................................................. 7-300 7.8.32 display ip community-filter ............................................................................................................ 7-301 7.8.33 display ip extcommunity-filter ....................................................................................................... 7-303



vii

7.8.34 ebgp-interface-sensitive ................................................................................................................. 7-304 7.8.35 filter-policy export (BGP) .............................................................................................................. 7-305 7.8.36 filter-policy import (BGP) .............................................................................................................. 7-306 7.8.37 graceful-restart ............................................................................................................................... 7-307 7.8.38 graceful-restart timer restart ........................................................................................................... 7-307 7.8.39 graceful-restart timer wait-for-rib .................................................................................................. 7-308 7.8.40 group .............................................................................................................................................. 7-309 7.8.41 import-route (BGP) ........................................................................................................................ 7-310 7.8.42 ip as-path-filter ............................................................................................................................... 7-311 7.8.43 ip bgp-accounting ........................................................................................................................... 7-312 7.8.44 ip community-filter ........................................................................................................................ 7-313 7.8.45 ip extcommunity-filter ................................................................................................................... 7-315 7.8.46 ipv4-family ..................................................................................................................................... 7-316 7.8.47 l2vpn-family ................................................................................................................................... 7-317 7.8.48 maximum load-balancing (BGP) ................................................................................................... 7-318 7.8.49 network (BGP) ............................................................................................................................... 7-319 7.8.50 peer advertise-community .............................................................................................................. 7-320 7.8.51 peer advertise-ext-community ........................................................................................................ 7-321 7.8.52 peer allow-as-loop .......................................................................................................................... 7-322 7.8.53 peer as-number ............................................................................................................................... 7-323 7.8.54 peer as-path-filter ........................................................................................................................... 7-324 7.8.55 peer bfd enable ............................................................................................................................... 7-325 7.8.56 peer bfd .......................................................................................................................................... 7-326 7.8.57 peer bfd block ................................................................................................................................ 7-327 7.8.58 peer capability-advertise ................................................................................................................ 7-328 7.8.59 peer connect-interface .................................................................................................................... 7-329 7.8.60 peer default-originate vpn-instance ................................................................................................ 7-330 7.8.61 peer default-route-advertise ........................................................................................................... 7-332 7.8.62 peer description .............................................................................................................................. 7-333 7.8.63 peer discard-ext-community .......................................................................................................... 7-334 7.8.64 peer ebgp-max-hop ........................................................................................................................ 7-335 7.8.65 peer enable ..................................................................................................................................... 7-336 7.8.66 peer fake-as .................................................................................................................................... 7-337 7.8.67 peer filter-policy ............................................................................................................................. 7-338 7.8.68 peer group ...................................................................................................................................... 7-339 7.8.69 peer ignore ..................................................................................................................................... 7-340 7.8.70 peer ip-prefix .................................................................................................................................. 7-341 7.8.71 peer keep-all-routes ........................................................................................................................ 7-342 7.8.72 peer label-route-capability ............................................................................................................. 7-343 7.8.73 peer listen-only ............................................................................................................................... 7-344 7.8.74 peer log-change .............................................................................................................................. 7-345 7.8.75 peer next-hop-invariable ................................................................................................................ 7-346


Command Reference

viii Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 07 (2010-11-30)

7.8.76 peer next-hop-local ........................................................................................................................ 7-347 7.8.77 peer password ................................................................................................................................. 7-348 7.8.78 peer preferred-value ....................................................................................................................... 7-349 7.8.79 peer public-as-only ......................................................................................................................... 7-350 7.8.80 peer reflect-client ........................................................................................................................... 7-351 7.8.81 peer route-limit ............................................................................................................................... 7-352 7.8.82 peer route-policy ............................................................................................................................ 7-353 7.8.83 peer route-update-interval .............................................................................................................. 7-354 7.8.84 peer substitute-as ............................................................................................................................ 7-355 7.8.85 peer timer ....................................................................................................................................... 7-356 7.8.86 peer upe .......................................................................................................................................... 7-357 7.8.87 policy vpn-target ............................................................................................................................ 7-358 7.8.88 preference (BGP) ........................................................................................................................... 7-359 7.8.89 reflect between-clients ................................................................................................................... 7-361 7.8.90 reflector cluster-id .......................................................................................................................... 7-362 7.8.91 refresh bgp ..................................................................................................................................... 7-363 7.8.92 reset bgp ......................................................................................................................................... 7-364 7.8.93 reset bgp dampening ...................................................................................................................... 7-365 7.8.94 reset bgp flap-info .......................................................................................................................... 7-366 7.8.95 reset ip bgp-accounting .................................................................................................................. 7-367 7.8.96 router-id (BGP) .............................................................................................................................. 7-367 7.8.97 rr-filter ............................................................................................................................................ 7-368 7.8.98 summary automatic ........................................................................................................................ 7-369 7.8.99 timer ............................................................................................................................................... 7-370 7.8.100 undo synchronization ................................................................................................................... 7-372 7.8.101 vpls-family ................................................................................................................................... 7-372

7.9 IP Routing Policy Configuration Commands ............................................................................................ 7-374 7.9.1 apply as-path .................................................................................................................................... 7-374 7.9.2 apply backup-interface ..................................................................................................................... 7-375 7.9.3 apply backup-nexthop ...................................................................................................................... 7-375 7.9.4 apply behavior .................................................................................................................................. 7-376 7.9.5 apply comm-filter delete .................................................................................................................. 7-377 7.9.6 apply community ............................................................................................................................. 7-378 7.9.7 apply convergence-priority .............................................................................................................. 7-380 7.9.8 apply cost ......................................................................................................................................... 7-380 7.9.9 apply cost-type ................................................................................................................................. 7-381 7.9.10 apply extcommunity ....................................................................................................................... 7-382 7.9.11 apply ip-address next-hop .............................................................................................................. 7-383 7.9.12 apply isis ........................................................................................................................................ 7-384 7.9.13 apply local-preference .................................................................................................................... 7-385 7.9.14 apply mpls-label ............................................................................................................................. 7-386 7.9.15 apply origin .................................................................................................................................... 7-387



ix

7.9.16 apply ospf ....................................................................................................................................... 7-388 7.9.17 apply preference ............................................................................................................................. 7-389 7.9.18 apply preferred-value ..................................................................................................................... 7-389 7.9.19 apply tag ......................................................................................................................................... 7-390 7.9.20 apply traffic-index .......................................................................................................................... 7-391 7.9.21 display ip ip-prefix ......................................................................................................................... 7-392 7.9.22 display ip rd-filter .......................................................................................................................... 7-393 7.9.23 display route-policy ....................................................................................................................... 7-394 7.9.24 if-match acl .................................................................................................................................... 7-395 7.9.25 if-match as-path-filter .................................................................................................................... 7-396 7.9.26 if-match community-filter .............................................................................................................. 7-397 7.9.27 if-match cost................................................................................................................................... 7-398 7.9.28 if-match extcommunity-filter ......................................................................................................... 7-399 7.9.29 if-match interface ........................................................................................................................... 7-400 7.9.30 if-match ip ...................................................................................................................................... 7-401 7.9.31 if-match ip-prefix ........................................................................................................................... 7-402 7.9.32 if-match mpls-label ........................................................................................................................ 7-402 7.9.33 if-match rd-filter ............................................................................................................................. 7-403 7.9.34 if-match route-type ......................................................................................................................... 7-404 7.9.35 if-match tag .................................................................................................................................... 7-405 7.9.36 ip frr ............................................................................................................................................... 7-406 7.9.37 ip frr ............................................................................................................................................... 7-407 7.9.38 ip ip-prefix ..................................................................................................................................... 7-408 7.9.39 ip rd-filter ....................................................................................................................................... 7-410 7.9.40 reset ip ip-prefix ............................................................................................................................. 7-412 7.9.41 route-policy .................................................................................................................................... 7-412 7.9.42 route-policy-change notify-delay ................................................................................................... 7-414 7.9.43 vpn frr ............................................................................................................................................ 7-415

Quidway NetEngine40 Command Reference Tables


xi

Tables

Table 7-1 Description of the display ip routing-table command output ........................................................... 7-4

Table 7-2 Description of the display ip routing-table verbose command output ............................................. 7-6

Table 7-3 Description of the ip routing-table protocol command output ....................................................... 7-10

Table 7-4 Description of the display ip routing-table statistics command output ......................................... 7-11

Table 7-5 Description of the display rm bfd-session command output ........................................................... 7-13

Table 7-6 Description of the display rm interface command output .............................................................. 7-15

Table 7-7 Description of the display routing task command output ............................................................... 7-18

Table 7-8 Description of the display rip command output .............................................................................. 7-31

Table 7-9 Description of the display rip database command output .............................................................. 7-33

Table 7-10 Description of the display rip interface command output ............................................................ 7-34

Table 7-11 Description of the display rip interface verbose command output ............................................... 7-35

Table 7-12 Description of the display rip neighbor command output ............................................................ 7-36

Table 7-13 Description of the display rip neighbor verbose command output .............................................. 7-37

Table 7-14 Description of the display rip-route command output .................................................................. 7-38

Table 7-15 Description of the display ospf abr-asbr command output ........................................................... 7-82

Table 7-16 Description of the displaying ospf asbr-summary command output ........................................... 7-84

Table 7-17 Description of the displaying ospf brief command output ............................................................ 7-85

Table 7-18 Description of the display ospf cumulative command output ....................................................... 7-89

Table 7-19 Description of the display ospf error command output ................................................................ 7-92

Table 7-20 Description of the display ospf interface command output .......................................................... 7-95

Table 7-21 Description of the display ospf lsdb command output ................................................................ 7-100

Table 7-22 Description of the display ospf nexthop command output .......................................................... 7-103

Table 7-23 Description of the display ospf bfd session all command output ................................................ 7-104

Table 7-24 Description of the display ospf peer command output ................................................................ 7-105

Table 7-25 Description of the display ospf request-queue command output ............................................... 7-108

Table 7-26 Description of the display ospf retrans-queue command output ................................................ 7-109

Tables Quidway NetEngine40

Command Reference

xii Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 07 (2010-11-30)

Table 7-27 Description of the display ospf routing command output ........................................................... 7-110

Table 7-28 Description of the display ospf sham-link command output ...................................................... 7-112

Table 7-29 Description of the display ospf vlink command output ............................................................... 7-113

Table 7-30 Relation of the IS-IS interface cost and the bandwidth ................................................................ 7-164

Table 7-31 Description of the display isis bfd interface command output ................................................... 7-174

Table 7-32 Description of the display isis bfd session all command output.................................................. 7-176

Table 7-33 Description of the display isis graceful-restart status command output .................................... 7-178

Table 7-34 Description of the display isis interface command output .......................................................... 7-180

Table 7-35 Description of the display isis lsdb command output .................................................................. 7-182

Table 7-36 Description of the display isis mesh group command output ..................................................... 7-184

Table 7-37 Description of the display isis name-table command output ...................................................... 7-185

Table 7-38 Description of the display isis peer command output .................................................................. 7-186

Table 7-39 Description of the display isis route command output ................................................................ 7-188

Table 7-40 Description of the display isis route verbose command output .................................................. 7-190

Table 7-41 Description of the display isis spf-log command output .............................................................. 7-191

Table 7-42 Description of the display isis spf-tree command output ............................................................ 7-193

Table 7-43 Description of the display isis spf-tree command output ............................................................ 7-195

Table 7-44 Description of the display isis statistics command output ........................................................... 7-197

Table 7-45 Description of the display isis traffic-eng command output ....................................................... 7-199

Table 7-46 Description of the display bgp bfd session command output ...................................................... 7-271

Table 7-47 Description of the display bgp group command output .............................................................. 7-273

Table 7-48 Description of the display bgp group command output .............................................................. 7-274

Table 7-49 Description of the display bgp l2vpn command output .............................................................. 7-276

Table 7-50 Description of the display bgp l2vpn peer command output ...................................................... 7-276

Table 7-51 Description of the display bgp l2vpn peer verbose command output ........................................ 7-277

Table 7-52 Description of the display bgp l2vpn group command output ................................................... 7-279

Table 7-53 Description of the display bgp network command output .......................................................... 7-280

Table 7-54 Description of the display bgp vpnv4 paths command output ................................................... 7-281

Table 7-55 Description of the display bgp peer command output................................................................. 7-282

Table 7-56 Description of the display bgp peer verbose command output ................................................... 7-283

Table 7-57 Description of the display bgp vpnv4 peer verbose command output ....................................... 7-285

Table 7-58 Description of the display bgp vpnv4 routing-table command output ...................................... 7-290

Table 7-59 Description of the display bgp routing-table dampened command output ............................... 7-291

Quidway NetEngine40 Command Reference Tables


xiii

Table 7-60 Description of the display bgp routing-table dampening parameter command output ........... 7-292

Table 7-61 Description of the display bgp routing-table flap command output .......................................... 7-294

Table 7-62 Description of the display bgp routing-table label command output ......................................... 7-295

Table 7-63 Description of the display bgp vpls peer command output ........................................................ 7-298

Table 7-64 Description of the display bgp vpls route-distinguisher command output ............................... 7-299

Table 7-65 Description of the display ip as-path-filter command output ..................................................... 7-300

Table 7-66 Description of the display ip bgp-accounting interface command output ................................. 7-301



Table 7-69 Description of the display ip ip-prefix command output ............................................................ 7-393

Table 7-70 Description of the display ip rd-filter command output ............................................................. 7-394

Table 7-71 Description of the display route-policy command output ........................................................... 7-395

Quidway NetEngine40 Command Reference 7 IP Routing Commands


7-1

7 IP Routing Commands

7.1 IP Routing Basic Configuration Commands 7.1.1 debugging rm

Syntax debugging rm { all | backup | job | policy [ ip-prefix ip-prefix-name ] | system | task | timer }

debugging rm ipv4 { bfd | im | urt [ ip-prefix ip-prefix-name ] | usr | msr | rcom [ ip-prefix ip-prefix-name ] | rr [ ip-prefix ip-prefix-name ] }

undo debugging rm { all | backup | job | policy | system | task | timer }

undo debugging rm ipv4 { bfd |im | urt | usr | msr | rcom | rr }

View User view

Default Level 1: Monitoring level

Description Using the debugging rm command, you can debug the Routing Management (RM) module.

Using the undo debugging rm command, you can disable the debugging.

Parameter all: debugs all RM.

backup: debugs RM backup.

job: debugs the RM Job.

policy: debugs routing policy.

7 IP Routing Commands Quidway NetEngine40

Command Reference

7-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 07 (2010-11-30)

ip-prefix ip-prefix-name: specifies the prefix list name. The name is a string in the range of 1 to 169 characters.

system: debugs RM system.

task: debugs RM tasks.

timer: debugs RM timers.

ipv4: debugs the RM IPv4.

bfd: debugs the process of setting up, updating and deleting BFD session and BFD session events by RM.

im: debugs the RM interface.

urt: debugs RM unicast routing table.

usr: debugs RM unicast static route.

msr: debugs RM multicast static route.

rcom: debugs RM flash fib.

rr: debugs RM route iteration.

Usage Guideline Debugging affects the performance of the system. After debugging, run the undo debugging all command immediately.

Related Command None

Example # Debug the RM backup.

<Quidway> debugging rm backup

7.1.2 display ip routing-table

Syntax display ip routing-table [ verbose ]

display ip routing-table acl acl-number [ verbose ]

display ip routing-table ip-address [ mask | mask-length ] [ longer-match ] [ verbose ]

display ip routing-table ip-address1 { mask1 | mask-length1 } ip-address2 { mask2 | mask-length2 } [ verbose ]

display ip routing-table ip-prefix ip-prefix-name [ verbose ]

display ip routing-table vpn-instance vpn-instance-name [ filter-option ] [ verbose ]



7-3

View All views


Description Using the display ip routing-table command, you can display the brief information of the IPv4 routing table.

Parameter verbose: displays the verbose information for both the active and inactive routes. If the verbose parameter is not specified, only the summary of active routes is displayed.

acl-number: specifies the basic Access Control List (ACL) number. The number ranges from 2000 to 2999.

ip-address: specifies the destination IP address in dotted decimal notation.

longer-match: displays only the route that matches the specified network or masks.

mask: specifies the IP address mask in dotted decimal notation.

mask-length: specifies the length of the IP address mask. The value ranges from 0 to 32.

Ip-address1/ip-address2: specifies the destination IP address in dotted decimal notation. ip-address1 and ip-address2 together determine an address range. Only the routes in the address range are displayed.

mask1 | mask-length1: specifies the mask or mask length of the destination address ip-address1.

mask2 | mask-length2: specifies the mask length of the destination address ip-address2.

ip-prefix ip-prefix-name: specifies the prefix list name. The name is a string of 1 to 169 characters.

vpn-instance vpn-instance-name: specifies the VPN instance name. The name is a string of 1 to 31 characters.

filter-option: indicates the information that is filtered by using options when the routing table is displayed.

Usage Guideline In the display, each line represents a route. The contents contain destination address, mask length, protocol, preference, cost, next hop, and egress.

Only the route currently used, that is, the optimal route, is displayed by using the command.

Different parameters in the command cause different matching modes:

If the display ip routing-table ip-address command is used, the routing entry that longest matches the destination is displayed.


Command Reference


Issue 07 (2010-11-30)

If the display ip routing-table ip-address mask command is used, the routing entry that precisely matches the destination address and the mask is displayed.

If the display ip routing-table ip-address longer-match command is used, all routing entries whose destination address is in the range of natural mask are displayed.

If the display ip routing-table ip-address mask longer-match command is used, all routing entries whose destination address is in the range of the ip-address mask are displayed.

If the display ip routing-table ip-address1 mask1 ip-address2 mask2 command is used, the routing entries whose destination address ranges from the ip-address1 mask1 to the ip-address2 mask2.


Example # Display the brief information of the current routing table. The route 1.1.1.1/32 is counted as two static routes because there are two next hops to the destination. The number of routes in the routing table is 8.

<Quidway> display ip routing-table

Route Flags: R - relied, D - download to fib

------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Routing Tables: Public

Destinations : 7 Routes : 8

Destination/Mask Proto Pre Cost NextHop Interface

1.1.1.1/32 Static 60 0 0.0.0.0 NULL0

Static 60 0 100.0.0.1 Ethernet8/1/0

100.0.0.0/24 Direct 0 0 100.0.0.1 Ethernet8/1/0

100.0.0.1/32 Direct 0 0 127.0.0.1 InLoopBack0

103.0.0.0/24 Direct 0 0 103.0.0.1 Ethernet8/1/1




Table 7-1 Description of the display ip routing-table command output

Item Description

Route Flags Route flags as follows: R: indicates that the route is an iterated route. D: indicates that the route is downloaded to FIB.


A public routing table. If it is a private routing table, the name of the private network such as Routing Tables: ABC is displayed.

Destinations Total number of destination networks or hosts.

Routes Total number of routes

Destination/Mask Destination address and mask length of the network or host



7-5

Item Description

Proto Protocol with which the route is learned

Pre Preference

Cost Route cost

Flags Route flags at the head of the routing table

NextHop Next hop

Interface Egress through which the next hop is reachable

# Display the brief information of the current routing table. The route 2.2.2.2/32 is counted as one static route because there is only one next hop to the destination. The route is a relay route. The route relays two outgoing interfaces. The number of routes in the routing table is 9.

<Quidway> display ip routing-table


------------------------------------------------------------------------------



Destination/Mask Proto Pre Cost Flags NextHop Interface

1.1.1.1/32 Static 60 0 D 0.0.0.0 NULL0

Static 60 0 D 100.0.0.1 Ethernet8/1/0

2.2.2.2/32 Static 60 0 RD 1.1.1.1 NULL0

Static 60 0 RD 1.1.1.1 Ethernet8/1/0

100.0.0.0/24 Direct 0 0 D 100.0.0.1 Ethernet8/1/0

100.0.0.1/32 Direct 0 0 D 127.0.0.1 InLoopBack0

103.0.0.0/24 Direct 0 0 D 103.0.0.1 Ethernet8/1/1




# Display the detailed information of the static routes in the routing table. The route 1.1.1.1/32 is counted as two static routes and is displayed as two routes. The route 2.2.2.2/32 is counted as one static route. The route is a relay route. The route relays two outgoing interfaces.

<Quidway> display ip routing-table protocol static verbose

Routing Table : Public


Destination: 1.1.1.1/32

Protocol: Static Process ID: 0

Preference: 60 Cost: 0

NextHop: 0.0.0.0 Neighbour: 0.0.0.0

State: Active Adv Age: 00h03m25s

Tag: 0 Priority: 0

Label: NULL QoSInfo: 0x0

RelayNextHop: 0.0.0.0 Interface: NULL0

TunnelID: 0x0 SecTunnelID: 0x0


Command Reference


Issue 07 (2010-11-30)

BkNextHop: 0.0.0.0 BkInterface: Ethernet8/1/0





State: Active Adv Age: 00h01m38s

Tag: 0 Priority: 0


RelayNextHop: 0.0.0.0 Interface: Ethernet8/1/0


BkNextHop: 0.0.0.0 BkInterface: NULL0





State: Active Adv GotQ Age: 00h01m14s

Tag: 0 Priority: 0


RelayNextHop: 0.0.0.0 Interface: NULL0


BkNextHop: 0.0.0.0 BkInterface: Ethernet8/1/0

RelayNextHop: 100.0.0.1 Interface: Ethernet8/1/0


BkNextHop: 0.0.0.0 BkInterface: NULL0

Table 7-2 Description of the display ip routing-table verbose command output

Item Description

Destinations Number of destination networks/hosts

Routes Total number of active routes and inactive routes

Destination Address and mask of the destination network/host

Protocol Protocol used to learn routes

Process ID Process number of the routing protocol

Preference Preference of routes

Cost Route cost

NextHop Next hop

Neighbour Neighbor



7-7

Item Description

State Status of routes: Active: indicates Active routes. Invalid: indicates Invalid routes. Inactive: indicates Inactive routes. NoAdv: indicates the routes that cannot be advertised. Adv: indicates the routes that can be advertised. Del: indicates the routes to be deleted. GotQ: indicates the relay route is found. WaitQ: indicates that the relay route is not found. Stale: indicates the routes labeled with Stale. The routes are used in GR.

Age Keepalive period of routes

Tag Route tag

Priority Priority

Label Label assigned by MPLS

QoSInfo QoS information

RelayNextHop Relay next hop

Interface Reachable outgoing interface of the next hop

Tunnel ID Tunnel ID

SecTunnel ID Backup tunnel ID

BkNextHop Backup next hop

BkInterface Backup outgoing interface

# Display the summary of the active routes that pass the ACL2000 filtering.

<Quidway> display ip routing-table acl 2000

Routes Matched by Access list : 2000

Summary count: 1


172.16.0.0/16 Static 60 0 D 0.0.0.0 NULL0

# Specify the IP address 169.0.0.0 in the routing table and display the summary of the route matched in the natural mask.

<Quidway> display ip routing-table 169.0.0.0


------------------------------------------------------------------------------


Summary count: 1


Command Reference


Issue 07 (2010-11-30)

Destination/Mask Proto Pre Cost Flags Nexthop Interface

169.0.0.0/16 Static 60 0 D 2.1.1.1 LoopBack1

# Display routes with the destination address in the range of 1.0.0.0/8 to 4.0.0.0/24.

<Quidway> display ip routing-table 1.0.0.0 8 4.0.0.0 24


------------------------------------------------------------------------------



1.0.0.0/8 Static 60 0 D 10.0.0.1 GigabitEthernet6/0/0





# Display the summary of the active routes that pass the filtering of the prefix list abc2.

<Quidway> display ip routing-table ip-prefix abc2


------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Routes Matched by Prefix-list abc2:







# Display the summary of the IP routing-table of the VPN instance named abc.

<Quidway> display ip routing-table vpn-instance abc


------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Routing Tables: abc



172.17.0.0/16 Static 60 0 D 0.0.0.0 NULL0

7.1.3 display ip routing-table protocol

Syntax display ip routing-table protocol protocol [ inactive | verbose ]

View All views




7-9

Description By using the display ip routing-table protocol command, the route of the specified protocol is displayed.

Parameter inactive: displays only the summary of the inactive routes.

verbose: displays the verbose information of both the active and inactive routes.

protocol: specifies the protocol with which the route information is displayed. This parameter has the following selective values:

direct: displays the direct routes. static: displays the static routes. bgp: displays the Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) routes. isis: displays Intermediate System to Intermediate System (IS-IS) routes. ospf: displays Open Shortest Path First (OSPF) routes. rip: displays Routing Information Protocol (RIP) routes.

Usage Guideline If verbose and inactive are not specified, only the summary information of routes activated by the routing protocol is displayed.

Specify the name of the VPN instance, and you can check the private routing-table by running display ip routing-table vpn-instance vpn-instance-name protocol.

Related Command display ip routing-table

Example # Display the summary of all direct routes.

<Quidway> display ip routing-table protocol direct


------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Public Rrouting Ttable : Direct


Direct Rrouting table Sstatus : < Active>


Destination/Mask Proto Pre Cost Cost Flags Nexthop Interface

20.1.1.1/32 DIRECT 0 0 D 127.0.0.1 InLoopBack0



Direct Rrouting table Sstatus : < Inactive>



210.0.0.1/32 DIRECT 0 0 127.0.0.1 InLoopBack0


Command Reference


Issue 07 (2010-11-30)

Table 7-3 Description of the ip routing-table protocol command output

Item Description

Route Flags Route flags as follows: R: indicates that the route is a dependence route. D: indicates that the route is downloaded to FIB.

Public routing table Contents of the public routing table are as follows: direct: indicates information of direct routes. static: indicates information of static routes. bgp: indicates information of BGP routes. isis: indicates information of IS-IS routes. ospf: indicates information of OSPF routes. rip: indicates information of RIP routes.

Direct routing table status Status of the direct routing table: Inactive Active

Destinations Total number of destination addresses

Routes Total number of routes in the routing table

Active Information of routes activated in the routing table

Inactive Inactive routes

Destination/Mask Destination address or mask

Protocol Type of the protocol

Preference Preference of the protocol

Flags Route Flags at the head of the routing table

Cost Cost of the routes

Nexthop Next hop address

Interface Egress

7.1.4 display ip routing-table statistics

Syntax display ip routing-table statistics

View All views



7-11


Description Using the display ip routing-table statistics command, you can display the default routing table or the integrated statistics of the routes in the VPN routing table.

Parameter None

Usage Guideline The integrated statistics of the routes includes the total number of routes that can either be added or deleted by the protocol and the number of either active routes or inactive routes that are labeled for deletion but are not actually deleted.


Example # Display the integrated statistics of the routes.

<Quidway> display ip routing-table statistics

Proto total active added deleted freed

routes routes routes routes routes

DIRECT 6 6 42 36 36

STATIC 3 3 21 18 18

RIP 0 0 0 0 0

OSPF 0 0 0 0 0

IS-IS 0 0 0 0 0

BGP 0 0 0 0 0

Total 9 9 63 54 54

Table 7-4 Description of the display ip routing-table statistics command output

Item Description

Proto Protocol of the route

total routes Total number of routes in the routing table

active routes Number of active routes in the routing table

added routes Number of active and inactive routes added in the routing-table

deleted routes Number of routes that are removed from the routing table

freed routes Number of routes that are removed permanently from the routing table


Command Reference


Issue 07 (2010-11-30)

7.1.5 display rm bfd-session

Syntax display rm bfd-session [ all ]

display rm bfd-session [ vpn-instance vpn-instance-name ] [ destination destination-address ] [ source source-address ] [ interface interface-type interface-number ] [ protocol { bgp | ospf } ]

View All views


Description Using the display rm bfd-session command, you can view the configuration of BFD session in RM, including global status of BFD, the number of BFD sessions, and VPN instance, destination address, source address, interface, session status of each BFD session.

Parameter all: displays the configuration of BFD session in RM, including BFD session of the public network and that of the private network. If all is not specified, the only configuration of BFD sessions in the public network is displayed.

vpn-instance vpn-instance-name: indicates the name of the VPN instance.

destination destination-address: indicates the peer destination address.

source source-address: indicates the local source address.

interface interface-type interface-number: indicates the type and the number of the outgoing interface.

protocol: indicates the routing protocol, BGP or OSPF.

Usage Guideline None


Example # Display the configuration of BFD sessions in RM.

<Quidway> display vpn-instance a destination 1.1.1.1 source 1.1.1.2 interface Ethernet

6/1/1



7-13

BFD Global Status: ON

BFD Session Total Number: 1

BFD Session:1

Destination Source Session-State Create-State Interface

1.1.1.1 1.1.1.2 Up Established Ethernet6/1/1

Route-Protocol Rx-Interval(ms) Tx-Interval(ms) Multiplier

BGP 1000 1000 7

Table 7-5 Description of the display rm bfd-session command output

Item Description

BFD Global Status Global status of BFD: On: BFD is globally enabled. Off: BFD is globally disabled.

BFD Session Total Number Total number of BFD session

BFD Session BFD session number

Destination The peer address bound to the BFD session

Source The source IP address bound to the BFD session

Session-State Current status of the BFD session: AdminDown Down Init Up

Create-State Setup status of the BFD session in RM: Creating: indicates that the BFD session is forwarded to RM by RPA. RM, however, does not notify BFD of setting up a session.

Established: indicates that RM notifies BFD of setting up a BFD. If you want whether the BFD session is set up, you can check the Session-State.

Interface Local physical interface bounded to the BFD session.

Route-Protocol Routing protocol enabled with BFD: BGP OSPF

Rx-Interval(ms) Receiving interval in milliseconds

Tx-Interval(ms) Sending interval in milliseconds

Multiplier local detection multiplier

BFD Session exceed The Limit number

The prompt that appears when the number of BFD sessions exceeds the limit


Command Reference


Issue 07 (2010-11-30)

7.1.6 display rm interface

Syntax display rm interface [ interface-type interface-number | vpn-instance vpn-instance-name ]

View All views


Description Using the display rm interface command, you can display the RM information of the interface, including the physical interface and the logical interface.

Parameter interface-type interface-number: specifies interface type and interface number.




Example # Display the RM information of an interface.

<Quidway> display rm interface

Name: InLoopBack0

Physical IF Info:

IfnetIndex: 0x18000080

State: UP LOOP MULT

IntType: 26, Slot: 6, PriLog: 1, MTU: 1500, Reference Count 2

Bandwidth: 0, Baudrate: 0, Delay: 0, Reliability: 0, Load: 0

Logical IF Info:

IfnetIndex: 0x18000080, PhyIndex: 1 Logical Index : 1,

Dest: 127.0.0.1, Mask: 255.0.0.0

State: UP LOOP PRM MULT , Reference Count 2

Name: Pos1/0/0

Physical IF Info:


State: DOWN P2P MULT



7-15



Name: NULL0

Physical IF Info:


State: UP NBMA MULT



Logical IF Info:

IfnetIndex: 0x18000106, PhyIndex: 2 Logical Index : 2,

Dest: 0.0.0.0, Mask: 255.255.255.255

State: UP PRM NBMA MULT , Reference Count 0

Name: GigabitEthernet2/0/0

Physical IF Info:


State: DOWN BCA MULT

Hardware Address: 0000-5E64-4A00



Table 7-6 Description of the display rm interface command output

Item Description

Name Interface name

Physical IF Info Physical interface information

IfnetIndex Index of the interface network segment

State Interface state

Hardware Address Interface MAC address

IntType Interface type

Slot Slot number

PriLog Preferential log

MTU The maximum number of packets that the interface can transmit

Reference Count Protocol preference

Bandwidth Bandwidth

Baudrate Baud rate

Delay Delay

Reliability Reliability

Load Number of the load balancing


Command Reference


Issue 07 (2010-11-30)

7.1.7 display router id

Syntax display router id

View All views


Description Using the display router id command, you can display the Router ID that is configured or automatically assigned by the system.

Parameter None



Example # Display the Router ID that is configured or automatically assigned by the system.

<Quidway> display router id

RouterID:1.1.1.1

7.1.8 display routing task

Syntax display routing task

View User view




7-17

Description Using the display routing task command, you can display protocols and operating status of the RM task.

Parameter None

Usage Guideline The display consists of task ID, task name, the number of current Jobs, the number of timers that does not time out, and the number of current sockets created by the task.

Note that the number of Jobs, Timers and Socket is changeable.


Example # Display the integrated statistics of routes.

<Quidway> display routing task

Total no of Tasks:22

Task ID Task Name Job Count Timer Count Socket Count

1 MI 0 0 0

2 RPM 0 0 0

3 URM 0 0 0

4 IM 0 0 0

5 RCOM 0 0 0

6 USR 0 0 0

7 RM_MSR 0 0 0

8 URT6 0 2 0

9 IM6 0 0 0

10 RCOM6 0 0 0

11 USR6 0 0 0

12 RIP 0 0 0

13 RIPng 0 0 0

14 BGP 0 0 0

15 L3VPN 0 0 0

16 ISIS 0 0 0

17 Ospf 0 0 0

18 ospfv3 0 0 0

19 MRM_MOS 0 1 0

20 MTerminate 0 0 0

21 MRouting 0 0 1

22 MRM_Public 0 0 1


Command Reference


Issue 07 (2010-11-30)

Table 7-7 Description of the display routing task command output

Item Description

Task ID Task ID that is uniformly assigned by RM

Task Name Task name

Job Count Number of current jobs initiated by the task

Timer Count Number of timers before timeout

Socket Count Number of current sockets created by the task

7.1.9 reset ip routing-table statistics protocol

Syntax reset ip routing-table statistics protocol [ vpn-instance vpn-instance-name ] { all | protocol }

View User view

Default Level 2: Configuration level

Description Using the reset ip routing-table statistics protocol command, you can clear the statistics of all protocols of the IPv4 routing table.

Parameter vpn-instance vpn-instance-name: indicates the VPN instance name. The name is a string of 1 to 31 characters.

all: clears the statistics of all protocols in the routing table.

protocol: clears the statistics of the specified protocols. This parameter has multiple selective values: bgp, direct, isis, ospf, rip, or static.

Usage Guideline The statistics in the IPv4 routing table cannot be stored after you clear it. Confirm the action before using the command.




7-19

Example # Clear the statistics of all protocols in the IPv4 routing table.

<Quidway> reset ip routing-table statistics protocol all

7.1.10 router id

Syntax router id router-id

undo router id

View System view


Description Using the router id command, you can set the router ID in RM module.

Using the undo router id command, you can delete the router ID.

By default, when the router is not configured with any interface, the router ID in the RM is 0.0.0.0.

Parameter router-id: specifies the router ID in IPv4 format.

Usage Guideline Router ID is required by certain dynamic protocols. If the specified router ID is not displayed when these protocols are started, the default router ID in RM is used.

In VRP 5.30, the selection rule of router ID is as follows:

1. You can run the router id command to set the router ID. If the router ID is not set, choose the router ID according to the selection rules.

2. If the Loopback interfaces configured with IP address exist, the large IP address of Loopback interface is chosen as Router ID.

3. If the Loopback interfaces configured with IP address do not exist, the largest IP address of the interface is chosen as Router ID, regardless of whether the interface is in Up state or in Down state.

4. Only when the IP address of the interface, chosen as Router ID, is deleted or modified, the selection of Router ID is triggered. In other cases, the selection of router ID is not triggered. For example, the interface is in Down state, or a Loopback interface is configured when the IP address of the non-Loopback interface is chosen as Router ID, or a larger interface address is configured.


Command Reference


Issue 07 (2010-11-30)

Running the display router id command, you can view the value of the router ID, the configuration results of the router id command, and the selection result of the router ID chosen from public network interfaces.

5. Each VPN instance can select router ID from their interfaces according to the rules described in 2, 3, and 4.

6. If the backup exists, the system backs up the router ID set through the command and the router ID chosen from interface addresses. After the Switchover between Active Main Board (AMB) and Second Main Board (SMB) is complete, the system checks the validity of the Router ID selected from the interface addresses. If the router ID is invalid, the system needs to select a new router ID.

7. After the Router ID changes, you need to manually run the reset command for each protocol to select a new Router ID.

Related Command display router id

Example # Set the router ID in RM to 1.1.1.1.

<Quidway> system-view

[Quidway] router id 1.1.1.1

7.2 Static Route Configuration Commands 7.2.1 ip route-static

Syntax ip route-static ip-address { mask | mask-length } { nexthop-address | interface-type interface-number [ nexthop-address ] } [ preference preference ] [ track bfd-session cfg-name ] [ description text ]

ip route-static ip-address { mask | mask-length } vpn-instance vpn-instance-name nexthop-address [ preference preference ] [ track bfd-session cfg-name ] [ description text ]

undo ip route-static ip-address { mask | mask-length } { nexthop-address | interface-type interface-number [ nexthop-address ] } [ preference preference ]

undo ip route-static ip-address { mask | mask-length } vpn-instance vpn-instance-name nexthop-address [ preference preference ]

undo ip route-static all

View System view



7-21


Description Using the ip route-static command, you can configure a unicast static route.

Using the undo ip route-static command, you can delete the configuration.

By default, the system does not configure the unicast IPv4 static route.

Parameter ip-address: specifies the destination IP address in dotted decimal notation.


mask-length: specifies the mask-length. The 32-bit mask is represented by the consecutive 1s, and the mask in dotted decimal notation can be replaced by the mask length.

interface-type interface-number: specifies the type and the number of the interface that transmits the routes.

nexthop-address: specifies the next hop IP address of the route. It is in dotted decimal notation.

vpn-instance vpn-instance-name: indicates the name of the VPN instance. If the name of the VPN instance is specified, the static route searches the outgoing interface in the VPN instance according to the nexthop-address.

preference preference: specifies the preference of static routes. The value ranges from 1 to 255. By default, it is 60.

track bfd-session cfg-name: indicates the BFD session bound to the static route. The BFD session is a string of 1 to 15 characters. The space is not allowed in the string.

description text: indicates the description of the static route. The description is a string of 1 to 35 characters. The space is not allowed in the string.

all: deletes all the static IP routes.

Usage Guideline Note the following while configuring unicast static routes:

When the destination IP address and the mask are both 0.0.0.0, the configured route is the default route. If the router fails to detect the routing table, the default route is used to forward packets.

For the configuration of different preferences, different RM policies are adopted. For example, to configure multiple routes to the same destination, load balancing is performed if the routes have the same preference. Route backup is performed if the routes have different preferences.

To configure a static route, specify the egress or the next hop address as required. For the interface that supports the resolution from network address to the link layer address or the address of the point-to-point (p2p) interface, specify the egress or the next hop address. But the Non Broadcast Multi Access (NBMA) interfaces, such as the interface or dialing interface that is encapsulated with X.25 or frame-relay, support


Command Reference


Issue 07 (2010-11-30)

point-to-multi-point. At the link layer, besides the IP route, the slave route, that is the mapping from IP address to the link layer address, (for example, dialer map ip, x.25 map ip or frame-relay map ip) should be configured. In such a condition, the egress cannot be specified and only the next hop IP address can be configured when the static route is configured.

If the egress is a broadcast interface, the next hop address must be specified.

In certain conditions, for example, the link layer is encapsulated with PPP, the address of the peer cannot be learned and the egress can be specified when the router is configured. After the egress is specified, it is unnecessary to modify the configuration of the router when the address of the peer changes.

You can set the description to add the description to static routes. This is convenient for the administrator to check and maintain the static routes. You can run the display this command and the display current-configuration command in the system view to view the description.

Related Command display ip routing-table

Example # Configure the next hop of the default route to 172.16.0.1.


[Quidway] ip route-static 0.0.0.0 0.0.0.0 172.16.0.1

7.2.2 ip route-static default-preference

Syntax ip route-static default-preference preference

undo ip route-static default-preference

View System view


Description Using the ip route-static default-preference command, you can set the default preference for the IPv4 static routes.

Using the undo ip route-static default-preference, you can restore this default preference.

By default, it is 60.



7-23

Parameter preference: specifies the default preference for IPv4 static routes. The value ranges from 1 to 255.



Example # Set the default preference for IPv4 static routes to 70.


[Quidway] ip route-static default-preference 70

7.2.3 ip route-static vpn-instance

Syntax ip route-static vpn-instance vpn-source-name destination-address { mask | mask-length } interface-type interface-number [ nexthop-address ] [ preference preference ] [ track bfd-session cfg-name ] [ description text ]

ip route-static vpn-instance vpn-source-name destination-address { mask | mask-length } vpn-instance vpn-destination-name nexthop-address [ preference preference ] [ track bfd-session cfg-name ] [ description text ]

ip route-static vpn-instance vpn-source-name destination-address { mask | mask-length } nexthop-address [ public ] [ preference preference ] [ description text ]

undo ip route-static vpn-instance vpn-source-name destination-address { mask | mask-length } [ interface-type interface-number [ nexthop-address ] | vpn-instance vpn-destination-name nexthop-address | nexthop-address [ public ] ] [ preference preference ]

undo ip route-static vpn-instance vpn-source-name all

View System view


Description Using the ip route-static vpn-instance command, you can configure a static route for a VPN instance.


Command Reference


Issue 07 (2010-11-30)

Using the undo ip route-static vpn-instance command, you can delete the configuration.

Parameter vpn-instance vpn-source-name: specifies the name of the source VPN instance. Every VPN instance has a routing table. The configured static route is added to the routing table of the specified VPN instance.

destination-address: specifies the destination IP address of the static route.

mask: specifies the mask of the destination network.

mask-length: specifies the mask length of the destination network.

Interface-type interface-number: specifies the type and the number of the static route.

vpn-instance vpn-destination-name: specifies the name of the destination VPN instance. If the name of the destination VPN instance is specified, the static route finds the egress in the destination VPN instance according to the configured nexthop address.

nexthop-address: specifies the next hop IP address of the static route.

public: indicates that the specified nexthop-address is a public network address rather than a VPN instance address.

preference preference: specifies the preference value for static routes.

track bfd-session cfg-name: indicates the BFD session bound to the static route. The BFD session is a string of 1 to 15 characters. The space is not allowed in the string.

description text: indicates the description of the static routes. The description is a string of 1 to 35 characters. The space is not allowed in the string.

all: deletes all static routes of the VPN instance.

Usage Guideline When the static route is configured for the VPN instance, the next hop address can be either a VPN instance address or a public network address.

If the egress is a broadcast interface, the next hop address must be specified.

You can set the description to add the description to static routes. This is convenient for the administrator to check and maintain the static routes. You can run the display this command in the system view and the display current-configuration command to add the description for static routes.


Example # Configure a static route for the VPN instance named vpn1. The destination address of the static routes is 100.1.1.1/16 and the next hop address (1.1.1.2) is the address of the VPN instance.


[Quidway] ip route-static vpn-instance vpn1 100.1.1.1 16 vpn-instance vpn1 1.1.1.2



7-25

7.3 RIP Configuration Commands 7.3.1 checkzero (RIP)

Syntax checkzero

undo checkzero

View RIP view


Description Using the checkzero command, you can check the Must-Be-Zero (MBZ) fields in RIP-1 packets.

Using the undo checkzero command, you can cancel the check to save the CPU resource if you are sure that the check is not necessary, that is, all neighbors are trustable.

By default, check on the MBZ fields is necessary.

Parameter None

Usage Guideline The MBZ field check is not done even after enabling it, if the MBZ field of the received RIP-1 is not zero. This is because the RIP-2 packet does not have a zero and so the configuration becomes invalid for RIP-2. But the field corresponding with the RIP-2 packets must be configured as zero, or else the RIP-2 packets cannot be processed.


Example # Enable the check on MBZ fields in RIP-1 packets.

[Quidway] rip 100

[Quidway-rip-100] checkzero


Command Reference


Issue 07 (2010-11-30)

7.3.2 debugging rip

Syntax debugging rip process-id [ brief | error | event | job | packet | receive | route-processing | send | timer ]

undo debugging rip process-id [ brief | error | event | job | packet | receive | route-processing | send | timer ]

View User view


Description Using the debugging rip command, you can debug the RIP.

Using the undo debugging rip command, you can disable the debugging.

Parameter process-id: specifies the RIP process number. The number ranges from 1 to 65535.

brief: checks the brief of the debugging.

error: checks the RIP errors.

event: debugs RIP events.

job: checks the RIP job.

packet: debugs RIP packets.

receive: debugs the received RIP packets.

route-processing: debugs the calculation of RIP routes.

send: debugs the sent RIP packets.

timer: debugs the RIP timer.

Usage Guideline Users can view the sending and receiving of RIP packets on the current interfaces by using the command. They can select the debugging information to view by specifying the RIP process number.




7-27

Example # View the brief of the RIP debugging.

<Quidway> debugging rip 1 brief

# View the RIP error.

<Quidway> debugging rip 1 error

# View the debugging of the RIP event.

<Quidway> debugging rip 1 event

# View RIP job.

<Quidway> debugging rip 1 job

# View the debugging of the RIP packets.

<Quidway> debugging rip 1 packet

# View the debugging of receiving a RIP packet.

<Quidway> debugging rip 1 receive

# Debug the calculation of RIP routes.

<Quidway> debugging rip 1 route-processing

# View the debugging of sending a RIP packet.

<Quidway> debugging rip 1 send

# View the debugging of the RIP timer.

<Quidway> debugging rip 1 timer

7.3.3 debugging rip backup

Syntax debugging rip backup

undo debugging rip backup

View User view


Description Using the debugging rip backup command, you can debug RIP backup.

Using the undo debugging rip command, you can disable the debugging of RIP backup.


Command Reference


Issue 07 (2010-11-30)

Parameter None



Example # View the backup of RIP.

<Quidway> debugging rip backup

7.3.4 default-cost (RIP)

Syntax default-cost cost

undo default-cost

View RIP view


Description Using the default-cost command, you can set the default cost for the imported route.

Using the undo default-cost command, you can restore the default value to 0 for the imported route.

Parameter cost: specifies the default cost to be set. The value of the cost ranges from 0 to 15.

Usage Guideline This command is used when RIP imports routes from other protocols, and also when the metric value in the command of the imported routes is not specified.




7-29

Example # Set the default cost for imported routes to 2.

[Quidway] rip 100

[Quidway-rip-100] default-cost 2

# Delete the default route.

[Quidway-rip-100] undo default-cost

7.3.5 default-route originate

Syntax default-route originate [ cost cost ]

undo default-route originate

View RIP view


Description Using the default-route originate command, you can configure the router to generate a default route and to advertise the route to its neighbors.

Using the undo default-route originate command, you can delete the default route.

Parameter cost: specifies the metric value of the default route. The value ranges from 1 to 15. By default, the value is 0.

Usage Guideline If a router generates a default route by itself, it does not receive the default route sent by its neighbor.


Example # Set the metric for the default route to 2.

[Quidway] rip 100

[Quidway-rip-100] default-route originate cost 2

# Delete the default route.


Command Reference


Issue 07 (2010-11-30)

[Quidway] rip 100

[Quidway-rip-100] undo default-route originate

7.3.6 display rip

Syntax display rip [ process-id | vpn-instance vpn-instance-name ]

View All views


Description Using the display rip command, you can display the current operating status of the RIP process and the configuration.

Parameter process-id: specifies the RIP process number. The number ranges from 1 to 65535.

vpn-instance vpn-instance-name: specifies the name of the VPN instance. The name is a string of 1 to 31characters. After the vpn-instance-name is set, you can view the RIP configuration of the specified VPN instance.



Example # View the current operating status of the RIP process and the configuration. The display indicates that two VPN instances are operating. One VPN instance is a public network instance, and the other VPN instance is named VPN-Instance-1.

<Quidway> display rip

Public VPN-instance name :

RIP process : 34

RIP version : 1

Preference : 100

Checkzero : Enabled

Default-cost : 1

Summary : Disabled

Hostroutes : Enabled

Maximum number of balanced paths : 3



7-31

Update time : 30 sec Age time : 180 sec

Suppress time : 0 sec Garbage-collect time : 120 sec

Silent interfaces : None

Default routes : Enabled Default route cost : 2

Verify-source : Enabled

Networks :

34.0.0.0 12.0.0.0

Configured peers : None

Number of routes in database : 5

Number of interfaces enabled : 3

Triggered updates sent : 0

Number of route changes : 0

Number of replies to queries : 0

Private vpn-instance name : VPN-Instance-1

RIP process: 150

Rip-version : 2

Preference : 120

Checkzero : Enabled

Default-cost : 4

Summary : Enabled

Hostroutes : Enabled

Maximum number of balanced paths: 4

Update time : 30 sec Age time : 180 sec

Suppress time : 0 sec Garbage-collect time : 120 sec

Silent interfaces: None

Default routes : Disabled

Verify-source : Enabled

Networks :

20.0.0.0

Configured peers : None

Number of routes in database : 4

Number of interfaces enabled : 3

Triggered updates sent : 0

Number of route changes : 25

Number of replies to queries : 4

Table 7-8 Description of the display rip command output

Item Description

RIP process RIP process number

Rip-version RIP version 1 or 2

Preference Preference of the RIP process

Checkzero MBZ check

Default cost Default cost of RIP routes

Summary Whether route aggregation is enabled

Hostroutes Whether the host route is enabled


Command Reference


Issue 07 (2010-11-30)

Item Description

Maximum number of balanced paths

Maximum number of equal-cost route

Update time RIP update interval

Age time Aging interval of RIP routes

Suppress time Suppression period of routes

Garbage collection time Period for collecting garbage routes

Silent interfaces Number of silent interfaces (these interfaces does not send update packet periodically)

Default routes Used when there is no entry for the packet in routing table

Verify-source Source verification

Networks Network address

Configured peers Configured neighbors

Number of routes in database Number of routes in the RIP database

Number of interfaces enabled Number of the interfaces on which RIP is enabled

Triggered updates sent Number of triggered updates sent

Number of the route changes Statistics of routing database changed by the RIP process

Number of replies to queries Number of response packets to the RIP queries

Number of sending routes Number of routes that are sent each time the routing information is updated

7.3.7 display rip database

Syntax display rip process-id database [ verbose ]

View All views




7-33

Description Using the display rip database command, you can view all the active routes in RIP database. These routes are sent as regular RIP update packets.

Parameter process-id: specifies the RIP process. The value ranges from 1 to 65535.

verbose: displays details of routes in RIP database.



Example # View the RIP database.

[Quidway] display rip 100 database

10.0.0.0/8, cost 1, ClassfulSumm

10.0.0.0/24, cost 1, nexthop 10.0.0.1, Rip-interface

11.0.0.0/8, cost 1, ClassfulSumm

11.0.0.0/24, cost 1, nexthop 10.0.0.1, Imported

Table 7-9 Description of the display rip database command output

Item Description

ClassfulSumm Classful summarized route

Imported Routes imported from some other protocols

Rip-interface Routes learned from the RIP-Interface

7.3.8 display rip interface

Syntax display rip process-id interface [ interface-type interface-number ] [ verbose ]

View All views



Command Reference


Issue 07 (2010-11-30)

Description Using the display rip interface command, you can view RIP interfaces.

Parameter process-id: indicates RIP process number. The value ranges from 1 to 65535.

interface-type: indicates the type of the interface, such as GigabitEthernet and Loopback.

interface-number: indicates interface number.

verbose: debugs details of the interface.

Usage Guideline The output of the command helps to view the RIP configuration and the running of RIP , to diagnose faults and to verify configurations.


Example # View the information about RIP on GigabitEthernet1/0/0.

[Quidway] display rip 1 interface GigabitEthernet1/0/0

--------------------------------------------------------------------------

Interface IP Address State Protocol MTU

--------------------------------------------------------------------------

GigabitEthernet 1/0/0 1.1.1.2 UP RIPv1 Compatible 500

Table 7-10 Description of the display rip interface command output

Item Description

Interface Interfaces on which RIP is enabled

IP Address IP address of the interface

State Status of the interface: Up Down

Protocol The version of RIP run on the interface

MTU MTU value of the link

# View the information about RIP on GigabitEthernet1/0/0.

[Quidway] display rip 1 interface GigabitEthernet1/0/0 verbose

GigabitEthernet1/0/0 (81.1.1.1)

State: UP MTU: 500

Metricin: 0 Metricout: 1



7-35

Input: Enabled Output: Enabled

Protocol: RIPv2 Compatible (Non-Standard)

Send RIPv1 Packets

Receive RIPv1 Packets, RIPv2, Multicast and Broadcast Packets

Poison-reverse: Disabled

Split-Horizon: Enabled

Authentication type: None

Summary Address(es):

OSB Timer Value: 180

Table 7-11 Description of the display rip interface verbose command output

Item Description

State Status of the interface: Up Down

Metricin Metric that is added a route when the route is received

Metricout Metric that is added a route when the route is sent

Input Packets allowed to be received.

Output Packets allowed to be sent.

Protocol Protocol run on the interface.

Send Type of packets sent on the interface: RIPv1 RIPv2

Receive Type of packets received on the interface: RIPv1 RIPv2

Poison-reverse Whether the poison reverse is enabled on the interface

Split Horizon Whether the split horizon is enabled on the interface

Authentication type Authentication type configured on the interface

Summary Address(es) Aggregation address

OSB Timer Value Over Subscription interval in ISDN. NOTE

The version does not support setting Over Subscription interval.

7.3.9 display rip neighbor

Syntax display rip process-id neighbor [ verbose ]


Command Reference


Issue 07 (2010-11-30)

View All views


Description Using the display rip neighbor command, you can view RIP neighbors.

Parameter process-id: indicates the RIP process number. The value ranges from 1 to 65535.

verbose: debugs the details of neighbors.



Example # View the RIP neighbor whose process number is 1.

[Quidway] display rip 1 neighbor

----------------------------------------------------------------

IP Address Interface Type Last-Heard-Time

----------------------------------------------------------------

1.1.1.1 Ethernet6/2/0 RIP 0:0:7

Number of RIP routes:1

Number of TRIP routes:0

Table 7-12 Description of the display rip neighbor command output

Item Description

IP Address IP address of the neighboring interface

Interface Outbound interface connected to the neighbor

Type Protocol used to set up the adjacency with neighbors

Last-Heard-Time Period since the last time for receiving packets from neighbors

Number of RIP routes Number of RIP routes

Number of TRIP routes Number of TRIP routes NOTE

The version does not support TRIP routes.



7-37

# View details of the RIP neighbor whose process number is 1.

[Quidway] display rip 1 neighbor verbose

----------------------------------------------------------------

IP Address Interface Type Last-Heard-Time

----------------------------------------------------------------

1.1.1.1 Ethernet1/0/0 RIP 0:0:17

Number of Permanent routes : 0

Number of Active routes : 1

Number of routes in holddown : 0

Number of routes in garbage : 0

Table 7-13 Description of the display rip neighbor verbose command output

Item Description

Number of Permanent routes Number of routes in Permanent state NOTE

The version does not support routes in Permanent state.

Number of Active routes Number of routes in Active state

Number of routes in holdown Number of routes in Holdown state

Number of routes in garbage Number of routes in Garbage state.

7.3.10 display rip route

Syntax display rip process-id route

View All views


Description Using the display rip route command, you can view all the active and inactive RIP routes l. You can also view timers that are associated with each route.

Parameter process-id: specifies the RIP process number. The value ranges from of 1 to 65535.



Command Reference


Issue 07 (2010-11-30)


Example # View the timer of each route.

[Quidway] display rip 1 route

Route Flags: R - RIP, T - TRIP

P - Permanent, A - Aging, S - Suppressed, G - Garbage-collect

---------------------------------------------------------------------------

Peer 10.0.0.1 on GigabitEthernet1/0/0

Destination/Mask Nexthop Cost Tag Flags Sec

12.0.0.0/8 10.0.0.1 2 0 RA 13

10.0.1.0/24 10.0.0.1 2 0 RA 13

Table 7-14 Description of the display rip-route command output

Item Description

Destination(Dest) Destination IP Address

Nexthop Next hop of the route

Cost Metric of the route

Tag Tag that is used to distinguish internal RIP routes from external routes

Flags The first character indicates that the route is RIP or TRIP route The second character indicates that the state of the route

Sec Time that a route spends in a specific status

7.3.11 filter-policy export (RIP)

Syntax filter-policy { acl-number | ip-prefix ip-prefix-name } export [ protocol | interface-type interface-number ]

undo filter-policy export [ protocol | interface-type interface-number ]

View RIP view




7-39

Description Using the filter-policy export command, you can configure global, protocols, and egress filtering policy. Only the route that passes the filtering can be added to the routing table and advertised through the updated packet.

Using the undo filter-policy export command, you can disable the route filtering. If the routing policy based on an interface is configured, you should specify interface-type interface-number when deleting the routing policy. You can delete the routing policy on only one interface each time.

Parameter acl-number: specifies the number of the ACL that is used to filter the destination address of the route. The value ranges from 2000 to 2999.

ip-prefix ip-prefix-name: indicates the name of the IP prefix list that is used to filter the destination address of the route. The name is a string of 1 to 169 characters.

protocol: specifies the name of the imported external protocol. It can be static, direct, rip, ospf, isis and bgp.

interface-type interface-number: specifies type and number of the interface on which the exported route is filtered.

Usage Guideline The command is configured in the RIP process. If a route is filtered based on an interface or a protocol, you can configure only one routing policy based on an interface or a protocol each time. If no interface or protocol is specified, the system considers the routing policy configured as the global routing policy. You can configure only one routing policy each time. If the routing policy is configured repeatedly, the new routing policy covers the previous routing policy.

Related Command import-route (RIP)

Example # Filter the imported static routes based on IP-Prefix list named abc. The routes that pass the filtering rule are added to the RIP routing table, and are sent out as the RIP update packets.

[Quidway] rip 100

[Quidway-rip-100] filter-policy ip-prefix abc export static

7.3.12 filter-policy import (RIP)

Syntax filter-policy acl-number import

filter-policy gateway ip-prefix-name import

filter-policy ip-prefix ip-prefix-name [ gateway ip-prefix-name ] import [ interface-type interface-number ]


Command Reference


Issue 07 (2010-11-30)

undo filter-policy import [ interface-type interface-number ]

View RIP view


Description Using the filter-policy import command, you can filter the received RIP routes.

Using the undo filter-policy import command, you can cancel the route filtering.

Parameter acl-number: specifies the number of the basic or advanced ACL that is used to filter the destination address of the route. The value ranges from 2000 to 2999.

ip-prefix: filters routes based on IP address prefix list.

ip-prefix-name: specifies the name of the prefix list that is used to filter the destination address of the route. The name is a string of 1 to 169 characters.

gateway: filters routes based on the distributing gateway.

interface-type interface-number: indicates the type and the number of the interface on which the imported route is filtered.

Usage Guideline The filter-policy import command is used to filter the received RIP routes:

Filter the specified routes that are carried in the packet. Restrict listening to route updates packets from specific routers.

The undo filter-policy import command is used to disable route filtering. If a routing policy based on an interface is configured, specify interface-type interface-number when deleting the routing policy. You can delete the routing policy on only one interface each time.

The command is configured in the RIP process. If a route is filtered based on an interface or a protocol, you can configure only one routing policy based on an interface or a protocol each time. If no interface or protocol is specified, the system considers the routing policy configured as global routing policy. You can configure only one routing policy each time. If the routing policy is configured repeatedly, the new routing policy covers the previous ones.


Example # Filter the RIP routing update packets that are received from all interfaces according to the IP-prefix named abc.



7-41

[Quidway] rip 100

[Quidway-rip-100] filter-policy ip-prefix abc import

7.3.13 host-route

Syntax host-route

undo host-route

View RIP view


Description Using the host-route command, you can add host routes to the routing table.

Using the undo host-route command, you can prevent host-routes from being added to the routing table.

By default, host routes are added to the routing table.

Parameter None



Example # Add the host routes to the routing table.

[Quidway] rip

[Quidway-rip-1] host-route

7.3.14 import-route (RIP)

Syntax import-route protocol [ process-id ] [ cost cost ] [ route-policy route-policy-name ]

undo import-route protocol [ process-id ]


Command Reference


Issue 07 (2010-11-30)

View RIP view


Description Using the import-route command, you can import routes from other protocols.

Using the undo import-route command, you can delete the routes imported from other protocols.

Parameter protocol: specifies the name of the protocol from which routes are imported. It can be direct, static, rip, ospf, isis, and bgp.

process-id: specifies the protocol process number. For isis, ospf, or rip, the process number needs to be specified.

cost cost: specifies the metric of the imported route. The value ranges form 0 to 15. If the cost is not specified, you can run the default-cost command to set the default cost.

route-policy route-policy-name: specifies the name of the configured route policy when the external route is imported. The name is a string of 1 to 40 characters.

Usage Guideline By configuring the routing policy, you can import the specific routes and set the attributes of the route.

The length of the Tag ruled by RIP protocol is 16 bits while the length of the Tag ruled by other protocols is 32 bits. When other protocols are imported, the value of Tag should not exceed 65535, if Tag is used in the routing policy. It causes invalid routing policy and incorrect matching.


Example # Import a route from the IS-IS process 7 and set the cost of the route to 7.

[Quidway] rip

[Quidway-rip-1] import-route isis 7 cost 7

7.3.15 maximum load-balancing (RIP)

Syntax maximum load-balancing number



7-43

undo maximum load-balancing

View RIP view


Description Using the maximum load-balancing command, you can configure the maximum number of equal-cost routes among which load balancing is performed.

Using the undo maximum load-balancing command, you can restore the default configuration.

By default, the maximum number of equal-cost route is 6.

Parameter number: specifies the number of equal-cost routes. The value ranges from 1 to 6.



Example # Set the maximum number of equal-cost routes to 3.

[Quidway] rip

[Quidway-rip-1] maximum load-balancing 3

7.3.16 network (RIP)

Syntax network network-address

undo network network-address

View RIP view



Command Reference


Issue 07 (2010-11-30)

Description Using the network command, you can enable the RIP route for the specified network segment interface.

Using the undo network command, you disable the RIP route from being used on the specific network segment interface.

Parameter network-address: specifies the network address in which the RIP is enabled. It must be the address of the natural network segment.

Usage Guideline

RIP does not support the enabling of different network segments on the same physical interface for different RIP processes.


Example # Enable RIP routes for the specified network segment interface.

[Quidway] rip

[Quidway-rip-1] network 10.0.0.0

7.3.17 peer (RIP)

Syntax peer ip-address

undo peer ip-address

View RIP view


Description Using the peer command, you can specify the IP addresses of the RIP neighbors in an NBMA network. After the command is configured, the update packet is sent to the peer in the form of unicast instead of in the form of multicast or broadcast.

Using the undo peer command, you can delete the specified neighbor IP address.



7-45

Parameter ip-address: specifies IP address of neighbors.

Usage Guideline In general, do not use the peer command because the port may receive two identical packets in multicast (or broadcast) and unicast mode at the same time. So change the interface to the silent mode when the command is configured.


Example # Specify the IP address of the neighbor as 10.0.0.1.

[Quidway] rip

[Quidway-rip-1] peer 10.0.0.1

7.3.18 preference (RIP)

Syntax preference { preference | route-policy route-policy-name } *

undo preference

View RIP view


Description Using the preference command, you can specify the preference for the RIP route, and set the preference for the specific route by applying the routing policy.

Using the undo preference command, you can restore the preference of the route to the default 100.

Parameter preference: specifies the preference for routes. The value ranges from 1 to 255.

route-policy: indicates the routing policy. Set the preference for the qualified route.

route-policy-name: specifies the name of the policy. It is a string of 1 to 19 characters.


Command Reference


Issue 07 (2010-11-30)

Usage Guideline Meanwhile, you can set the preference for the specific route by using the route-policy command.

The smaller the preference value, the higher the actual preference. If RIP routes are to be given higher preference than the routes learned by other IGP protocols, configure a smaller Preference. The preference determines the algorithm through which the optimal route is obtained among other routes in the IP routing table.


Example # Set the preference of RIP routes to 120.

[Quidway] rip

[Quidway-rip-1] preference 120

7.3.19 reset rip configuration

Syntax reset rip process-id configuration

View User view

Default Level 2: Management level

Description Using the reset rip configuration command, you can reset the configuration parameters of the specific RIP process. When the RIP process is initiated, the default configuration parameters are restored to the default value.

Parameter process-id: specifies the RIP process number. The value ranges from 1 to 65535.





7-47

Example # Reset the configuration parameters of the RIP process 100.

<Quidway> reset rip 100 configuration

7.3.20 reset rip statistics

Syntax reset rip process-id statistics

View User view


Description Using the reset statistics command, you can clear statistics of the counter that is maintained by a particular RIP process. The command is helpful for recording the statistics.

Parameter process-id: specifies the RIP process number. The value ranges from 1 to 65535.



Example # Clear the statistics of RIP100.

<Quidway> reset rip 100 statistics

7.3.21 rip

Syntax rip [ process-id ] [ vpn-instance vpn-instance-name ]

undo rip [ process-id ] [ vpn-instance vpn-instance-name ]


Command Reference


Issue 07 (2010-11-30)

View System view


Description Using the rip command, you can enable the specified RIP process in the system view.

Using the undo rip command, you can disable the running of the RIP process.

Parameter process-id: specifies the RIP process number. By default, the number is 1.

vpn-instance vpn-instance-name: specifies the name of the VPN instance. The name is a string of 1 to 31 characters.

Usage Guideline If the VPN instance is not specified, the RIP process is run under the global or default instance. RIP should be started first in order to configure each RIP global parameter. But the configurations of interface-related parameters are not restricted.


Example # Enable the RIP100 and the VPN instance named abc.

[Quidway] rip 100 vpn-instance abc

7.3.22 rip authentication-mode

Syntax rip authentication-mode { simple password | md5 { nonstandard password-key key-id | usual password-key } }

undo rip authentication-mode

View Interface view




7-49

Description Using the rip authentication-mode command, you can configure the RIP-2 authentication and the parameters. Only one key is supported at a time. When a new key-id is specified, the previous key-id becomes invalid.

Using the undo rip authentication-mode command, you can remove all authentications.

Parameter simple: indicates the plain text authentication mode.

password: indicates the key of plain authentication. It is a string of 1 to 16 characters.

md5: indicates Message Digest version 5 (MD5) authentication mode.

nonstandard: indicates that the MD5 cipher text authentication packet is in nonstandard packet format. (private standard)

usual: indicates the usual format of MD5 cipher text authentication packet (IETF standard).

password-key: indicates the key of cipher text authentication. The plain text is a string of 1 to 16 characters, and the cipher text is a string of 24 characters.

key-id: indicates the identifier of MD5 cipher text authentication. The value ranges from 1 to 255.

Usage Guideline The space is not allowed in the password-key.


Example # Set the MD5 authentication in usual mode. The key-string is abc.

[Quidway] interface GigabitEthernet 1/0/0

[Quidway-Ethernet1/0/0] rip authentication-mode md5 usual abc

7.3.23 rip input

Syntax rip input

undo rip input

View Interface view


Command Reference


Issue 07 (2010-11-30)


Description Using the rip input command, you can enable the specified interface to receive RIP packets.

Using the undo rip input command, you can prevent the specified interface from receiving RIP packets.

By default, the specified interface can receive the RIP packets.

Parameter None



Example # Permit the specified interface to receive RIP packets.


[Quidway-GigabitEthernet1/0/0] rip input

7.3.24 rip metricin

Syntax rip metricin value

undo rip metricin

View Interface view


Description Using the rip metricin command, you can set the metric that is added to the RIP route received the by the interface.

Using the undo rip metricin command, you can restore the metric to default value.



7-51

Parameter value: specifies the metric added for the received route. The value is an integer that ranges from 0 to 15. By default, it is 0.

Usage Guideline When receiving a route, the RIP adds the metric configured on that interface to the route, and then adds the route to the routing table. The received metric of RIP routes thus increases.


Example # Set the metric that is added to 12 when the interface receives RIP routes.


[Quidway-GigabitEthernet1/0/0] rip metricin 12

7.3.25 rip metricout

Syntax rip metricout value

undo rip metricout

View Interface view


Description Using the rip metricout command, you can set the metric that is added to the RIP route sent by the interface.

Using the undo rip metricout command, you can restore the metric to the default value.

Parameter value: specifies the metric added for a sent route. The value is an integer in the range of 1 to 15. By default, it is 1.

Usage Guideline The metric is added before the RIP route is sent. Therefore, increasing the metric out of an interface increases the metric of the RIP route sent on that interface. But the metric of the route in the routing table does not change.


Command Reference


Issue 07 (2010-11-30)


Example # Set to Set the metric that is added when the interface sends RIP routes to 12.


[Quidway-GigabitEthernet1/0/0] rip metricout 12

7.3.26 rip mib-binding

Syntax rip mib-binding process-id

undo rip mib-binding

View System view


Description Using the rip mib-binding command, you can set the binding between Management Information Base (MIB) and RIP process number, and specify the number of the process that is used receive the SNMP request.

Using the undo rip mib-binding command, you can remove the binding.

Parameter process-id: specifies the RIP process number. The value ranges from 1 to 65535. All SNMP requests are sent to the RIP process. By default, it is 1.



Example # Set RIP100 to receive SNMP requests.

[Quidway] rip mib-binding 100

# Delete the setting.



7-53

[Quidway] undo rip mib-binding

7.3.27 rip output

Syntax rip output

undo rip output

View Interface view


Description Using the rip output command, you can permit the interface to send RIP packets.

Using the undo rip output command, you can prevent the interface from sending RIP packets.

By default, the interface is permitted to send RIP packets.

Parameter None



Example # Permit the interface to send RIP packets.

[Quidway] interface pos 1/0/0

[Quidway-Pos1/0/0] rip output

7.3.28 rip pkt-transmit

Syntax rip pkt-transmit { interval interval | number pkt count }

undo rip pkt-transmit


Command Reference


Issue 07 (2010-11-30)

View Interface view


Description Using the rip pkt-transmit command, you can set the interval for sending Update packets on the specified interface and the number of packets sent each time.

Using the undo rip pkt-transmit command, you can restore the default values on the interface.

Parameter Interval: indicates the interval for sending packet. The value ranges from 50 to 500 milliseconds. By default, it is 200 milliseconds.

pkt count: indicates the number of packets sent each time. The value ranges from 25 to 100. By default, it is 30.

Usage Guideline Based on the network environment, you can run the rip pkt-transmit { interval interval | number pkt count } command on the interface to accurately control the interval for sending packets and the number of the sent packets. The RIP performance is thus enhanced.


Example # Set the interval for sending packets on GigabitEthernet 1/0/0 to 100 milliseconds and the number of the packets sent each time to 50.


[Quidway-GigabitEthernet1/0/0] rip pkt-transmit interval 100 number 50

7.3.29 rip poison-reverse

Syntax rip poison-reverse

undo rip poison-reverse

View Interface view



7-55


Description Using the rip poison-reverse command, you can configure the poison reverse process of RIP update packets.

Using the undo rip poison-reverse command, you can disable the configuration.

Parameter None

Usage Guideline Poison reverse means that the routes learned from a certain interface are also sent through the same interface. The metric of this route is set to 16. That means it is unreachable.

If the split horizon and the poison reverse are enabled at the same time, use only the poison reverse.

Related Command rip split-horizon

Example # Configure poison reverse process of RIP update packets.


[Quidway-Pos1/0/0] rip poison-reverse

7.3.30 rip split-horizon

Syntax rip split-horizon

undo split-horizon

View Interface view


Description Using the rip split-horizon command, you can configure the split horizon process of RIP update packets.


Command Reference


Issue 07 (2010-11-30)

Using the undo split-horizon command, you can disable the configuration.

Parameter None

Usage Guideline The route is blocked by the split horizon if the route is advertised through the interface from which the route is learned. The split horizon is used to avoid the routing loops between adjacent routers.

In general, do not cancel the RIP split horizon.

If split horizon is enabled on the interface which is configured with a secondary IP address, RIP update packets may not be sent with each secondary address. The update of a route does not regard every network as the source unless split horizon is disabled.

If an interface is connected with Non Broadcast Multiple Access (NBMA) network, the split horizon on the interface is disabled by default.


Example # Configure the split horizon for RIP update packets.


[Quidway-GigabitEthernet1/0/0] rip split-horizon

7.3.31 rip summary-address

Syntax rip summary-address ip-address mask

undo rip summary-address ip-address mask

View Interface view


Description Using the rip summary-address command, you can set a local IP address for a RIP router to advertise an aggregation.

Using the undo rip summary-address command, you can remove the setting.



7-57

Parameter ip-address: specifies the network IP address that needs to be aggregated.

mask: specifies the network mask that should be aggregated.


Related Command summary (RIP)

Example # Set a local IP address for a router to advertise an aggregation.


[Quidway-GigabitEthernet1/0/0] rip summary-address 10.0.0.0 255.255.255.0

7.3.32 rip version

Syntax rip version { 1 | 2 [ broadcast | multicast ] }

undo rip version

View Interface view


Description Using the rip version command, you can set the RIP version of an interface.

Using the undo rip version command, you can restore the default setting.

By default, the interface sends only RIP-1 packets, but can receive both Version1 and Version2 packets.

Parameter 1: indicates RIP-1 packets.

2: indicates RIP-2 packets.

broadcast | multicast: indicates that RIP-2 packet is sent in the broadcast or the multicast mode. By default, the RIP-2 packet is sent in the multicast mode.


Command Reference


Issue 07 (2010-11-30)



Example # Send the RIP-2 packet in broadcast mode.


[Quidway-GigabitEthernet1/0/0] rip version 2 broadcast

7.3.33 silent-interface (RIP)

Syntax silent-interface { all | interface-type interface-number }

undo silent-interface { all | interface-type interface-number }

View RIP view


Description Using the silent-interface command, you can enable the interface only to receive the packet to update its routing table and disable it from sending RIP packets.

Using the undo silent-interface command, you can re-enable an interface to send updated packets.

Parameter all: indicates that all interfaces are suppressed.

interface-type: specifies the type of the interface.

interface-number: specifies the number of the interface.

Usage Guideline When the silent-interface command is used to suppress the specified interface, the preference of the command is higher than that of the rip input/rip output command that is configured in the interface view.



7-59

When all configured interfaces are suppressed, you cannot activate one of them. That is, the silent-interface all command has the highest preference.

If an interface is suppressed, the route in the network segment in which the interface resides in continues to be advertised to other interfaces.

The silent-interface command is used together with the peer (RIP)command to advertise routes to the specific routers.

Related Command peer (RIP)

rip input

rip output

Example # Set all the interfaces silent.

[Quidway] rip 100

[Quidway-rip-100] silent-interface all

7.3.34 summary (RIP)

Syntax summary

undo summary

View RIP view


Description Using the summary command, you can enable RIP classful aggregation. The aggregated routes are advertised in the form of a natural mask.

Using the undo summary command, you can cancel the classful aggregation perform routing between subnets. The information of subnets is then advertised. Route aggregation reduces the amount of information in the routing table.

By default, RIP-2 enables classful aggregation.

Parameters None


Command Reference


Issue 07 (2010-11-30)

Usage Guideline Classful aggregation does not take effect on RIP-1. When RIP-2 is applied, you can run the undo summary command to cancel calssful aggregation.

Route aggregation in RIPv2 improves scalability and efficiency in large networks. Aggregating IP addresses implies that there is no sub-route entry in the routing table. That is, route entry is not composed by individual IP address. Thus, the size of the table is reduced and routers can process more routes.

When classful aggregation is enabled, the router aggregates the sub-network address to the natural network boundary when advertising routes to the natural network boundary. The route aggregation is invalid when the spilt horizon or poison reverse is configured. When the aggregated routes are sent to the natural network boundary, the split horizon or poison reverse in related views should be disabled.


Example # Enable RIPv2 classful aggregation.

[Quidway] rip

[Quidway-rip-1] summary

7.3.35 timers rip

Syntax timers rip update age suppress garbage-collect

undo timers rip

View RIP view


Description Using the timers rip command, you can adjust the timers. You can adjust the performance of the protocol by adjusting the RIP timer to meet network requirements. Note that if the value of the four timers is not set properly, route flapping occurs.

Parameter update: indicates the interval for sending update packet. The value ranges from 1 to 86400 seconds. By default, it is 30 seconds.



7-61

age: specifies the aging time. The value ranges from 1 to 86400 seconds. By default, it is 180 seconds.

suppress: indicates the period during which the advertisement of the optimal route is suppressed. The value ranges from 0 to 86400 seconds. By default, the value is 0. The advertisement of routes is not suppressed.

garbage-collect: specifies the time for removing a route from the routing table, that is, the standard garbage collection time. The value ranges from 1 to 86400 seconds. By default, it is 120 seconds.

Usage Guideline The relation of the value of the timer is: update<age, suppress<garbage-collect. For example, if the update time is longer than the aging time, during the update time, routers cannot inform their neighbors immediately if RIP routes change.

In general, the default values need not be changed. Be cautious to use this command.


Example # Set the value for each RIP timer.

[Quidway] rip 100

[Quidway-rip-100] timers rip 35 170 0 240

7.3.36 verify-source

Syntax verify-source

undo verify-source

View RIP view


Description Using the verify-source command, you can validate the source IP address of the received RIP routes. By default, the source IP address is checked.

Using the undo-verify source command, you can disable this validation.

Do not disable this feature in normal environment.


Command Reference


Issue 07 (2010-11-30)

Parameter None



Example # Validate the source IP address before the update packet is received.

[Quidway] rip 100

[Quidway-rip-100] verify-source

[Quidway-rip-100] undo verify-source

7.3.37 version

Syntax version { 1 | 2 }

undo version

View RIP view


Description Using the version command, you can specify a global RIP version.

Using the undo version command, you can restore the default value of the global RIP version.

By default, the version of RIP is RIPv1.

Parameter 1: indicates the RIP-1 version.

2: indicates the RIP-2 version.




7-63


Example # Send and receive RIP-2 packets.

[Quidway] rip 100

[Quidway-rip-100] version 2

7.4 OSPF Configuration Commands

For the related commands of OSPF TE, see Chapter 9 “MPLS Commands". For the related commands of OSPF GR, see Chapter 3 “Reliability Commands".

7.4.1 abr-summary (OSPF)

Syntax abr-summary ip-address mask [ advertise | not-advertise ] [ cost cost ]

undo abr-summary ip-address mask

View OSPF area view


Description Using the abr-summary command, you can configure route aggregation on the area border router (ABR).

Using the undo abr-summary command, you can disable route aggregation on the ABR.

By default, the area border router is not configured with route aggregation.

Parameter ip-address: specifies the IP address in dotted decimal notation.

mask: specifies the mask of the IP address. The address is in dotted decimal notation.

advertise | not-advertise: indicates if the aggregated route is advertised. By default, the aggregated route is advertised.


Command Reference


Issue 07 (2010-11-30)

cost cost: specifies the cost of the aggregated route. The value ranges from 0 to 16777214. By default, the maximum cost of all the routes which are aggregated serves as the cost of the aggregated route.

Usage Guideline You can choose whether to advertise the aggregated route, and configure the cost of the aggregated Link State Advertisement (LSA).

This command is applicable only to ABRs and is used for the route aggregation in an area. The ABR transmits only an aggregated route to other areas. Route aggregation refers to that the ABR can aggregate routes with the same prefix, and send only one route to other areas. You can configure many network segments in an area. OSPF can thus aggregate multiple network segments.

The command is invalid for the routes that are received from other areas and it cannot be configured in the backbone area.


Example # In OSPF area 1, aggregate routes in the two network segments, 36.42.10.0 and 36.42.110.0, into one aggregated route 36.42.0.0 and advertise it to other areas.


[Quidway] ospf 100

[Quidway-ospf-100] area 1

[Quidway-ospf-100-area-0.0.0.1] network 36.42.10.0 0.0.0.255


[Quidway-ospf-100-area-0.0.0.1] abr-summary 36.42.0.0 255.255.0.0

7.4.2 area (OSPF)

Syntax area area-id

undo area area-id

View OSPF view


Description Using the area command, you can enter the OSPF area view.

Using the undo area command, you can remove the specified area.



7-65

Parameter area-id: identifies the OSPF area ID that can be a decimal integer or in an IP address format. If it is an integer, the value ranges from 0 to 4294967295.

Usage Guideline Before you delete the OSPF area by using the undo area command, you need to delete the related configurations, such as configuration set by the network and vlink-peer commands. Otherwise, errors appear.

Related Command network (OSPF)

vlink-peer (OSPF)

Example # Enter the OSPF area view.


[Quidway] ospf 100


[Quidway-ospf-100-area-0.0.0.0]

7.4.3 asbr-summary

Syntax asbr-summary ip-address mask [ not-advertise ] [ tag tag ] [ cost cost ]

undo asbr-summary ip-address mask

View OSPF view


Description Using the asbr-summary command, you can set the aggregation of imported routes for OSPF.

Using the undo asbr-summary command, you can remove the aggregation.

By default, aggregation of imported routes is disabled.

Parameter ip-address: specifies the IP address in dotted decimal notation.


Command Reference


Issue 07 (2010-11-30)

mask: specifies the mask in dotted decimal notation.

not-advertise: indicates that the aggregated route is not advertised. If the parameter is not specified, the aggregated route is advertised.

tag tag: specifies that the tag is mainly used to control advertisement of routes through the routing policy. The value ranges from 0 to 4294967295. By default, it is 1.

cost cost: specifies the cost of the aggregated route. The value ranges from 0 to 16777214. By default, the maximal cost in that of all the routes which are aggregated serves as the cost of the aggregated route.

Usage Guideline You can choose whether to advertise the aggregated route, and set the cost of the aggregated route.

The command can be configured in the Autonomous System Border Router (ASBR). The command is used to aggregate the imported Type-5 LSAs in the aggregation address range. If the area is NSSA area, this command can also be configured on the ABR. ABR aggregates the LSA that is switched from Type-7 to Type-5.

Related Command display ospf asbr-summary

Example # Set the aggregation of the imported routes.


[Quidway] ospf 100

[Quidway-ospf-100] asbr-summary 10.2.0.0 255.255.0.0

[Quidway-ospf-100] asbr-summary 10.2.0.0 255.255.0.0 not-advertise

[Quidway-ospf-100] asbr-summary 10.2.0.0 255.255.0.0 tag 2

[Quidway-ospf-100] asbr-summary 10.2.0.0 255.255.0.0 tag 2 cost 100

# Remove the aggregation of the imported routes.

[Quidway-ospf-100] undo asbr-summary 10.2.0.0 255.255.0.0

7.4.4 authentication-mode

Syntax authentication-mode simple { [ plain ] plain-text | cipher cipher-text }

authentication-mode { md5 | hmac-md5 } [ key-id { plain plain-text | [ cipher ]

cipher-text } ]

undo authentication-mode

View OSPF area view



7-67


Description Using the authentication-mode command, you can set the authentication mode and the password that are used in an OSPF area. Configuring the command is equal to using the same authentication mode on interfaces of all routers in a specific area.

Using the undo authentication-mode command, you can remove the authentication mode of this area.

By default, the area authentication mode is not configured.

Parameter simple: indicates the simple authentication mode.

plain: indicates the plain text authentication mode. After the plain key is typed, the key is displayed in the plain text mode when the configuration file is viewed. By default, it is plain type for simple mode.

plain-text: specifies the plain text authentication key. The key a string of 1 to 8 characters in the simple mode, and the key is a string of 1 to 16 characters in MD5 and HMAC-MD5 modes.

cipher: indicates the cipher text authentication mode. After the plain or cipher key is typed, the key is displayed in cipher mode when the configuration file is viewed. By default, it is cipher mode for MD5 and HMAC-MD5 mode.

cipher-text: specifies the cipher text authentication key. In the simple mode, the string with 1 to 8 characters is for the plain text and the string with 24 characters is for the cipher text. In md5 or hmac-md5 mode, the string of 1 to 16 characters is for the plain text and the string of 24 characters is for the cipher text.

md5, hmac-md5: indicates the md5 and hmac-md5 cipher modes.

key-id: specifies the authentication ID. The value of the ID is an integer that ranges from 1 to 255.

Usage Guideline The authentication mode of all the routers in one area must be consistent (not supporting authentication, supporting simple authentication or supporting MD5 cipher text authentication). The authentication key for all the routers in a segment must be consistent.

The preference of this command is lower than that of the ospf authentication-mode command.

The space is not allowed in the password-key.

Related Command ospf authentication-mode


Command Reference


Issue 07 (2010-11-30)

Example # Display the specified OSPF area 0 to support MD5 cipher text authentication.


[Quidway] ospf 100


[Quidway-ospf-100-area-0.0.0.0] authentication-mode md5 1 plain abc

7.4.5 bandwidth-reference (OSPF)

Syntax bandwidth-reference value

undo bandwidth-reference

View OSPF view


Description Using the bandwidth-reference command, yon can set the reference value that is used to calculate the link cost.

Using the undo bandwidth-reference command, you can restore the reference value to the default value.

By default, the reference value of the link cost is 100 M. That is, the cost is 100000000/bandwidth.

Parameter Value: specifies the reference value used to calculate the cost of the link. The unit is Mbit/s. The value ranges from 1 to 2147483648.

Usage Guideline If there is no explicit link cost, OSPF calculates the cost according to the bandwidth of the link (cost = reference value (M) /bandwidth).


Example # Set the reference value of the link cost to 1000.




7-69

[Quidway] ospf 100

[Quidway-ospf-100] bandwidth-reference 1000

7.4.6 bfd all-interfaces

Syntax bfd all-interfaces enable

bfd all-interfaces { min-rx-interval receive interval | min-tx-interval transmit interval | detect-multiplier multiplier value } *

undo bfd all-interfaces enable

undo bfd all-interfaces { min-rx-interval | min-tx-interval | detect-multiplier } *

View OSPF view


Description Using the bfd all-interfaces enable command, you can enable BFD in the OSPF process and set up a BFD session by using the default parameter values.

Using the bfd all-interfaces { min-rx-interval receive interval | min-tx-interval transmit interval | detect-multiplier multiplier value } * command, you can set the parameter values used to set up a BFD session.

Using the undo bfd all-interfaces enable command, you can delete the BFD in the OSPF process.

Using the undo bfd all-interfaces { min-rx-interval receive interval | min-tx-interval transmit interval | detect-multiplier multiplier value } * command, you can restore the default parameter values of a BFD session.

Parameter enable: enables BFD and sets up a BFD session with default parameter.

min-rx-interval receive interval: indicates the minimum interval for receiving BFD packets from the peer. The value of the receive interval ranges from 10 to 1000 milliseconds. By default, the value is 1000 milliseconds.

min-tx-interval transmit interval: indicates the minimum interval for sending BFD packets to the peer. The value of the transmit interval ranges from 10 to 1000 milliseconds. By default, the value is 1000 milliseconds.

detect-multiplier multiplier value: indicates the local detection multiplier. The value of the multiplier value ranges from 3 to 50. By default, the value is 3.


Command Reference


Issue 07 (2010-11-30)

Usage Guideline The value of receive interval is negotiated by the value of local min-rx-interval and the value of the peer min-tx-interval. If a router does not receive any BFD packet from the peer in the receive interval % multiplier value period, the router advertises that the peer is Down.

If the global BFD is not configured, the BFD for OSPF can be configured but the BFD session cannot be set up. Similarly, if only the parameters of a BFD session are set but the bfd all-interfaces enable command is not configured, the BFD session cannot be set up.

If the ospf bfd block command is used on the interface enabled with OSPF, the OSPF BFD cannot be enabled on the interface.

Related Command ospf bfd

ospf bfd block

Example # Enable BFD in the OSPF process and set the minimum sending interval to 30 ms.

[Quidway] ospf

[Quidway-ospf-1] bfd all-interfaces enable

[Quidway-ospf-1] bfd all-interface min-tx-interval 30

# Delete the BFD in the OSPF process.

[Quidway] ospf 1

[Quidway-ospf-1] undo bfd all-interfaces enable

7.4.7 debugging ospf bfd

Syntax debugging ospf [process-id ] bfd

undo debugging ospf [process-id ] bfd

View User view


Description Using the debugging ospf bfd command, you can enable the debugging of BFD events.

Using the undo debugging ospf bfd command, you can disable the debugging of BFD events.



7-71

By default, the debugging of BFD events is disabled.

If the process number is not specified, the BFD events of all OSPF processes are displayed.

Parameter process-id: indicates the OSPF process number. The value ranges from 1 to 65535.

Usage Guideline Debugging affects the performance of the system. So, after debugging, run the undo debugging all command to disable it immediately.


Example # Debug BFD events.

<Quidway> debugging ospf bfd

7.4.8 debugging ospf hot-standby

Syntax debugging ospf [ process-id ] hot-standby

undo debugging ospf [ process-id ] hot-standby

View User view


Description Using the debugging ospf hot-standby command, you can display the OSPF hot backup.

Using the undo debugging ospf hot-standby command, you can stop the display.

By default, the debugging is disabled. If the process number is not specified, the hot backups of all OSPF processes are displayed.

Parameter process-id: specifies the number of OSPF process. The value ranges from 1 to 65535.


Command Reference


Issue 07 (2010-11-30)



Example # Debug the OSPF hot backup.

<Quidway> debugging ospf hot-standby

# Disable the debugging of OSPF hot backup.

<Quidway> undo debugging ospf hot-standby

7.4.9 debugging ospf event

Syntax debugging ospf [ process-id ] event

undo debugging ospf [ process-id ] event

View User view


Description Using the debugging ospf event command, you can display the OSPF event.

Using the undo debugging ospf event command, you can stop the display.

Debugging is disabled by default. If the process number is not specified, the events of all OSPF processes are displayed.





7-73


Example # Debug the OSPF events.

<Quidway> debugging ospf event

# Disable the debugging of OSPF events.

<Quidway> undo debugging ospf event

7.4.10 debugging ospf lsa-originate

Syntax debugging ospf [ process-id ] lsa-originate

undo debugging ospf [ process-id ] lsa-originate

View User view


Description Using the debugging ospf lsa-originate command, you can display the generation of LSA.

Using the undo debugging ospf lsa-originate command, you can stop the display.

By default debugging is disabled. If the process number is not specified, LSA generation of all OSPF processes is displayed.

Parameter process-id: identifies the OSPF process. The value ranges from 1 to 65535.



Example # Enable the debugging.


Command Reference


Issue 07 (2010-11-30)

<Quidway> debugging ospf lsa-originate

# Disable the debugging.

<Quidway> undo debugging ospf lsa-originate

7.4.11 debugging ospf packet

Syntax debugging ospf [ process-id ] packet [ ack | dd | hello | request | update] [ brief ] [ filter { src | nbr } { acl-number | ip-prefix ip-prefix-name } ]

debugging ospf packet [ rcv-dump [ error ] | snd-dump ] [ filter { src | nbr } { acl-number | ip-prefix ip-prefix-name } ]

undo debugging ospf [ process-id ] packet [ ack | dd | hello | request | update ] [ brief ] [ filter { src | nbr } { acl-number | ip-prefix ip-prefix-name } ]

undo debugging ospf packet [ rcv-dump [ error ] | snd-dump ] [ filter { src | nbr } { acl-number | ip-prefix ip-prefix-name } ]

View User view


Description Using the debugging ospf packet command, you can debug the received and sent OSPF packets.

Using the undo debugging ospf packet command, you can stop the display.

By default, the debugging is disabled. If the process number is not specified, the packets of all OSPF processes are displayed.


ack: debugs the Ack packet of OSPF.

dd: debugs the DD packet of OSPF.

hello: debugs the Hello packet of OSPF.

request: debugs the Request packet of OSPF.

update: debugs the Update packet of OSPF.

brief: checks the summary of the debugging.

filter: sets the filter-policy.

src: indicates the source router (that is, the advertising router).



7-75

nbr: indicates the neighboring router.

acl-number: specifies the ACL that is used to filter the packets to be debugged. The value ranges from 2000 to 2999.

ip-prefix ip-prefix-name: specifies the name of prefix list that is used to filter the source or the neighbor whose packets are debugged. The name is a string that ranges from 1 to 19 characters.

rcv-dump: debugs the Data-link packet received by OSPF.

error: debugs the incorrect Data-link packet received by OSPF.

snd-dump: debugs the Data-link packet sent by OSPF.

Usage Guideline The types of OSPF packets include ack, dd, hello, request, and update. If no packet type is specified, all types of packets are displayed.

Debugging affects the performance of the system. So, after debugging, run the undo debugging all command to disable it immediately.


Example # Debug the OSPF packets.

<Quidway> debugging ospf packet

# Disable the debugging of the OSPF packets.

<Quidway> undo debugging ospf packet

7.4.12 debugging ospf spf

Syntax debugging ospf [ process-id ] spf { all | brief | intra }

debugging ospf [ process-id ] spf { asbr-summary | ase | net-summary | nssa } [ filter { acl acl-number | ip-prefix ip-prefix-name } ]

undo debugging ospf [ process-id ] spf { all | asbr-summary | ase | brief | intra | net-summary | nssa }

View User view



Command Reference


Issue 07 (2010-11-30)

Description Using the debugging ospf spf command, you can display various steps of the SPF calculation. The information must also contain the information about tunnels that are considered as IGP shortcut and adjacency forwarding.

Using the undo debugging ospf spf command, you can stop the display.

By default, the debugging is disabled.

Parameter process-id: indicates the OSPF process number.

all: indicates the detailed SPF.

brief: indicates the brief of SPF.

intra: indicates the SPF debugging for Intra-area LSAs.

asbr-summary: indicates the SPF debugging of ASBR-summary LSAs.

ase: indicates the SPF debugging for ASE LSAs.

net-summary: indicates the SPF debugging for Inter-area LSA.

nssa: indicates the SPF debugging for NSSA LSAs.

acl acl-number: indicates the basic ACL number. The value ranges from 2000 to 2999.

ip-prefix ip-prefix-name: indicates the name of the prefix list. The name is a string of 1 to 19 characters.



Example # Debug the SPF of the NSSA LSA in OSPF.

<Quidway> debugging ospf spf nssa

# Disable the SPF debugging of the NSSA LSA in OSPF.

<Quidway> undo debugging ospf spf nssa.

7.4.13 default

Syntax default { cost cost | limit limit | tag tag | type type } *

undo default { cost | limit | tag | type } *



7-77

View OSPF view


Description Using the default command, you can configure the default parameters to import the external routes. The default parameters consist of cost, type (type 1 or type 2), tag, and the number of the external route that is imported by OSPF.

Using the undo default cost command, you can restore the default value of each parameter.

The cost of the external route that is imported by OSPF is 1. The upper limit of the number of imported routes is 1000. The type of the imported external routes is type 2. The value of the tag is 1.

Parameter cost cost: indicates the default cost of the external route that is imported by OSPF. The value ranges from 0 to16777215.

limit limit: indicates default value of the upper limit of the imported external routes. The value ranges from 1 to 2147483647.

tag tag: indicates the tag of the external route. The value ranges from 0 to 4294967295.

type type: indicates the type of the external route. That is, type 1 or type 2.


Related Command import-route (OSPF)

Example # Set the default value of the cost, type, tag, and the upper limit of the number of routes.


[Quidway] ospf 100

[Quidway-ospf-100] default cost 10 limit 20000 tag 100 type 2

7.4.14 default-cost (OSPF)

Syntax default-cost cost


Command Reference


Issue 07 (2010-11-30)

undo default-cost

View OSPF area view


Description Using the default-cost command, you can set the cost of the default route that is transmitted to the stub area by OSPF.

Using the undo default-cost command, you can restore the cost to the default value.

By default, the cost of the default route that is transmitted to the stub area by OSPF is 1.

Parameter cost: specifies the cost of the default route that is transmitted by OSPF to the stub area. The value ranges from 0 to 16777214.

Usage Guideline This command is applicable only to the ABR that is connected to the stub area.

Related Command stub (OSPF)

nssa

Example # Set the area 1 as the stub area and set the cost of the default route that is transmitted to this stub area to 20.


[Quidway] ospf 100


[Quidway-ospf-100-area-0.0.0.1] stub

[Quidway-ospf-100-area-0.0.0.1] default-cost 20

7.4.15 default-route-advertise

Syntax default-route-advertise [ always ] [ cost cost ] [ type type ] [ route-policy route-policy-name ]

default-route-advertise summary cost cost

undo default-route-advertise



7-79

View OSPF view


Description Using the default-route-advertise command, you can import the default route to the OSPF route area.

Using the undo default-route-advertise command, you can cancel the imported default route.

Parameter always: It generates an ASE LSA that describes the default route and advertises the ASE LSA when the local router is not configured with the default route. If this keyword is not specified, the local router should be configured with a default route so that it can import the ASE LSA.

cost cost: specifies the cost of ASE LSA. The value ranges from 0 to 16777214. By default, it is 1.

type type: specifies the type of ASE LSA. The value ranges from 1 to 2. By default, it is 2.

route-policy route-policy-name: indicates that the parameters for the default route such as tag can be modified by using the routing policy.

The routing parameters are modified for the default route. Therefore, you can use the apply command when creating a router-policy. There is not need to use the if-match command.

summary: advertises the Type-3 summary LSA which specifies the default route. Before configuring this parameter, ensure that VPN is enabled. Otherwise, the routes cannot be aggregated.

Usage Guideline Ensure that the preference of the configured static route is lower than that of the default route that is imported by OSPF, if the default route is imported to the OSPF area, and a certain OSPF router is configured with the static default route. This must be done if you want to add the default route that is imported by OSPF to the current routing table.

The import-route command cannot be used to import the default route. To import the default route to the route area, you must use the default-route-advertise command. When local router is not configured with the default route, ASE LSA should use always to generate the default route.

You can import a default aggregated route by using type-3 LSA. The PE advertises the imported default route aggregated to the CE.



Command Reference


Issue 07 (2010-11-30)

Example # Import the ASE LSA which generates the default route to the OSPF area. The local router does not have a default route.


[Quidway] ospf

[Quidway-ospf-1] default-route-advertise always

7.4.16 description (OSPF Area)

Syntax description text

undo description

View OSPF area view


Description Using the description command, you can configure the description for the specific OSPF area.

Using the undo description command, you can delete the description.

Parameter text: indicates the description of the OSPF area. The length of the string should not exceed 80 characters.



Example # Describe the OSPF area 1.


[Quidway] ospf 100


[Quidway-ospf-100-area-0.0.0.1] description this is stub area



7-81

7.4.17 description (OSPF)

Syntax description text

undo description

View OSPF view


Description Using the description command, you can configure the description for the OSPF process.

Using the undo description command, you can delete the description.

Parameter text: indicates the description of the OSPF process. The length of the string should not exceed 80 characters.



Example # Describe the OSPF process.


[Quidway] ospf 100

[Quidway-ospf-100] description this process contains 3 areas

7.4.18 display ospf abr-asbr

Syntax display ospf [ process-id ] abr-asbr

View All views


Command Reference


Issue 07 (2010-11-30)


Description Using the display ospf abr-asbr command, you can display the ABRs and ASBRs of OSPF.

Parameter process-id: indicates the number of the OSPF process. The value ranges from 1 to 65535.

Usage Guideline When this command is used in the stub area, no information about the ASBR is displayed.


Example # Display the ABRs and ASBRs of OSPF.

[Quidway] display ospf abr-asbr

OSPF Process 1 with Router ID 192.168.1.2

Routing Table to ABR and ASBR

Type Destination Area Cost Nexthop RtType

Intra-area 192.168.1.1 0.0.0.0 1562 192.168.1.1 ABR

Table 7-15 Description of the display ospf abr-asbr command output

Item Description

Type Intra area or inter area router

Destination Information about ABR or ASBR

Area Area number

Cost Cost from the local router to ABR or ASBR

Nexthop Next hop router and the interface through which packets are transmitted to the ABR or ASBR

RtType Type of routers

7.4.19 display ospf asbr-summary

Syntax display ospf [ process-id ] asbr-summary [ ip-address mask ]



7-83

View All views


Description Using the display ospf asbr-summary command, you can view the aggregation of the route that is imported by OSPF.

If the IP address and mask are not specified, the aggregation of all routes that are imported by OSPF is displayed.

Parameter process-id: specifies the OSPF process number. The value ranges from 1 to 65535.

ip-address: specifies the matched IP address in dotted decimal notation.



Related Command asbr-summary

Example # Display the aggregation of the all the routes that are imported by OSPF.

[Quidway] display ospf asbr-summary


Summary Addresses

Total summary address count: 1

Summary Address

net : 10.0.0.0

mask : 255.0.0.0

tag : 10

status : Advertise

Cost : 0 ( Not Configured)

The Count of Route is 2

Destination Net Mask Proto Process Type Metric

10.1.0.0 255.255.0.0 Static 1 2 10

10.2.0.0 255.255.0.0 Static 1 2 10


Command Reference


Issue 07 (2010-11-30)

Table 7-16 Description of the displaying ospf asbr-summary command output

Item Description

Total Summary address count

Number of the aggregated routes

Net Network address of the aggregated routes

Mask Network mask of the aggregated routes

Tag Tag of the aggregated routes

Status Advertisement status of the aggregated routes: Advertise: Advertise after the aggregation. DoNotAdvertise: Do not advertise after the aggregation.

Cost Cost of the aggregated routes

The count of route Number of the aggregated routes

Destination Destination address of the aggregated routes

Net mask Mask of the aggregated routes

Proto Protocols of aggregated routes

Process Process number

Type Type of imported AS external routes, Type-1 or Type-2

Metric Cost of aggregated routes

7.4.20 display ospf brief

Syntax display ospf [ process-id ] brief

View All views


Description Using the display ospf brief command, you can display the summary of OSPF.




7-85

Usage Guideline In addition, the following information can be displayed by using the command:

The router ID if configured VPN domain ID if configured

When locating faults of OSPF, you can get the summary of OSPF by using the command. You can then analyze the faults of OSPF according to the summary.


Example # Display the summary of OSPF.

[Quidway] display ospf brief


OSPF Protocol Information

RouterID: 192.168.1.2 Border Router: AS A

Route Tag: 10

CE router, Multi-VPN-Instance is enabled

Applications Supported: MPLS Traffic-Engineering

Spf-schedule-interval: 1

Default ASE parameters: Metric: 1 Tag: 98 Type: 2

Route Preference: 10

SPF computation count: 1

RFC1583 Compatible

Area Count: 1 Nssa Area Count: 0

Area: 0.0.0.0

Authtype: None Area flag: Normal

SPF scheduled: (null)

Interface: 192.168.1.2 (Pos1/0/0) --> 192.168.1.1

Cost: 1562 State: P-2-P Type: PTP MTU: 1500

Timers: Hello 10 , Dead 40 , Poll 120 , Retransmit 5 , Transmit Delay 1

Table 7-17 Description of the displaying ospf brief command output

Item Description

Router Id Current OSPF router ID

Border Router Area Border Router or Autonomous System Border Router or NSSA Border Router

Domain – Id Domain ID of the domain to which this router belongs

Route Tag Tag associated with the external routes

CE router Multi VPN-instance enabled

When the current process is a CE that supports multiple VPN instances

Applications Supported: MPLS Traffic-Engineering

When OSPF supports Traffic Engineering (TE)


Command Reference


Issue 07 (2010-11-30)

Item Description

Opaque Capable When the OPAQUE Capability is enabled

Link Local Signaling capable When the Link Local Signaling (LLS) is enabled

Out of Band Synchronization capable

When the Out of Band Synchronization Capability is enabled

Graceful Restart Capable When Graceful Restart is enabled

Graceful Restart Helper filter capable

When the helper filtering is enabled. If the filtering is not defined, display "No filter".

OSPF protocol Hot Standby Capable When the OSPF protocol Hot Backup is enabled

OSPF stub router capable When the stub router is enabled

OSPF IGP short cut capable When the IGP shortcut is enabled

OSPF Forwarding Adjacency capable

When the adjacency forwarding is enabled

SPF Schedule Interval Interval for calculating SPF

Routing Preference Preference of the default route

Default ASE parameters: Metric Default cost of the external LSA

Default ASE parameters: Tag Default tag of the external LSA

Default ASE parameters: Type: Default type of the external LSA

SPF computation count Number of the SPF calculation

RFC1583 Compatible Whether the RFC1583 compatibility is enabled

Retransmission limitation is enabled Enable retransmission limitation

Mib-binding process When the current process is bound with the MIB

Trap-binding process When the current process is bound with the Trap

OSPF is in LSDB overflow status When the process is in the overflow status

OSPF is in Graceful Restart status When the process is in the GR status

OSPF is in protocol hot-standby status

When the HSB is enabled

Area Count Number of areas of the current process

Nssa Area Count Number of NSSA areas of the current process

ExChange/Loading Neighbors Number of neighbors that are in ExChange/Loading status

Area Areas in the current process

MPLS TE enabled TE that is enabled in the current area



7-87

Item Description

Authtype: Area authentication type, including none or simple or MD5 or HMAC-MD5 authentication

Flags Flag is used to indicate the attribute of area, it is : Transit, VirtualUp, Stub, Nssa, StubDefaul, NssaDefault, NssaNoRedistribution, or NssaNoSummary

Default cost When the area is the stub area, it is displayed. The cost can be changed by the default cost command of the stub area

SPF scheduled The type of last SPF calculation. such as All, Router, Net, Intra, SumNet, SumASB, ASE, and NSSA

Area summary filter (IN) When the filter at the ingress is defined

Area summary filter (Out) When the filter at the egress is defined

Interface Information of the interface in the area

Cost Basic information of the interface

State Status of the interface: Down, Waiting, Loopback, P-2-P, DR, BDR DROTHER. DR, BDR and DROTHER exist in broadcast network and NBMA network. P-2-P exists in P2P P2MP Vlink.

Type The interface type, including PTP, Broadcast, NBMA, PTMP, Vlink

MTU MTU of the interface

Transit Area If the current interface is that of the virtual link, the transition area ID is displayed

Priority If the current interface is that of the virtual link , this field is not be displayed

Designated Router If the current interface is not the DR, this field is not displayed (Optional)

Backup Designated Router If the current interface is not the BDR, this field is not displayed (Optional)

Timers Interval of the timer

Hello Interval of Hello timer

Dead Interval of Dead timer

Poll Interval of Poll timer

Retransmit Interval of Retransmit timer

Transmit Delay Delay for the interface transmitting LSA (optional)


Command Reference


Issue 07 (2010-11-30)

Item Description

Passive interface, No hellos If the interface is the passive interface, then the field is displayed (Optional)

MPLS Traffic-Engineering Link When the MPLS-TE is enabled on the interface

IGP-shortcut Link When the IGP-shortcut is enabled on this link

The display varies from the configurations. An example cannot list everything related to the display. So, the display of the previous example may be different from the content of the table. Some information is displayed only after the specific configuration is enabled.

7.4.21 display ospf cumulative

Syntax display ospf [ process-id ] cumulative

View All views


Description Using the display ospf cumulative command, you can display the statistics of OSPF.

Parameter process-id: specifies the OSPF process number of the display. By default, it is 1.

Usage Guideline The output of this command is helpful for diagnosing the OSPF fault.


Example # Display the statistics of OSPF.

[Quidway] display ospf cumulative


Cumulations

IO Statistics



7-89

Type Input Output

Hello 808 809

DB Description 4 3

Link-State Req 1 1

Link-State Update 0 0

Link-State Update 12 18

Link-State Ack 18 11

ASE: (Disabled)

LSAs originated by this router

Router: 6

Network: 0

Sum-Link: 0

Sum-Asbr: 0

External: 1

NSSA: 0

Opq-Net: 0

Opq-Area: 0

Opq-As: 0

LSAs Originated: 7 LSAs Received: 15

Routing Table:

Intra Area: 1 Inter Area: 1 ASE: 0

Table 7-18 Description of the display ospf cumulative command output

Item Description

IO Statistics Statistics of the packets and LSA

Type Type of OSPF packets

Input Number of the packets that are received

Output Number of packets that are sent

Hello OSPF Hello packet

DB Description OSPF database description packet

Link State Req OSPF link state request packet

Link State Update

OSPF link state update packet

Link State Ack OSPF link state Ack packet

ASE Checksum Autonomous System external LSA Checksum

LSAs originated by this router

Detailed statistics of LSA

Router Router LSA

Net Network LSA

SumNet Type-3 summary LSA

SumASB Type-4 summary LSA


Command Reference


Issue 07 (2010-11-30)

Item Description

ASE Autonomous System External LSA

NSSA Type 7 LSA (LSAs originated by routers configured for NSSA areas)

LSA originated Generated LSAs

LSA Received Received LSAs

Area Area ID

Routing Table Routing table

Intra Area Number of Intra area route

Inter Area Number of Inter area route

ASE Number of ASE route

7.4.22 display ospf error

Syntax display ospf [ process-id ] error

display ospf error [ packet ]

View All views


Description Using the display ospf error command, you can display the OSPF errors. When the process number is not specified, errors of all OSPF processes are displayed.


packet: displays the latest received error packets. The parameter is set, only when the process number is not specified.

Usage Guideline While analyzing the faults of OSPF, you can obtain the information of errors using the command. You can then diagnose the faults of OSPF according to the information.



7-91


Example # Display the errors of OSPF.

<Quidway> display ospf error


OSPF error statistics

General packet errors:

0 : IP: received my own packet 0 : Bad packet

0 : Bad version 0 : Bad checksum

0 : Bad area id 0 : Drop on unnumbered interface

1 : Bad virtual link 0 : Bad authentication type

0 : Bad authentication key 0 : Packet too small

0 : Packet size > ip length 0 : Transmit error

0 : Interface down 0 : Unknown neighbor

HELLO packet errors:

0 : Netmask mismatch 0 : Hello timer mismatch

0 : Dead timer mismatch 0 : Extern option mismatch

0 : Router id confusion 0 : Virtual neighbor unknown

0 : NBMA neighbor unknown

DD packet errors:

0 : Neighbor state low 0 : Router id confusion

0 : Extern option mismatch 0 : Unknown LSA type

0 : MTU option mismatch

LS ACK packet errors:

0 : Neighbor state low 1 : Bad ack

2 : Duplicate ack 0 : Unknown LSA type

LS REQ packet errors:

0 : Neighbor state low 0 : Empty request

0 : Bad request

LS UPD packet errors:

0 : Neighbor state low 0 : Newer self-generate LSA

0 : LSA checksum bad 0 : Received less recent LSA

0 : Unknown LSA type

Opaque errors:

0 : 9-out of flooding scope 0 : 10-out of flooding scope

0 : 11-out of flooding scope

Retransmission for packet over Limitation errors:

0 : Number for DD Packet 0 : Number for Update Packet

0 : Number for Request Packet

Configuration errors:

: Tunnel cost mistake


Command Reference


Issue 07 (2010-11-30)

Table 7-19 Description of the display ospf error command output

Item Description

General packet errors Title bar: General packet errors.

IP: received my own packet Receive the packet that is sent by its own interface. The packet is not processed.

Bad packet The analyzed packet errors, including the length of the field and the checksum.

Bad version OSPF version errors, that is, it is not version 2.

Bad checksum OSPF checksum errors.

Bad area id area id in the received packet does not match Vlink can receive packets of area0.

Drop on unnumbered interface The type of the interface that receives packets is unnumbered, but it is not p2p.

Bad virtual link Vlink receives illegal packets.

Bad authentication type Packet authentication is incorrect.

Packet too small Length of the received packet is not equal to the sum of length of IP header and the length of the packet.

Transmit error Transmitting packets to socket fails.

Interface down The number of times the OSPF interface has been in the Down status?

Unknown neighbor The specified neighbor cannot be found.

HELLO packet errors Title bar: Hello packet errors.

Netmask mismatch Unmatched address mask.

Hello timer mismatch The Hello interval is not consistent.

Dead timer mismatch The Dead interval is not consistent.

Extern option mismatch The extension attributes of the Hello packet is not consistent.

Router id confusion Router id is configured to the same.

Virtual neighbor unknown Router id of the packet is consistent with that of the neighbor that is configured by the vlink.

NBMA neighbor unknown If the status of NBMA neighbor is not active.

DD packet errors Title bar: DD packet errors.



7-93

Item Description

Neighbor state low Cases of error: DD packet is received but its neighbor status is lower than 2-way.

LSP packet is received but its neighbor status is lower than Exchange.

LSU packet is received but its neighbor status is lower than Exchange.

ACK packet is received but its neighbor status is lower than Exchange.

Extern option mismatch Option of the DD packets is not matched.

MTU option mismatch MTU check of the interface on which OSPF is enabled. The MTU value of the DD packet that is received on the interface is greater than that of the interface.

LS ACK packet errors Title bar: LS ACK packet errors.

Bad ack The count of receiving incorrect ACK packets

Duplicate ack The count of receiving repeat ACK packets.

LS REQ packet errors Title bar: LS REQ packet errors

Bad request BadRequest event in the protocol.

LS UPD packet errors Title bar: LS UPD packet error

Received less recent LSA Receiving older LSA than the local copy.

Opaque errors Title bar: Opaque errors.

9-out of flooding scope The number of type9 LSA that is locally generated.



Retransmission for packet over Limitation errors:

Title bar: Retransmission for packet over limitation errors.

Number for DD Packet Number of retransmitting DD packets.

Number for Update Packet Number of retransmitting Update packets.

Number for Request Packet Number of retransmitting Request packets.

Configuration errors Title bar: Configuration errors.

Tunnel cost mistake The count of cost of ospf tunnel being smaller than 1. The cost that is smaller than 1 is calculated as 1.


Command Reference


Issue 07 (2010-11-30)

7.4.23 display ospf interface

Syntax display ospf [ process-id ] interface [ all | interface-type interface-number ]

View All views


Description Using the display ospf interface command, you can display the OSPF interface.

Parameter process-id: indicates the number of OSPF process. The value ranges from 1 to 65535.

all: displays all interfaces of OSPF.

interface-type: specifies the type of the interface, such as GigabitEthernet and loopback.

interface-number: indicates the interface number.

Usage Guideline The command output helps to check the OSPF configuration and its operating state, to locate the OSPF faults and to verify the configuration.


Example # Display the OSPF interface.

[Quidway] display ospf interface


Interfaces

Area: 0.0.0.0

IP Address Type State Cost Pri DR BDR

192.168.1.1 PTP P-2-P 1562 1 0.0.0.0 0.0.0.0

Area: 0.0.0.1

IP Address Type State Cost Pri DR BDR

172.16.0.1 Broadcast DR 1 1 172.16.0.1 0.0.0.0

[Quidway] display ospf interface pos 1/0/0


Interfaces

Interface: 192.168.1.1 (Pos1/0/0) --> 192.168.1.2



7-95

Cost: 1562 State: P-2-P Type: PTP MTU: 1500

Timers: Hello 10 , Dead 40 , Poll 120 , Retransmit 5 , Transmit Delay 1

Table 7-20 Description of the display ospf interface command output

Item Description

Area ID of the area to which the interface belongs

IP address IP address of the interface (regardless of whether TE is enabled on the interface or not )

Type Type of the interface is PTP, PTMP, Broadcast, or NBMA

State The current state of the interface, which is determined according to the OSPF interface state mechanism.

Cost Cost of the interface

Priority Priority of the router that is associated with the interface (for the purpose of DR election.)

DR The DR of the network where the interface resides.

BDR BDR of the network where the interface resides.

MTU The MTU value of the interface

Interface IP address of the interface + interface ID + neighbor’s ID (that is used for PTP)

Transit Area Transit Area (If any Virtual Link is configured through the Area)

Timer Hello Interval of Hello timer

Dead Interval of router dead

Poll Interval of Poll timer

Retransmit Interval for retransmitting LSA

Transmit Delay Delay of interface transmit

Silent interface, no hellos Prohibit the interface from transmitting OSPF packets

MPLS-Traffic Engineering Link TE link

IGP shortcut link Whether this link is a IGP shortcut link

Forwarding Adjacency Link Whether this link is a FA link

GR helper Whether this router is a GR helper


Command Reference


Issue 07 (2010-11-30)

7.4.24 display ospf lsdb

Syntax display ospf [ process-id ] lsdb [ brief ]

display ospf [ process-id ] lsdb [ router | network | summary | asbr | ase | nssa | opaque-link | opaque-area | opaque-as ] [ link-state-id ] [ originate-router [ advertising-router-id ] | self-originate ]

View All views


Description Using the display ospf lsdb command, you can display the Link-State Database (LSDB) of OSPF.


brief: displays the brief of LSDB.

router: displays the link state of the router.

network: displays the link state of the network.

summary: displays the summary of the network.

asbr: displays the summary of the ASBR link state.

ase: displays the external link state of the AS.

nssa: displays the extended link state of NSSA.

opaque-link: displays the link state of Opaque lsa-9.

opaque-area: displays the link state of Opaque lsa-10.

opaque-as: displays the link state of Opaque lsa-11.

originate-router: displays the link state of advertiser.

self-originate: displays the self-generated link state.

link-state-id: indicates the ID of LSA. It is the IP address in dotted decimal notation.

advertising-router-id: indicates the IP address of the router that advertises the LSA.



7-97

Usage Guideline There are various options to display LSDB, such as to display the brief of LSDB, LSAs of the specific type, the locally-originated LSAs or to display on the basis of the source router that generates LSA.

The output of this command helps to diagnose the OSPF faults.


Example # Display the LSDB of OSPF.

[Quidway] display ospf 1 lsdb


Link State Database

Area: 0.0.0.1

Type LinkState ID AdvRouter Age Len Sequence Metric

Router 10.0.0.1 10.0.0.1 761 48 8000000a 0

Router 10.0.0.2 10.0.0.2 704 72 8000000b 0

Router 20.0.0.2 20.0.0.2 369 48 8000000c 0

Sum-Net 30.30.30.0 20.0.0.2 238 28 80000002 1562

NSSA 200.0.0.0 100.0.0.1 3 36 80000001 1

AS External Database:

Type LinkState ID AdvRouter Age Len Sequence Metric

ASE 11.11.11.0 20.0.0.2 367 36 80000001 1

ASE 11.11.12.0 20.0.0.2 273 36 80000002 1

Type 9 Opaque (Link-Local Scope) Database

Type LinkState ID AdvRouter Age Len Sequence Interface

0_9 3.0.0.0 192.105.39.110 34 40 80000001 Pos1/0/1

0_9 3.0.0.0 192.105.39.110 34 40 80000001 Pos1/0/1

0_9 1.0.0.1 192.105.39.110 34 40 80000001 Pos1/0/1

0_9 2.0.0.3 192.105.39.110 34 40 80000001 GigabitEthernet1/0/0

Type 10 Opaque (Area-Local Scope) Database:

Type LinkState ID AdvRouter Age Len Sequence Area

O_10 1.0.0.0 192.105.39.110 79 64 80000001 0.0.0.0

O_10 1.0.0.0 192.105.39.120 79 64 80000001 0.0.0.0

O_10 1.0.0.1 192.105.39.110 79 132 80000001 0.0.0.0

O_10 1.0.0.0 192.105.39.110 79 64 80000001 0.0.0.1

Type 11 Opaque (AS Scope) Database:

Type LinkState ID AdvRouter Age Len Sequence

O_11 2.1.1.0 192.105.39.110 34 24 80000001

O_11 1.1.1.1 192.105.39.110 79 64 80000001

O_11 1.1.1.1 192.105.39.21 34 100 80000001

All areas is NSSA area, AS external database is disabled.

[Quidway] display ospf 1 lsdb router


Link State Database

Area: 0.0.0.1

Type : Router

Ls id : 1.1.1.1


Command Reference


Issue 07 (2010-11-30)

Adv rtr : 100.0.0.1

Ls age : 145

Len : 32

seq# : 80000001

chksum : 0x71ac

Options : ABR ASBR Virtual

Link count: 1

Link ID: 100.0.0.0

Data : 255.0.0.0

Link Type : Point-to-Point/TransNet/StubNet/Virtual

Metric : 1

[Quidway] display ospf 1 lsdb network


Link State Database

Area: 0.0.0.1

Type : Net

Ls id : 10.0.0.0

Adv rtr : 100.0.0.1

Ls age : 145

Len : 32

seq# : 80000001

chksum : 0x71ac


Net mask : 255.255.0.0

Attached Router 10.0.0.1

Attached Router 10.0.0.2

[Quidway] display ospf 1 lsdb summary


Link State Database

Area: 0.0.0.1

Type : SumNet

Ls id : 10.0.0.0

Adv rtr : 100.0.0.1

Ls age : 145

Len : 32

seq# : 80000001

chksum : 0x71ac


Net mask : 255.255.0.0

Tos 0 metric: 20

Tos 1 metric: 20

Tos 2 metric: 20

[Quidway] display ospf 1 lsdb asbr


Link State Database

Area: 0.0.0.1

Type : SumASB

Ls id : 10.0.0.0

Adv rtr : 100.0.0.1

Ls age : 145

Len : 32

seq# : 80000001

chksum : 0x71ac


Tos 0 metric: 20



7-99

Tos 1 metric: 20

Tos 2 metric: 20

[Quidway] display ospf 100 lsdb ase


Link State Database

Type : ASE

Ls id : 10.0.0.0

Adv rtr : 100.0.0.1

Ls age : 145

Len : 32

seq# : 80000001

chksum : 0x71ac


Net mask : 255.0.0.0

Tos 0 metric : 20

E type : 1

Forwarding address : 100.0.0.1

Tag : 20

Tos 1 metric : 20

E type : 1


Tag : 20

Tos 2 metric : 20

E type : 1


Tag : 20

[Quidway] display ospf 1 lsdb nssa


Link State Database

Area: 0.0.0.1

Type : NSSA

Ls id : 10.0.0.0

Adv rtr : 100.0.0.1

Ls age : 145

Len : 32

seq# : 80000001

chksum : 0x71ac


Net mask : 255.0.0.0

Tos 0 metric : 20

E type : 1


Tag : 20

Tos 1 metric : 20

E type : 1


Tag : 20

Tos 2 metric : 20

E type : 1


Tag : 20

[Quidway] display ospf 1 lsdb opaque-link


Link State Database

Area: 0.0.0.0


Command Reference


Issue 07 (2010-11-30)

Interface : Pos1/0/0

Type : Opaque Link-Local

Ls id : 3.0.0.0

Adv rtr : 192.105.39.110

Ls age : 34

Len : 40

seq# : 80000001

chksum : 0x71ac


Opaque Type : 3 (Unknown)

Opaque ID : 0x00000000

Opaque LSA information: :

02 01 12 10 23 7A 95 B0 22 68 11 10 00 52 87 06

98 36 00 00

[Quidway] display ospf 1 lsdb opaque-area


Link State Database

Area: 0.0.0.0

Type : Opaque Area-Local

Ls id : 1.0.0.0

Adv rtr : 192.105.39.110

Ls age : 34

Len : 112

seq# : 80000001

chksum : 0x71ac

Options : (DC) ABR ASBR

Opaque Type : 1 (MPLS Traffic-Engineering)



02 01 12 10 23 7A 95 B0 22 68 11 10

[Quidway] display ospf 1 lsdb opaque-as


Link State Database

Type : Opaque AS

Ls id : 1.1.1.1

Adv rtr : 100.0.0.1

Ls age : 145

Len : 32

seq# : 80000001

chksum : 0x71ac


Opaque Type : 1 (Unknown)



02 01 12 10 23 7A 95 B0 22 68 11 10

Table 7-21 Description of the display ospf lsdb command output

Item Description

Area Area of LSDB

Type Type of LSA

Link State ID Link State ID in the LSA header



7-101

Item Description

Advertising Router The router that advertises or generates the LSA

Age Aging time of LSA

Length Size of LSA

Sequence Sequence Number of LSA (from the LSA header)

Metric Metric

AS external database LSDB that contains external LSA

Type 9 Opaque (Link-Local Scope) Database

LSDB that contains opaque LSA in the local link range

Interface Interface of the local opaque LSA

Type 10 Opaque (Area-Local Scope) Database

LSDB containing the opaque LSAs in an area

Area Area of Type-10 opaque LSA

Type 11 Opaque (AS Scope) Database

LSDB that contains the opaque LSA s in the AS range

All areas is NSSA area, AS external database is disabled

If the area is NSSA, this message is displayed

Chksum LSA checksum

Options LSA options

Link count Number of LSAs on the router

Link Id Link ID that is classified according to the link type (Router LSA)

Link Data Link data (Router LSA)

Type Link types: Point-to-Point, TransNet, StubNet, or Virtual (Router LSA)

Metric Metric of the link (Network LSA)

Net mask Mask of the network (Network LSA)

Attached Router Routers that are connected to the network (Network LSA)

Net mask Mask of the network (Summary LSA)

Tos type of service (Summary LSA)

Metric Metric or the cost from the advertising router to the network (Summary LSA)

Net mask Mask of the network in ASE LSA (ASE or NSSA LSA)


Command Reference


Issue 07 (2010-11-30)

Item Description

Tos Type of service (ASE or NSSA LSA)

Metric Metric or the cost from the advertising router to the network (ASE or NSSA LSA)

E – type E-Type (ASE or NSSA LSA)

Forwarding Address Forwarding address(ASE or NSSA LSA)

Opaque Type Opaque type for the traffic engineering (Opaque LSA)

Opaque ID Opaque Id. Opaque type+Opaque ID is equivalent to the link state ID field in the LSA header (Opaque LSA)

7.4.25 display ospf nexthop

Syntax display ospf [ process-id ] nexthop

View All views


Description Using the display ospf nexthop command, you can display the next hop of OSPF.


Usage Guideline The output of this command helps to diagnose OSPF faults.


Example # Display the next hop of OSPF.

<Quidway> display ospf nexthop


Routing Nexthop information



7-103

Next hops:

Address Type Refcount Intf Addr Intf Name

----------------------------------------------------------------------

10.0.0.1 Local 3 10.0.0.1 Pos1/0/0

10.0.0.2 Local 5 10.0.0.1 Pos1/0/0

Table 7-22 Description of the display ospf nexthop command output

Item Description

Nexthops Detailed information about the next hop

Address Address of the next hop

Type Type of route origin

Reference count Number of OSPF routes that use the next hop

Interface address Address of the interface

Interface name Name of the physical interface

7.4.26 display ospf bfd session

Syntax display ospf [process-id ] bfd session { interface-type interface-number | peer-id | all }

View Any view


Description Using the display ospf bfd session command, you can view the neighbor enabled with BFD.

Parameter all: indicates all the interfaces enabled with OSPF in the OSPF process.

interface-type interface-number: indicates the interface type and the interface number.

peer-id: indicates the router ID of the neighbor.

process-id: indicates the OSPF process number. The value ranges from 1 to 65535.



Command Reference


Issue 07 (2010-11-30)


Example # Check the neighbor enabled with BFD.

<Quidway> display ospf bfd session all


NeighborId:2.2.2.2 AreaId:0.0.0.0 Interface:Pos1/0/0

BFDState:up rx :1000 tx :1000

Multiplier:3 BFD Local Dis:8198 LocalIpAdd:100.1.1.1

RemoteIpAdd:100.1.1.2 Diagnostic Info:No diagnostic information

Table 7-23 Description of the display ospf bfd session all command output

Item Description

NeighborId Router ID of the neighbor

AreaId Area ID

Interface Interface that sets up the BFD session with the neighbor

BFDState BFD status

Rx Negotiated minimum interval for receiving BFD packets.

Tx Negotiated minimum interval for sending BFD packets.

Multiplier Remote detection multiplier

BFD Local Dis Local address discriminator dynamically assigned by BFD

LocalIpAdd Local IP address

RemoteIpAdd Remote IP address

Diagnostic Info Diagnostic information

7.4.27 display ospf peer

Syntax display ospf [ process-id ] peer [ interface-type interface-number | neighbor-id ]

View All views



7-105


Description Using the display ospf peer command, you can display neighbors in each area of OSPF.


interface-type: indicates the interface type.


neighbor-id: indicates the neighbor ID.

Usage Guideline The output of this command helps to diagnose OSPF faults and verify the configuration of OSPF neighbors.

You can also check whether the neighbor performs Graceful Restart (GR).


Example # Display the OSPF neighbor.

<Quidway> display ospf peer


Neighbors

Area 0.0.0.1 interface 10.1.1.2(GigabitEthernet1/0/0)'s neighbors

RouterID: 10.1.1.1 Address: 10.1.1.1 GR State: Normal

State: Full Mode: Nbr is Slave Priority: 1

DR: 10.1.1.1 BDR: None MTU:0

Dead timer due in 35 sec

Neighbor is up for 00:00:05

Authentication Sequence: [0]

Table 7-24 Description of the display ospf peer command output

Item Description

Area Area to which the neighbor belongs

Interface Interface that connects with the neighbor

Router Id Router ID of the neighbor

Address Interface address of the neighbor


Command Reference


Issue 07 (2010-11-30)

Item Description

GR State GR state: Normal: GR operation is not done. Doing GR: GR operation is being done. Complete GR: GR operation has been completed. Helper: Neighbor is the Helper when GR operation is being done.

State Neighbor state: Down: The initial status of the neighbor. It indicates that the neighbor does not receive any information. In NBMA network, in the status, Hello packets can be forwarded, and the period is Poll interval (Hello Interval<Poll Interval).

Attempt: The status exists only in NBMA network. It indicates that the neighbor relationship is being set up. The period of the Hello packet is Hello interval (Hello Interval<Poll Interval).

Init: Indicates that the Hello packet has been received from the neighbor.

2 Way: Indicates that the Hello packet has been received from the neighbor, and the neighbor list of the Hello packet contains the local ID, that is, the two parties can interwork.

Exch Start: Indicates the first step of setting up Adjacency. In this step, master and slave relation and DD sequence number are negotiated.

Exchange: From this status, LSDB synchronous operation is performed. The interworking packets contain DD packet, LSR packet and LSU packet.

Loading: In this status, LSDB synchronous operation is performed. The interworking packets contain LSR packet and LSU packet.

Full: This status indicates that LSDB of neighbor is synchronized. Both the parties set up Full adjacency.

Mode Master or Slave in the Database Description (DD) exchange process:

Nbr is Master: The neighbor is Master and sends DD packets.

Nbr is Slave: The neighbor is Slave and cooperates with the Master to send DD packets.

Priority Priority of neighboring router

DR Designated Router

BDR Backup Designated Router

MTU Maximum Transmission Unit (MTU) of the interface

Authentication Sequence Authentication sequence number



7-107

7.4.28 display ospf request-queue

Syntax display ospf [ process-id ] request-queue [ interface-type interface-number ] [ neighbor-id ]

View All views


Description Using the display ospf request-queue command, you can display the request-list of OSPF.

Parameter process-id: the OSPF process number. The value ranges from 1 to 65535.


interface-number: specifies the interface number.

neighbor-id: specifies the neighbor ID.

Usage Guideline The output of this command helps to diagnose the OSPF faults.


Example # Display the request queue of OSPF.

[Quidway] display ospf request-queue


OSPF Request List

The Router's Neighbor is Router ID 4.4.4.4 Address 172.1.4.2

Interface 172.1.4.1 Area 0.0.0.2

Request list:

Type LinkState ID AdvRouter Sequence Age

Router 1.1.1.1 1.1.1.1 8000001b 677


Command Reference


Issue 07 (2010-11-30)

Table 7-25 Description of the display ospf request-queue command output

Item Description

The Routers Neighbors: Router ID Router ID of the neighbor and the interface address

Interface IP address of the interface

Area OSPF area to which the router belongs

Request list Request list

Type Type of LSA: router, network or summary

LinkState ID Link state ID (from the LSA header)

AdvRouter Advertising router (from the LSA header)

Sequence Sequence number (from the LSA header)

Age Aging time (from the LSA header)

7.4.29 display ospf retrans-queue

Syntax display ospf [ process-id ] retrans-queue [ interface-type interface-number ] [ neighbor-id ]

View All views


Description Using the display ospf retrans-queue command, you can display the retransmission list of OSPF.




neighbor-id: indicates the neighbor ID.




7-109


Example # Display the retransmission queue of OSPF.

[Quidway] display ospf retrans-queue


OSPF Retransmit List

The Router's Neighbor is Router ID 2.2.2.2 Address 192.168.0.2

Interface 192.168.0.1 Area 0.0.0.0

Retransmit list:

Type LinkState ID AdvRouter Sequence Age

Router 1.1.1.1 1.1.1.1 70024110 533

Table 7-26 Description of the display ospf retrans-queue command output

Item Description

The Routers Neighbors: Router ID Router ID of the neighbor and interface address

Interface IP address of the interface


Retransmit List Retransmission list

Type Type of the LSA: router or network or summary

LinkState ID Link state ID (from the LSA header)

AdvRouter Advertising router (from the LSA header)

Sequence Sequence number (from the LSA header)

Age Aging time (from the LSA header)

7.4.30 display ospf routing

Syntax display ospf [ process-id ] routing [ interface interface-type interface-number | nexthop nexthop-address ]

View All views



Command Reference


Issue 07 (2010-11-30)

Description Using the display ospf routing command, you can display the OSPF routing table.


interface interface-type interface-number: displays the routes received on the interface.

nexthop nexthop-address: display the route with the specified next hop.

Usage Guideline Based on the option, you can view the routes of the specific interface or the specific next hop.

The output of this command helps to diagnose the OSPF faults.


Example # Display the OSPF routing table.

<Quidway> display ospf routing


Routing Tables

Routing for Network

Destination Cost Type NextHop AdvRouter Area

172.16.1.0/24 4 Inter-area 192.168.2.1 2.2.2.2 0.0.0.2

172.17.1.0/24 1 Transit 172.17.1.1 4.4.4.4 0.0.0.2

192.168.0.0/24 2 Inter-area 192.168.2.1 2.2.2.2 0.0.0.2

192.168.1.0/24 3 Inter-area 192.168.2.1 2.2.2.2 0.0.0.2

192.168.2.0/24 1 Stub 192.168.2.2 4.4.4.4 0.0.0.2

Routing for ASEs

Destination Cost Type Tag NextHop AdvRouter

100.0.0.0/8 1 Type2 1 192.168.2.1 1.1.1.1

Total Nets: 6

Intra Area: 2 Inter Area: 3 ASE: 1 NSSA: 0

Table 7-27 Description of the display ospf routing command output

Item Description

Destination Destination network

Cost Cost to the destination



7-111

Item Description

Type The type of the destination network is divided into inter-area route and internal area route (Stub and Transit).

Stub: Routes released by router-lsa, corresponding to direct routes of non-broadcast network and non-NBMA network.

Transit: Routes released by network-Isa

NextHop Next hop to the destination

AdvRouter Advertising router


Total Nets Total number of networks in intra area, inter area, ASE, and NSSA

Intra Area Number of networks in Intra Area (Total number of Stub network and Transit network)

Inter Area Number of networks in the Inter Area

ASE Number of networks in the ASE

NSSA Number of networks in the NSSA

7.4.31 display ospf sham-link

Syntax display ospf [ process-id ] sham-link [ area area-id ]

View All views


Description Using the display ospf sham-link command, you can display the sham links that belongs to the OSPF area.

If no process ID or area ID is specified, all sham links are displayed.


area area-id: specifies the OSPF area ID. The value of the ID can be an integer ranging from 0 to 4294967295 or in the IPv4 address format.


Command Reference


Issue 07 (2010-11-30)



Example # Display all sham links of OSPF.

<Quidway> display ospf sham-link


Sham Link:

Area NeighborId Source-IP Destination-IP State Cost

0.0.0.1 100.1.1.2 3.3.3.3 5.5.5.5 P-2-P 10

# Display area 1 sham link information of OSPF.

<Quidway> display ospf sham-link area 1


Sham-Link: 3.3.3.3 --> 5.5.5.5

Neighbor ID: 100.1.1.2, State: Full

Area: 0.0.0.1

Cost: 10 State: P-2-P, Type: Sham

Timers: Hello 10 , Dead 40 , Retransmit 5 , Transmit Delay 1

Table 7-28 Description of the display ospf sham-link command output

Item Description

Area OSPF area that the sham link belongs to

NeighborId Router ID of the neighbor

Source-IP Source IP address of the sham link

Destination-IP Destination IP address of the sham link

State Interface state of the sham connection. P-2-P is the point-to-point link

Cost Cost of the sham connection

Type Connection type

Timers Timer related with the following items, such as the Hello interval, expiration time, retransmission interval, and interface transmission delay.

7.4.32 display ospf vlink

Syntax display ospf [ process-id ] vlink



7-113

View All views


Description Using the display ospf vlink command, you can display OSPF virtual links.




Example # Display OSPF virtual links.

<Quidway> display ospf vlink


Virtual Links

Virtual-link Neighbor-id -> 2.2.2.2, Neighbor-State: Down

Interface: <Unknown>

Cost: 0 State: Down Type: Virtual

Transit Area: 0.0.0.1

Timers: Hello 10 , Dead 40 , Retransmit 5 , Transmit Delay 1

GR State: Normal

Table 7-29 Description of the display ospf vlink command output

Item Description

Virtual-link Neighbor-id

Router ID of the neighbor that is connected by a virtual link

State Link state

Interface The interface list within the area. The primary interface IP address and name is displayed. If it is the POS port, the neighbor address is displayed.

Cost Cost

State Interface state


Command Reference


Issue 07 (2010-11-30)

Item Description

Type Interface type

Transit Area If the current interface is the virtual link, its transit area ID is displayed.

Timers Timers associated with the interface such as Hello interval, Dead Interval, Poll Interval, retransmit interval and interface transfer delay are displayed.

7.4.33 domain-id

Syntax domain-id domain-id [ secondary ]

undo domain-id [ domain-id ]

View OSPF view


Description Using the domain-id command, you can configure a domain ID for an OSPF domain.

Using the undo domain-id command, you can restore the default value.

By default, the domain ID is null.

Parameter domain-id: specifies the OSPF domain ID. The ID is an integer or in dotted decimal notation format. If it is an integer, the value ranges from 0 to 4294967295. The ID is converted into dotted decimal notation and carried 1 with 256 when the ID is displayed. If the ID is in dotted decimal notation format, the ID is displayed when you press the enter key.

secondary: indicates the ID of a secondary domain.

The domain-id 0 command is used to set the value of the area ID to NULL. The secondary is not configured when the value of the area ID is 0. The maximum number of the domain-id secondary on each OSPF process is 1000. For different

products, the number of the domain-id secondary is different.



7-115

Usage Guideline In general, routes that are imported from a PE are advertised as External-LSA. Routes that belong to different nodes of the same OSPF domain are advertised as Type-3 LSA (intra domain area), and the domain ID of the same OSPF should be consistent.

If the domain-id is not specified, the primary domain ID is removed when the undo domain-id is used.


Example # Set the VPN domain ID in OSPF VPN extension.


[Quidway] ospf

[Quidway-ospf-1] domain-id 234

7.4.34 enable log

Syntax enable log [ config | error | state ]

undo enable log [ config | error | state ]

View OSPF view


Description Using the enable log command, you can enable log.

Using the undo enable log command, you can disable log.

Parameter config: configures log.

state: indicates the status of log.

error: indicates the incorrect log.



Command Reference


Issue 07 (2010-11-30)


Example # Enable the OSPF log.


[Quidway] ospf

[Quidway-ospf-1] enable log

7.4.35 filter export

Syntax filter { acl-number | ip-prefix ip-prefix-name | route-policy route-policy-name } export

undo filter export

View OSPF Area view


Description Using the filter export command, you can configure the OSPF to filter the Summary LSA at the egress in the area.

Using the undo filter export command, you can remove the filtering for the LSA.

By default, LSA is not filtered.

Parameter acl-number: specifies the number of basic ACL. The value ranges from 2000 to 2999.

ip-prefix ip-prefix-name: specifies the name of the address prefix list. The name is a string of 1 to 169 characters.

route-policy route-policy-name: specifies the name of the routing policy. The name is a string of 1 to 40 characters.





7-117

Example # Configure the OSPF to filter the Type-3 LSA at the egress.


[Quidway] ospf 100


[Quidway-ospf-100-area-0.0.0.1] filter 2000 export

7.4.36 filter import

Syntax filter { acl-number | ip-prefix ip-prefix-name | route-policy route-policy-name } import

undo filter import

View OSPF Area view


Description Using the filter import command, you can filter the Summary LSA that enters the area.

Using the undo filter import command, you can disable filtering for the LSA.

By default, the LSA is not filtered.

Parameter acl-number: specifies the number of the basic ACL. The value ranges from 2000 to 2999.


route-policy route-policy-name: specifies the name of the route policy. The name is a string of 1 to 40 characters.



Example # Filter the Type-3 LSA that enters the current area.



Command Reference


Issue 07 (2010-11-30)

[Quidway] ospf 100


[Quidway-ospf-100-area-0.0.0.1] filter ip-prefix my-prefix-list import

7.4.37 filter-policy export (OSPF)

Syntax filter-policy { acl-number | ip-prefix ip-prefix-name } export [ protocol [ process-id ] ]

undo filter-policy export [ protocol [ process-id ] ]

View OSPF view


Description Using the filter-policy export command, you can set the OSPF rules: filtering the imported routes when advertising them. The command needs to be configured on the ASBR.

Using the undo filter-policy export command, you can remove the filtering rules.

By default, the routes to be advertised are not filtered.

Parameter acl-number: specifies the basic ACL number. The value ranges from 2000 to 2999.


protocal: specifies the protocol that advertises routes. It can be bgp, direct, isis, ospf, rip, or static.

process-id: specifies the process ID of the imported protocol. It is necessary for rip, isis, and ospf. By default, it is 1.

Usage Guideline In some cases, only the qualified routes can be advertised. The filter-policy command is then used to set the filtering condition. Only the routes that pass the filtering are advertised.


Example # Filter the routes that are advertised by OSPF according by using ACL 2000.



7-119


[Quidway] ospf 100

[Quidway-ospf-100] filter-policy 2000 export

7.4.38 filter-policy import (OSPF)

Syntax filter-policy { acl-number | ip-prefix ip-prefix-name } import

undo filter-policy import

View OSPF view


Description Using the filter-policy import command, you can set the OSPF rule: filtering the received LSA of Type 5 and Type 7.

Using the undo filter-policy import command, you can remove the filtering of the received routes.

By default, the received route is not filtered.



Usage Guideline Only the routes that pass the filtering are added to the local routing table. But all routes can still be sent in the OSFP routing table. The filter-policy command is used to set the filtering conditions for the routes to be advertised. Only the routes that pass the filtering are received.


Example # Filter the received routes of OSPF by using ACL 2000.


[Quidway] ospf 100

[Quidway-ospf-100] filter-policy 2000 import


Command Reference


Issue 07 (2010-11-30)

7.4.39 import-route (OSPF)

Syntax import-route protocol [ process-id ] [ cost cost | type type | tag tag ] * [ route-policy route-policy-name ]


View OSPF view


Description Using the import-route command, you can import routes that are learned from other protocols.

Using the undo import-route command, you can remove the imported external routes.

By default, no route is imported from other protocols.

Parameter protocol: indicates the imported source protocols. It can be bgp, direct, isis, ospf, rip, or static.

process-id: specifies the process number. The parameter is needed when the protocol is isis, ospf or rip. The value ranges from 1 to 65535. By default, it is 1.

cost cost: specifies the cost of the route. The value ranges from 0 to 16777214.

type type: indicates the type of the metric. The value is 1 or 2.

tag tag: indicates the external tag in the external LSAs. The value ranges from 0 to 4294967295.

route-policy: indicates that only the routes that match the specific routing policy are imported.

route-policy-name: indicates the name of the routing policy. The name is a string of 1 to 40 characters.

Usage Guideline OSPF uses four types of routes, which are listed below in the order of preference:

Intra-area routes Inter-area routes Type 1 external routes Type 2 external routes



7-121

The intra-area route refers to the route within an area of an AS.

The inter-area route refers to the route among different areas in an AS. They are both internal routes of an AS.

External route refers to the route outside an AS.

The Type 1 external route indicates the received IGP route, like RIP and STATIC. As the routes of this type have higher reliability, the cost of the external route is equal to that of internal route of the AS and can be compared with that of OSPF route. That is to say, the cost to reach a Type 1 external route is equal to the cost for the router to reach the corresponding ASBR plus the cost for ASBR to reach the destination address of the route.

The Type 2 external route indicates the received EGP route. As the routes of this type have a lower reliability, the OSPF protocol considers the cost of going out of the AS from the ASBR is much higher than that of reaching the ASBR from somewhere inside the AS. Therefore, while calculating the routing cost, the former is mainly considered. The cost for reaching a Type 2 external route is equal to the cost of ASBR reaching the destination address of the route. If the costs mentioned are equal, the cost for the local router to reach the corresponding ASBR is considered.

By default, the imported routes are Type 2 routes.


Example # Specify the imported RIP route as the route of Type-2, with the tag as 33 and the metric as 50.


[Quidway] ospf 100

[Quidway-ospf-100] import-route rip 40 type 2 tag 33 cost 50

7.4.40 lsa-arrival-interval

Syntax lsa-arrival-interval 0

undo lsa-arrival-interval

View OSPF View


Description Using the lsa-arrival-interval command, you can set the interval for receiving OSPF LSA.


Command Reference


Issue 07 (2010-11-30)

Using the undo lsa-arrival-interval command, you can restore the default setting.

By default, the interval for receiving LSA is 1 second.

Parameter 0: indicates that the interval for receiving specified LSAs is 0. That is, the1-second interval is deleted.

Usage Guideline To avoid wasting network source due to network changes, OSPF defines that the interval for receiving LSA is 1 second.

In a stable network, if the speed of route convergence is required to be fast, you can cancel the interval of receiving LSA by setting it to 0. Routers can thus feel changes of topology and route in time. This speeds up route convergence.


Example # Cancel the interval for receiving LSAs.


[Quidway] ospf

[Quidway-ospf-1] lsa-arrival-interval 0

7.4.41 lsa-originate-interval

Syntax lsa-originate-interval 0

undo lsa-originate-interval

View OSPF View


Description Using the lsa-originate-interval command, you can set the interval for updating OSPF LSA.

Using the undo lsa-originate-interval command, you can restore the default setting.

By default, the interval for updating LSA is 5 seconds.



7-123

Parameter 0: specifies the interval for updating LSA to 0; that is, the 5-second interval is cancelled.

Usage Guideline To avoid wasting network source due to network changes, OSPF defines that the interval for updating LSA is 5 seconds.

In a stable network, if the speed of route convergence is required to be fast, you can cancel the interval for updating LSA by setting it to 0. So, routers can feel changes of topology and route in time. Route convergence thus speeds up.


Example # Cancel the interval for updating LSA.


[Quidway] ospf

[Quidway-ospf-1] lsa-originate-interval 0

7.4.42 lsdb-overflow-limit

Syntax lsdb-overflow-limit number

undo lsdb-overflow-limit

View OSPF view


Description Using the lsdb-overflow-limit command, you can set the maximum number of external LSAs in OSPF LSDB.

Using the undo lsdb-overflow-limit command, you can remove the maximum number of external LSAs.

Parameter number: specifies the maximum number of external LSAs in LSDB. The value ranges from 1 to 1000000.


Command Reference


Issue 07 (2010-11-30)



Example # Set the maximum number of external LSA in LSDB.


[Quidway] ospf 100

[Quidway-ospf-100] lsdb-overflow-limit 400000

[Quidway-ospf-100] undo lsdb-overflow-limit

7.4.43 maximum load-balancing (OSPF)



View OSPF view


Description Using the maximum load-balancing command, you can enable the maximum number of equal-cost routes to a destination in the routing table.

Using the undo maximum load-balancing command, you can restore the default value.

By default, the maximum number of equal-cost route is 6.

Parameter number: specifies the maximum number of equal-cost routes. The value ranges from 1 to 6.





7-125

Example # Set the maximum number of the equal-cost routes.


[Quidway] ospf 100

[Quidway-ospf-100] maximum load-balancing 2

[Quidway-ospf-100] undo maximum load-balancing

7.4.44 maximum-routes

Syntax maximum-routes { external | inter | intra } number

undo maximum-routes { external | inter | intra }

View OSPF view


Description Using the maximum-routes command, you can set the maximum number of routes that are supported by OSPF. You can also set the routing type as the external or inter-area or intra-area route.

Using the undo maximum-routes command, you can restore the default value of the maximum number of routes of different types.

Parameter number: specifies the number of routes. The value varies with types of the routes. external: indicates the maximum number of external routes that generated by OSPF. The value ranges from 100 to 5000000. By default, it is 5000000.

inter: indicates the maximum number of inter-area routes that are generated by OSPF. The value ranges from 100 to 1000000. By default, it is 1000000.

Intra: indicates the maximum number of intra-area routes that are generated by OSPF. The value ranges from 100 to 100000. By default, it is 100000.




Command Reference


Issue 07 (2010-11-30)

Example # Set the maximum number of routes that OSPF supports.


[Quidway] ospf 100

[Quidway-ospf-100] maximum-routes intra 500

7.4.45 network (OSPF)

Syntax network address wildcard-mask

undo network address wildcard-mask

View OSPF area view


Description Using the network command, you can specify the interface that runs OSPF and the area to which the interface belongs to.

Using the undo network command, you can remove the interface on which OSPF runs.

By default, the interface does not belong to any area.

Parameter address: specifies the address of the network segment where the interface resides.

wildcard-mask: specifies the wildcard mask of IP address, which is similar to the reversed form of the mask of IP address. "1" represents that the corresponding bit in the IP address is ignored and "0" represents that this bit must be reserved.

Usage Guideline With the two parameters, address and wildcard-mask, you can configure one or more interfaces in an area. For the interface that runs OSPF, the primary IP address of this interface must be in the range of the network segment specified by the network command. If the secondary IP address of the interface is in the range of the network segment specified by this command, the interface does not run OSPF.

OSPF can be run on the interface only when the following two requirements are met:

Mask length of IP address of an interface is not shorter than that in the network command.

Primary IP address of an interface should be in the range of the network segment specified by the network command. Otherwise, even if the secondary IP address of the



7-127

interface is in the range of the network segment specified by the network command, the interface does not run OSPF.

For the loopback interface, by default, OSPF advertises its IP address in the form of 32-bit host route, which is irrelevant with the mask length of the IP address on the interface. To advertise the segment route of the loopback interface, configure the network type as non-broadcast by using the ospf network-type in the interface view, such as P2P.

Related Command ospf

ospf network-type

Example # Specify the primary IP address of the interface that runs OSPF is in the network segment of 131.108.20.0, and the ID of the OSPF area where the interface resides to 2.


[Quidway] ospf 100



7.4.46 nexthop

Syntax nexthop ip-address weight value

undo nexthop ip-address

View OSPF View


Description Using the nexthop command, you can set the preference for the equal-cost routes. After OSPF calculates the equal-cost routes, the next hop is chosen from these equal-cost routes based on the value of weight. The smaller the value is, the higher the preference is.

Using the undo nexthop command, you can cancel the preference of these equal-cost routes.

By default, the value of weight is 255. Equal-cost routes have no preference, and they forward packets at the same time. Load balancing is performed among them.

Parameter ip-address: indicates the IP address of next hop.


Command Reference


Issue 07 (2010-11-30)

Value: indicates the weight of the next hop. It is an integer that ranges from 1 to 254. By default, it is 255.



Example # Set the preference of equal-cost routes in OSPF.


[Quidway] ospf

[Quidway-ospf-1] nexthop 10.0.0.3 weight 1

7.4.47 nssa

Syntax nssa [ default-route-advertise | no-import-route | no-summary ] *

undo nssa

View OSPF area view


Description Using the nssa command, you can configure an NSSA area.

Using the undo nssa command, you can cancel the configuration.

By default, no NSSA area is configured.

Parameter default-route-advertise: indicates that the default Type 7 LSA to the NSSA area is generated.

no-import-route: indicates no external route is imported to NSSA area.

no-summary: indicates that ABR is forbidden to transmit summary LSAs to the NSSA area.

Usage Guideline For all the routers that are connected to the NSSA area, the command nssa must be used to configure the area as the NSSA attribute.



7-129

The default-route-advertise is used to generate default Type-7 LSA. Regardless of whether there is route 0.0.0.0 in the routing table on ABR, Type-7 LSA default route is generated. Type-7 LSA default route be generated only when there is route 0.0.0.0 in the routing table on the ASBR.

On ASBR, the no-import-route enables OSPF to import external routes through the import-route command but not to advertise them to the NSSA area.

To reduce the number of LSAs that are transmitted to the NSSA area, configure the no-summary attribute for an ABR. This is also done to prevent ABR from transmitting summary LSA (Type-3 LSA) to the NSSA area.


Example # Configure area 1 as an NSSA area.


[Quidway] ospf


[Quidway-ospf-1-area-0.0.0.1] nssa

7.4.48 opaque-capability enable

Syntax opaque-capability enable

undo opaque-capability

View OSPF view


Description Using the opaque-capability enable command, you can enable opaque-LSA capability. OSPF process can generate opaque LSAs, and can receive the opaque LSAs from neighbors.

Using undo opaque-capability command, you can disable the opaque LSA capability.

By default, opaque LSA capability is disabled.

Parameter None


Command Reference


Issue 07 (2010-11-30)



Example # Enable OSPF opaque.


[Quidway] ospf

[Quidway-ospf-1] opaque-capability enable

7.4.49 ospf

Syntax ospf [ process-id ] [ router-id router-id ] [ vpn-instance vpn-instance-name ]

undo ospf [ process-id ]

View System view


Description Using the ospf command, you can enable the OSPF process.

Using the undo ospf command, you can disable the OSPF process.

By default, the system does not run the OSPF protocol.


router-id router-id: specifies the OSPF router ID.

vpn-instance vpn-instance-name: specifies the name of the VPN-instance. The name is a string of 1 to 31 characters.

Usage Guideline If the VPN-instance is specified, the OSPF process belongs to that instance. Otherwise, it belongs to the global instance. The process instance cannot be changed and it needs to be specified when the process is enabled for the first time.

OSPF private router ID can also be configured through this command.



7-131

OSPF must be enabled before you configure the parameters related to the protocol.


Example # Enable OSPF.


[Quidway] ospf 100 router-id 10.10.10.1 vpn-instance huawei

7.4.50 ospf authentication-mode

Syntax Simple authentication mode:

ospf authentication-mode simple [ { [ plain ] plain-text | cipher cipher-text ] }

undo ospf authentication-mode

MD5/HMAC-MD5 authentication mode:

ospf authentication-mode { md5 | hmac-md5 } [ key-id { plain plain-text | [ cipher ] cipher-text } ]


Without authentication mode:

ospf authentication-mode null


View Interface view


Description Using the ospf authentication-mode command, you can set the authentication mode and key between adjacent routers.

Using the ospf authentication-mode null command, you can cancel the authentication on the interface.

Using the undo ospf authentication-mode command, you can remove the authentication mode that has been set.

By default, the interface does not authenticate OSPF packets.


Command Reference


Issue 07 (2010-11-30)

Parameter simple: indicates simple authentication.

md5: indicates MD5 authentication.

hmac-md5: indicates HMAC-MD5 authentication.

null: indicates null authentication

plain: indicates the plain password. Only the plain password is typed. When viewing the configuration file, display the password in plain mode. For the simple authentication, if the parameter is set as default, the plain type is used.

plain-text: specifies the plain authentication key. In simple mode, the key is a string of 1 to 8 characters while in md5 or hmac-md5 mode, the key is a string of 1 to 16 characters.

cipher: indicates the cipher password. Either the plain password or the cipher password is typed. When viewing the configuration file, display the password in cipher mode. For the MD5/HMAC-MD5 authentication, if the parameter is defaulted, the cipher type is used.

cipher-text: specifies the cipher authentication key. In simple mode, for plain text, the key is a string of 1 to 8 characters; for the cipher text, the key is a string of 24 characters. While in md5 or hmac-md5 mode, for the plain text, the key is a string of 1 to 16 characters; for the cipher text, the key is a string of 24 characters.

key-id: identifies the authentication identifier. The value of the key-id is an integer that ranges from 1 to 255.

Usage Guideline Pay attention to the following:

Authentication mode and password that are configured on interfaces of routers at the same network segment must be consistent.

If both interface authentication and area authentication are configured, interface authentication is preferred to set up OSPF neighbors.

OSPF does not support the configuration on the Null interface. Space is not allowed in the password-key.

Related Command authentication-mode

Example # POS 1/0/0 of Quidway1 and POS 2/0/0 of Quidway2 are on the same network segment 131.119.0.0. Configure the interfaces to support simple authentication mode. The password is abc.

# Configure the interface on Quidway1.


[Quidway1] interface pos 1/0/0

[Quidway1-Pos1/0/0] ospf authentication-mode simple abc

# Configure the interface on Quidway2.



7-133


[Quidway2] interface pos 2/0/0

[Quidway2-Pos1/0/0] ospf authentication-mode simple abc

7.4.51 ospf bfd

Syntax ospf bfd enable

ospf bfd { min-rx-interval receive interval | min-tx-interval transmit interval | detect-multiplier multiplier value } *

undo ospf bfd enable

undo ospf bfd { min-rx-interval | min-tx-interval | detect-multiplier } *

View Interface view


Description Using the ospf bfd enable command, you can enable the BFD on the specified interface enabled with OSPF and the set up a BFD session by using the default parameters.

Using the ospf bfd { min-rx-interval receive interval | min-tx-interval transmit interval | detect-multiplier multiplier value } * command, you can set the parameter values of a BFD session.

Using the undo ospf bfd enable command, you can delete the BFD on the specified interface.

Using undo ospf bfd { min-rx-interval receive interval | min-tx-interval transmit interval | detect-multiplier multiplier value } * command, you can restore the default parameter values of a BFD session.

Parameter enable: enables BFD and sets up a BFD session with default parameter.

min-rx-interval receive interval: indicates the minimum interval for receiving BFD packets from the neighbor. The value of the receive interval ranges from 10 to 1000 milliseconds. By default, the value is 1000 milliseconds.

min-tx-interval transmit interval: indicates the minimum interval for sending BFD packets to the neighbor. The value of the transmit interval ranges from 10 to 1000 milliseconds. By default, the value is 1000 milliseconds.

detect-multiplier multiplier value: indicates the local detection multiplier. The value of the multiplier value ranges from 3 to 50. By default, the value is 3.


Command Reference


Issue 07 (2010-11-30)

Usage Guideline The value of receive interval is negotiated by the value of local min-rx-interval and the value of the peer min-tx-interval. If a router does not receive any BFD packet from the peer in the receive interval % multiplier value period, the router advertises that the peer is Down.

If the global BFD is not configured, the BFD for OSPF can be configured but the BFD session cannot be set up. Similarly, if only the parameters of a BFD session are set but the bfd all-interfaces enable command is not configured, the BFD session cannot be set up.

The preference of the BFD configured on the interface is higher than that configured in the process. If the BFD is enabled on the interface, the BFD session is set up by using the parameters of the BFD configured on the interface.

The ospf bfd enable command contradicts the ospf bfd block command. They cannot be used at the same time.

Related Command bfd all-interfaces

Example # Enable BFD on pos 1/0/0 and the set the minimum receiving interval to 40 ms and the local detection multiplier to 4.

[Quidway] interface pos1/0/0

[Quidway-Pos1/0/0] ospf bfd enable

[Quidway-Pos1/0/0] ospf bfd min-rx-interval 40 detect-multiplier 4

# Delete the BFD of pos 1/0/0.


[Quidway-Pos1/0/0] undo ospf bfd enable

7.4.52 ospf bfd block

Syntax ospf bfd block

undo ospf bfd block

View Interface view


Description Using the ospf bfd block command, you can block the BFD dynamically created by an interface.



7-135

Using the undo ospf bfd block command, you can cancel the feature.

Parameter None

Usage Guideline The ospf bfd block command contradicts the ospf bfd enable command. They can be used at the same time.

Related Command ospf bfd

Example # Block the BFD dynamically created by pos 1/0/0 when the bfd all-interfaces command is used.


[Quidway-Pos1/0/0] ospf bfd block

7.4.53 ospf cost

Syntax ospf cost cost

undo ospf cost

View Interface view


Description Using the ospf cost command, you can specify the cost for OSPF on an interface.

Using the undo ospf cost command, you can restore the default cost for OSPF.

Parameter cost: indicates the cost for running OSPF. The value ranges from 1 to 65535.

Usage Guideline OSPF calculates the cost of an interface based on bandwidth of the interface. The calculation formula is: cost of the interface=reference value of bandwidth/bandwidth. The reference value of bandwidth is configurable. By default, it is 100 M.


Command Reference


Issue 07 (2010-11-30)

With the formula 100000000/Bandwidth, the default costs of various types of interfaces are as follows:

56 kbit/s Serial port: 1785 64 kbit/s Serial port: 1562 E1 (2.048 Mbit/s): 48 Ethernet (100 Mbit/s): 1

OSPF does not support the configuration on the Null interface.


Example # Specify the cost to 65 on an OSPF interface.


[Quidway-Pos1/0/0] ospf cost 65

7.4.54 ospf dr-priority

Syntax ospf dr-priority priority

undo ospf dr-priority

View Interface view


Description Using the ospf dr-priority command, you can set the priority of the interface that candidates for the DR.

Using the undo ospf dr-priority command, you can restore the default value.

By default, it is 1.

Parameter priority: specifies the priority of the interface that candidates for DR or BDR. The value ranges from 0 to 255. The greater the value, the higher the priority.



7-137

Usage Guideline The priority of the interface determines the qualification of the interface that elects for DR. The interface with higher priority is considered first when the vote collision occurs. If the priority of a router is 0, the router is no longer elected as the DR or the BDR.

When a router is enabled, it sends the Hello packet to the routers with the preference greater than zero. These routers may be elected as DR or BDR. When the DR and the BDR are selected in the segment, they send the DD packets to all the neighboring routers and set up the adjacency relation.

OSPF does not support configuring DR priority on the Null interface.


Example # Set the priority of GE 1/0/0 that candidates for DR to 8.



[Quidway-GigabitEthernet1/0/0] ospf dr-priority 8

7.4.55 ospf mib-binding

Syntax ospf mib-binding process-id

undo ospf mib-binding

View System view


Description Using the ospf mib-binding command, you can bind an OSPF process to SNMP and make OSPF respond to SNMP requests.

Using the undo ospf mib-binding command, you can disable the binding.




Command Reference


Issue 07 (2010-11-30)


Example # Bind OSPF process and SNMP.


[Quidway] ospf mib-binding 100

# Disable the binding.


[Quidway] undo ospf mib-binding 100

7.4.56 ospf mtu-enable

Syntax ospf mtu-enable

undo ospf mtu-enable

View Interface view


Description Using the ospf mtu-enable command, you can enable the interface to fill in the MTU value when sending DD packets.

Using the undo ospf mtu-enable command, you can restore the default settings.

By default, the MTU value is 0 when the interface sends DD packets. That is, the actual MTU value of the interface is not filled in.

Parameter None

Usage Guideline The default MTU value in the DD packet is 0. By using the command, you can manually configure the interface to fill in the MTU value, the actual MTU value, when the interface sends the DD packet.

When the virtual connection is established through a virtual template or a tunnel, different manufacturers may use different default MTU. To ensure intercommunication, the MTU of DD packets should have a default value of 0. The ospf mtu-enable command, for this reason is rarely used.



7-139

OSPF does not support configuration on the Null interface.


Example # Set GE1/0/0 to fill in the MTU field when sending DD packets.



[Quidway-GigabitEthernet1/0/0] ospf mtu-enable

7.4.57 ospf network-type

Syntax ospf network-type { broadcast | nbma | p2mp | p2p }

undo ospf network-type

View Interface view


Description Using the ospf network-type command, you can set the network type of the OSPF interface.

Using the undo ospf network-type command, you can restore the default network type of the OSPF interface.

By default, the network type of an interface is determined by the physical interface. The network type of Ethernet interface is broadcast, that of the serial interface and POS interface (encapsulated with PPP or HDLC) is p2p, and that of ATM interface and Frame-relay interface is nbma.

Parameter broadcast: indicates that the network type of the interface is changed to broadcast.

nbma: indicates that the network type of the interface is changed to NBMA.

p2mp: indicates that the network type of the interface is changed to point-to-multipoint.

p2p: indicates that the network type of the interface is changed to point-to-point.


Command Reference


Issue 07 (2010-11-30)

Usage Guideline In the broadcast network, if there is a router that does not support multicast address, you can change the network type of the interface to NBMA, and change it from NBMA to broadcast. It is not necessary to configure the neighboring router in this method.

The condition for changing a NBMA network to broadcast network is that there should be a direct virtual circuit between any two routers. The network should be a full mesh network. If a network does not meet the preceding conditions, you must change the type of network to point-to-multipoint. In this manner, two indirect routers can communicate with the help of one or two direct and reachable routers. Instead of configuring the neighboring router, you can change the network type of the interface to point-to-multipoint.

If there are only two routers that run OSPF in the same network segment, the network type of an interface can be changed to p2p.


When the network type of an interface is NBMA, or it is changed to NBMA manually, the peer command must be used to configure the neighbor.

Related Command peer (OSPF)

ospf dr-priority

Example # Set network type of POS 1/0/0 to NBMA.



[Quidway-Pos1/0/0] ospf network-type nbma

7.4.58 ospf timer dead

Syntax ospf timer dead interval

undo ospf timer dead

View Interface view


Description Using the ospf timer dead command, you can set the dead interval of the OSPF neighbor.



7-141

Using the undo ospf timer dead command, you can restore the default dead interval of the neighbor.

By default, for the interface of p2p and broadcast, the dead interval for the OSPF neighbors is 40 seconds; for that of p2mp and NBMA, it is 120 seconds.

Parameter interval: specifies dead interval of the OSPF neighbors. The value ranges from 1 to 235926000.

Usage Guideline The dead interval of OSPF neighbors refers to that within this interval, if no Hello packet is received from the neighbor, the neighbor is considered as invalid. The value of dead interval should be at least 4 times that of the hello interval. The dead interval for the routers on the same network segment must be consistent.


Related Command ospf timer hello

Example # Set the dead interval on Pos 1/0/0 to 60 seconds.



[Quidway-Pos1/0/0] ospf timer dead 60

7.4.59 ospf timer hello

Syntax ospf timer hello interval

undo ospf timer hello

View Interface view


Description Using the ospf timer hello command, you can set the interval for sending Hello packets on an interface.

Using the undo ospf timer hello command, you can restore the default value of the interval.


Command Reference


Issue 07 (2010-11-30)

By default, for the interface of p2p and broadcast type, the interval for sending Hello packets is 10 seconds; for the interface of p2mp and NBMA type, it is 30 seconds.

Parameter interval: specifies the interval for sending the Hello packet on an interface. The time ranges from 1 to 65535 seconds.

Usage Guideline The hello intervals is carried in the Hello messages and transmitted with them. The smaller the hello interval is, the faster the network topology changes. The cost of routes however, becomes greater. Ensure that the parameters of this interface and the adjacent routers are consistent.


Related Command ospf timer dead

Example # Set the interval for sending Hello messages on POS 1/0/0 to 20 seconds.



[Quidway-Pos1/0/0] ospf timer hello 20

7.4.60 ospf timer poll

Syntax ospf timer poll interval

undo ospf timer poll

View Interface view


Description Using the ospf timer poll command, you can set the poll interval for sending Hello packets on NBMA and p2mp network.

Using the undo ospf timer poll command, you can restore the default poll interval.

By default, it is 120 seconds.



7-143

Parameter interval: specifies the poll interval. The value of the interval 65535 seconds.

Usage Guideline On the NBMA and the p2p network, if a neighbor is invalid, you can configure routers to send Hello packet based on the poll interval that is set by the ospf timer poll command. The poll interval should be at least 4 times that of the Hello interval.



Example # Set the poll interval for sending Hello packets on the POS 2/0/0 to 130 seconds.



[Quidway-Pos2/0/0] ospf timer poll 130

7.4.61 ospf timer retransmit

Syntax ospf timer retransmit interval

undo ospf timer retransmit

View Interface view


Description Using the ospf timer retransmit command, you can set the interval for retransmitting LSA on an interface.

Using the undo ospf timer retransmit command, you can restore the default interval for retransmitting LSA on the interface.

By default, the interval time is 5 seconds.

Parameter interval: specifies interval for retransmitting LSA on an interface. The value ranges from 1 to 3600 seconds.


Command Reference


Issue 07 (2010-11-30)

Usage Guideline When a router transmits an LSA to its neighbor, it has to wait for the ACK packet from the neighbor. If no ACK packet is received from the neighbor in the LSA retransmission interval, this LSA is retransmitted.

You should not set too short LSA retransmission intervals between adjacent routers. Otherwise, it leads to unnecessary retransmission.



Example # Specify the interval for retransmitting LSAs between POS 1/0/0 and the adjacent routers to 8 seconds.



[Quidway-Pos1/0/0] ospf timer retransmit 8

7.4.62 ospf trans-delay

Syntax ospf trans-delay interval

undo ospf trans-delay

View Interface view


Description Using the ospf trans-delay command, you can set the delay for transmitting LSA on an interface.

Using the undo ospf trans-delay command, you can restore the default delay on the interface.

By default, the delay is 1 second.

Parameter interval: specifies the delay for transmitting LSA on an interface in seconds. The value ranges from 1 to 500.



7-145

Usage Guideline LSA ages in LSDB (increase by 1 each second), but LSA does not age during transmission in the network. It is therefore necessary to add a period of time to the aging time before the LSA is transmitted. This configuration is important for a low-speed network.



Example # Specify the delay for transmitting LSA POS 1/0/0 to 3 seconds.



[Quidway-Pos1/0/0] ospf trans-delay 3

7.4.63 peer (OSPF)

Syntax peer ip-address [ dr-priority priority ]

undo peer ip-address

View OSPF view


Description Using the peer command, you can set the IP address of the adjacent router or DR preference for an NBMA network.

Using the undo peer command, you can remove the setting.

Parameter ip-address: specifies the IP address of the adjacent node.

dr-priority priority: specifies the priority of the neighbor. The value of the priority is an integer that ranges from 0 to 255.

Usage Guideline In X.25 or Frame Relay (FR) network, the entire network can be fully meshed by configuring the map. In this manner, OSPF can be processed as a broadcast network (such as electing a DR and a BDR). You should, however, specify the IP address and the election authority for


Command Reference


Issue 07 (2010-11-30)

the adjacent router manually, because it is impossible to find the adjacent router dynamically by broadcasting the Hello packet.

If you want to set the DR priority for the peer router by using the command, ensure that the DR priority on both peer routers is consistent.


Example # Specify the address of the peer neighbor as 1.1.1.1 in the OSPF process 100.


[Quidway] ospf 100

[Quidway-ospf-100] peer 1.1.1.1

7.4.64 preference (OSPF)

Syntax preference [ ase ] [ route-policy route-policy-name ] preference

undo preference [ ase ]

View OSPF view


Description Using the preference command, you can set the preference of an OSPF route.

Using the undo preference command, you can restore the default preference of the OSPF route.

By default, the preference of the OSPF route is 10. When ASE is specified, the default value is 150.

Parameter ase: indicates the preference of the AS external route.

route-policy: indicates the routing policy.

route-policy-name: specifies the name of the route policy. The name is a string of 1 to 40 characters.

preference: specifies the preference of the OSPF route. The value of the preference ranges from 1 to 255.



7-147

Usage Guideline The smaller the preference value, the higher the preference.

Route sharing and route selection are difficult because multiple dynamic protocols could be run on a router at the same time. A default preference is therefore specified for each protocol. When different protocols find multiple routes to the same destination, the route discovered by the protocol with a higher preference is selected to forward the IP packets.


Example # Set the preference for OSPF.


[Quidway] ospf

[Quidway-ospf-1] preference 150

# Set the preference for an external route.

[Quidway] ospf 100

[Quidway-ospf-100] preference ase 130

7.4.65 reset ospf

Syntax reset ospf [ process-id ] counters [ neighbor [ interface-type interface-number ] [ router-id ] ]

reset ospf [ process-id ] process [ graceful-restart ]

reset ospf [ process-id ] redistribution

View User view


Description Using the reset ospf counters command, you can reset the OSPF counter.

Using the reset ospf process command, you can restart the OSPF process.

Using the reset ospf redistribution command, you can import routes and generate the LSA of Type 5 and Type 7.


Command Reference


Issue 07 (2010-11-30)

Parameter counters: resets the OSPF counters.

neighbor: the statistics of neighbors for the interface.

interface-type interface-number: specifies the type and the number of the interface.

router-id: the Router ID of the neighbor.

process-id: indicates the OSPF process number. The number ranges from 1 to 65535.

graceful-restart: indicates that graceful restart is enabled.

redistribution: imports routes again.

Usage Guideline Using the reset ospf process command, you can obtain the following results:

Clear the invalid LSA immediately without waiting for the LSA to time out. If the router ID changes, a new router ID takes effect by using the command. Re-elect DR and BDR. OSPF configuration before restart is not lost.

You can choose general restart or graceful restart through the parameters. When the route imported is deleted, all external routes are imported to OSPF.


Example # Reset the OSPF counters.

<Quidway> reset ospf counters

# Restart the OSPF process.

<Quidway> reset ospf process

# Configure the OSPF to import routes again.

<Quidway> reset ospf redistribution

7.4.66 retransmission-limit

Syntax retransmission-limit [ max-number ]

undo retransmission-limit

View OSPF view



7-149


Description Using the retransmission-limit command, you can enable the retransmission limit and set the maximum count of retransmission.

Using the undo retransmission-limit command, you can cancel the retransmission limit.

By default, the retransmission limit is disabled.

Parameter max-number: indicates the maximum count of retransmission. The value of the count is an integer that ranges from 2 to 255. By default, it is 30.

Usage Guideline The transmission mechanism of OSPF packets is applicable to the following packets,:

DD packet Update packet Request packet

If the three types of packets cannot receive the response packets, enable the retransmission attribute, limit the count of retransmission, and disconnect the neighbor when the retransmission exceeds the specified count.

Related Command display ospf cumulative

display ospf error

Example # Enable the OSPF retransmission limit attributes.

[Quidway] ospf

[Quidway-ospf-1] retransmission-limit 40

7.4.67 rfc1583 compatible

Syntax rfc1583 compatible

undo rfc1583 compatible

View OSPF view


Command Reference


Issue 07 (2010-11-30)


Description Using the rfc1583 compatible command, you can enable the routing rule for compatible RFC1583.

Using the undo rfc1583 compatible command, you can disable the routing rule.

By default, the routing rule of compatible 1583 is enabled.

Parameter None

Usage Guideline When multiple external AS LSA routes are advertised to the same destination, RFC 1583 and RFC 2328 define different routing rules.


Example # Enable the routing rule of the compatible RFC 1583.


[Quidway] ospf

[Quidway-ospf-1] rfc1583 compatible

7.4.68 route-tag

Syntax route-tag tag

undo route-tag

View OSPF view


Description Using the route-tag command, you can set the tag value for imported VPN routes.

Using the undo route-tag command, you can restore the default tag value.



7-151

By default, the first two bytes of the tag value is fixed as 0xD000, while the last two bytes is the AS number of the local BGP. For example, if the AS number of the local BGP is 100, the default tag value is 3489661028 in the decimal format.

Parameter tag: specifies the tag value of the imported VPN routes. The value ranges from 0 to 4294967295.

Usage Guideline The OSPF VPN instance on a PE needs to be configured with a VPN route tag. This route tag must be contained in type 5 or type 7 LSA. Configure the same route tag for PE routers in the same area. Route-tag is not delivered in the BGP extended community attribute, and is applicable in the local area. Route-tag is configured and takes effect on PEs which receive BGP routes and generate OSPF LSAs. Different OSPF processes can be configured with the same route-tag.

The tags set by the route-tag command or other commands are different only in preference.

The preference of the tag that is configured by using the import-route command is the highest.

The preference of the tag that is configured by using the route-tag command is medium. The preference of the tag that is configured by using the default tag command is the

lowest.

The system ignores the LSA when calculating the routes if the received tag in type 5 LSA and type 7 LSA, is the same as the local LSA.

The route-tag takes effect only after the reset ospf command is used.


reset ospf

Example # Set the route-tag for OSPF process100 to 100.


[Quidway] ospf 100

[Quidway-ospf-100] route-tag 100

7.4.69 sham-hello enable (OSPF)

Syntax sham-hello enable

undo sham-hello


Command Reference


Issue 07 (2010-11-30)

View OSPF view


Description Using the sham-hello enable command, you can enable the sham-hello feature of OSPF. After the feature is enabled, OSPF updates the timeout timer of the neighbor when receiving protocol packets of various types.

Using the undo sham-hello command, you can disable the sham-hello feature.

By default, the sham-hello feature is disabled.

Parameter None



Example # Enable the sham-hello feature.


[Quidway] ospf 100

[Quidway-ospf-100] sham-hello enable

7.4.70 sham-link

Syntax sham-link source-ip-address destination-ip-address [ simple [ plain | cipher ] password | { md5 | hmac-md5 } key-id [ plain | cipher ] password-key | authentication-null ] [ cost cost ] [ dead dead-interval | hello hello-interval | retransmit retransmit-interval | trans-delay trans-delay-interval ] *

undo sham-link source-ip-address destination-ip-address [ simple | md5 | hmac-md5 | authentication-null ] [ cost ] [ dead | hello | retransmit | trans-delay ]*

View OSPF area view



7-153


Description Using the sham-link command, you can configure a sham link.

If the optional parameters are not used, delete the sham link by using the undo sham-link command. If the optional parameters are used, you can restore the default values of the parameters by using the command.

Parameter source-ip-address: specifies the source IP address.

destination-ip-address: specifies the destination IP address.

cost cost: specifies the cost of the sham link. The value of the cost ranges from 1 to 65535. By default, it is 1.

dead dead-interval: specifies the dead interval. The value of the interval ranges from 1 to 235926000. This value must be equal to the dead interval of the router that sets up virtual link with it, and must be at least 4 times that of hello interval.

hello hello-interval: specifies the interval for transmitting Hello packets on an interface. The value ranges from 1 to 65535 seconds. This value must be equal to the hello interval of the router that sets up the virtual link with the interface.

retransmit interval: specifies the interval for retransmitting the LSA packets on an interface. The value ranges from 1 to 3600 seconds.

trans-delay interval: specifies the delay for transmitting LSA packets on an interface. The value ranges from 1 to 3600 seconds.

simple: indicates the simple authentication mode.

password: identifies the password in the plain mode. It can be a string of characters or values. The string of 1 to 8 characters is for plain mode; the string of 24 characters is for cipher mode. The password must be consistent with that of that of the peer.

md5: indicates the MD5 authentication mode.

hmac-md5: indicates the hmac-md5 authentication mode.

key-id: specifies authentication key ID of the cipher authentication of the interface. The value ranges from 1 to 255. The key ID must be consistent with that of the peer.

password-key: specifies the authentication password in md5/hmac-md5 mode. The value is a string containing characters and numbers. For the plain text, the string has 1 to 16 bytes. For the cipher text, the string has 24 bytes. The authentication password on the local end must be the same with the authentication password on the remote end.

plain: indicates the password that is input and displayed in the plain text.

cipher: indicates the password that is input and displayed in the cipher text.


Command Reference


Issue 07 (2010-11-30)

Usage Guideline If two PEs belong to the same area and are connected by the backdoor link, you can set up the virtual link between the PEs to prevent the VPN traffic from always preferring the backdoor route. So, the VPN traffic prefers the route passing through the VPN backbone.

When plain authentication (simple) is used, the default authentication password, plain, is used. When MD5 algorithm or HMAC-MD5 algorithm is used for authentication (md5 | hmac-md5), the default authentication password, cipher, is used.

Space is not allowed in the authentication password.

As soon as the parameters of a sham link is set or modified, the cost value must be specified. Otherwise, the cost value is restored to the default value 1. When the sham link is configured, IP addresses of the local end and the remote end cannot be advertised in the OSPF process of the private network.


Example # Create a sham link, with the source IP address being 1.1.1.1, destination IP address being 2.2.2.2, cost value being 10, and Hello message-sending interval being 15 seconds.


[Quidway] ospf


[Quidway-ospf-1-area-0.0.0.1] sham-link 1.1.1.1 2.2.2.2 cost 10 hello 15

7.4.71 silent-interface (OSPF)

Syntax silent-interface { all | interface-type interface-number }

undo silent-interface { all | interface-type interface-number }

View OSPF view


Description Using the silent-interface command, you can disable an interface from receiving and sending OSPF packets.

Using the undo silent-interface command, you can restore the default setting.

By default, the interface is permitted to receive or send OSPF packet.



7-155

Parameter all: indicates all the interfaces configured with OSPF.

interface-type: specifies the interface type.

interface-number: specifies the interface number.

Usage Guideline To prevent the OSPF routing information from being received by routers in a network segment or forbid the local router to receive the routing update information that is advertised by other routers in the network segment, you can use the silent-interface command to suppress the interface to receive or send the OSPF packets.


Example # Disable POS 2/0/0 from sending or receiving OSPF packets.


[Quidway] ospf 100

[Quidway-ospf-100] silent-interface pos 2/0/0

7.4.72 snmp-agent trap enable ospf

Syntax snmp-agent trap enable ospf [ process-id ] [ ifauthfail | ifcfgerror | ifrxbadpkt | ifstatechange | lsdbapproachoverflow | lsdboverflow | maxagelsa | nbrstatechange | originatelsa | txretransmit | vifauthfail | vifcfgerror | virifrxbadpkt | virifstatechange | viriftxretransmit | virnbrstatechange ] *

undo snmp-agent trap enable ospf [ process-id ] [ ifauthfail | ifcfgerror | ifrxbadpkt | ifstatechange | lsdbapproachoverflow | lsdboverflow | maxagelsa | nbrstatechange | originatelsa | txretransmit | vifauthfail | vifcfgerror | virifrxbadpkt | virifstatechange | viriftxretransmit | virnbrstatechange ] *

View System view


Description Using the snmp-agent trap enable ospf command, you can configure routers to send trap packets of the specified OSPF process. If no OSPF process is specified, trap packets of all OSPF processes are sent.


Command Reference


Issue 07 (2010-11-30)

Using the undo snmp-agent trap enable ospf command, you can disable this configuration.

Parameter process-id: indicates the OSPF process number. The value ranges from 1 to 65535. By default, it is 1.

ifauthfail: indicates failure of the interface authentication.

ifcfgerror: indicates errors of the interface configuration.

ifrxbadpkt: indicates received bad packets.

ifstatechange: indicates changes of the interface state.

lsdbapproachoverflow: indicates LSDB approaching Overflow.

lsdboverflow: indicates LSDB overflow.

maxagelsa: indicates Max Age of LSA.

nbrstatechange: indicates changes of the neighbor state.

originatelsa: indicates LSAs that are locally generated.

txretransmit: indicates the receiving and sending of packets on the interface.

vifauthfail: indicates failure of the virtual interface authentication.

virifcfgerror: indicates error of the virtual interface configuration.

virifrxbadpkt: indicates the bad packet that is received on the virtual interface.

virifstatechange: indicates changes of the virtual interface state.

viriftxretransmit: indicates sending and receiving of packets on the virtual interface.

virnbrstatechange: indicates changes of the state for the neighbor of the virtual interface.



Example # Send trap packets of all OSPF processes.


[Quidway] snmp-agent trap enable ospf

7.4.73 spf-schedule-interval

Syntax spf-schedule-interval { interval1 | millisecond interval2 }



7-157

undo spf-schedule-interval

View OSPF view


Description Using the spf-schedule-interval command, you can set the interval for OSPF to calculate routes.

Using the undo spf-schedule-interval command, you can restore the default setting.

By default, the interval is 5 seconds.

Parameters Interval1: specifies the SPF calculation interval of OSPF. The value ranges from 1 to 10 seconds.

interval2: specifies the SPF calculation interval of OSPF. The value ranges from 1 to 10000 milliseconds.

Usage Guideline According to the LSDB, the router that runs OSPF can calculate the Shortest Path Tree (SPT) with itself as the root based on the SPF arithmetic, and determine the next hop to the destination network according to the SPT. By adjusting SPF calculation interval, you can solve the problem of too much exhaustion of bandwidth and router resource that are caused by the frequent change of the network.

In a networking environment (such as the environment in which the convergence time of routes is required to be quicker), you can set millisecond as the unit of interval to increase the frequency of the calculating routes. Route convergence thus speeds up.


Example # Set the interval for OSPF to calculate routes to 6 seconds.


[Quidway] ospf

[Quidway-ospf-1] spf-schedule-interval 6


Command Reference


Issue 07 (2010-11-30)

7.4.74 stub (OSPF)

Syntax stub [ no-summary ]

undo stub

View OSPF area view


Description Using the stub command, you can set an area to the stub area.

Using the undo stub command, you can cancel the settings.

By default, no area is set to the stub area.

Parameters no-summary: indicates that ABR is forbidden to send summary LSAs to the stub area.

Usage Guideline There are two configuration commands for stub area: stub and default-cost. If you want to configure one area as the stub area, you must configure all routers in the area by the stub command.

The command default-cost is used to configure only ABR. At the same time, this command is used to specify the cost of the default route that is transmitted by an ABR to the stub area.

On an ABR, you can configure the no-summary of the stub command to prevent Type-3 LSA from entering the stub area that the ABR connects to.

Related Command default-cost (OSPF)

Example # Set the OSPF area 1 as the stub area.


[Quidway] ospf 100


[Quidway-ospf-100-area-0.0.0.1] stub



7-159

7.4.75 stub-router

Syntax stub-router

undo stub-router

View OSPF view


Description Using the stub-router command, you can configure the stub router.

Using the undo stub-router command, you can restore the default configuration.

By default, no router is configured as a stub router.

Parameter None

Usage Guideline After the stub router command is configured on a router, the router informs other routers not to use this stub router to forward data by increasing the metric (≥65535) of the links in the LSA that is generated by the router. Since the metric is not infinite, the routes to this stub router still exist. The metric of the LSA links that is generated by the stub router is very high.


Example # Configure the stub router.


[Quidway] ospf

[Quidway-ospf-1] stub-router

7.4.76 vlink-peer (OSPF)

Syntax vlink-peer router-id [ hello hello-interval | retransmit retransmit-interval | trans-delay trans-delay-interval | dead dead-interval ] * [ simple [ plain | cipher ] password | { md5 | hmac-md5 } key-id [ plain | cipher ] password-key | authentication-null ]


Command Reference


Issue 07 (2010-11-30)

undo vlink-peer router-id [ hello | retransmit | trans-delay | dead ] * [ simple | md5 | hmac-md5 | authentication-null ]

View OSPF area view


Description Using the vlink-peer command, you can create and configure a virtual link.

Using the undo vlink-peer command, you can remove an existing virtual link.

Parameter router-id: specifies the router ID of virtual link neighbor.

hello hello-interval: specifies the interval for transmitting Hello packets on an interface. The value ranges from 1 to 65535 seconds. This value must be equal to the hello-interval value of the router that sets up the virtual link with the interface. By default, it is 10 seconds.

retransmit retransmit-interval: specifies the interval for retransmitting the LSA packets on an interface. The value ranges from 1 to 3600 seconds. By default, it is 5 seconds.

trans-delay trans-delay: specifies the delay for transmitting LSA packets on an interface. The value ranges from 1 to 3600 seconds. By default, it is 1 second.

dead dead-interval: specifies the dead interval. The value ranges from 1 to 235926000 seconds. This value must be equal to the dead-interval of the router that sets up virtual link with the interface and must be at least 4 times that of the hello-interval.

md5: indicates the MD5 authentication mode.

hmac-md5: indicates the HMAC-MD5 authentication mode.

simple: indicates the simple authentication mode.

password: specifies the password text for simple authentication. It is a string of characters or numbers. The string of 1 to 8 characters is for the plain text, and the string of 24 characters is for cipher text.

key-id: indicates the key ID of the MD5 or HMAC-MD5 authentication. The value ranges from 1 to 255.

plain: indicates the plain authentication. You can only type in the plain text, and it displays as plain text when the configuration file is viewed.

cipher: indicates the cipher authentication. You can type in the plain text or the cipher text, and it is displayed as the cipher text when the configuration file is viewed.

password-key: specifies the password text for MD5 or HMAC-MD5 authentication. It is a string of characters or numbers. The string of 1 to 16 characters is for the plain text, and the string of 24 characters is for the cipher text.

authentication-null: indicates that no authentication is used.



7-161

Usage Guideline According to OSPF, all areas must be connected with the backbone area (area 0). The logical connection can be set up by using the vlink-peer command. The virtual link must be set up through the router ID.

When the hello interval is shorter, the network change is faster and more network resources are consumed.

The value of retransmit should not be too small. It may lead to unnecessary retransmission. This value must be greater when the network speed is slow.

Consider the transmission delay of the virtual link interface into account when setting the value of trans-delay.

When you configure the virtual link authentication, confirm the authentication type by using the authentication-mode command of the backbone area. That is, whether it is MD5 authentication, plain text authentication, or authentication-null. These three modes are mutually independent.

If the type of the authentication password is not specified, by default, the simple authentication is plain and the MD5/HMAC-MD5 is cipher.

The authentication password cannot contain any space.

Related Command display ospf vlink

Example # Configure a virtual link with the peer router ID 1.1.1.1.


[Quidway] ospf 100


[Quidway-ospf-100-area-0.0.0.2] vlink-peer 1.1.1.1

7.4.77 vpn-instance-capability simple

Syntax vpn-instance-capability simple

undo vpn-instance-capability

View OSPF view



Command Reference


Issue 07 (2010-11-30)

Description Using the vpn-instance-capability simple command, you can directly calculate the route instead of conducting the routing loop detection.

Using the undo vpn-instance-capability command, you can detect the DN bit for the received the Summary LSA to avoid the routing loops.

By default, the routing-loop check is enabled.

Parameter None

Usage Guideline If the CE router supports the VPN multi-instance, the routing-loop check needs to be disabled.

The command takes effect only on the VPN instance of OSPF.


Example # Disable the routing-loop check.


[Quidway] ospf 100 vpn-instance vpn1

[Quidway-ospf-100] vpn-instance-capability simple

7.7 IS-IS Configuration Commands

For the related command of IS-IS TE, see Chapter 5 “MPLS Commands". For the related command of IS-IS Graceful Restart, see Chapter 1 “System Commands".

7.7.1 area-authentication-mode

Syntax area-authentication-mode { simple password | md5 password-key } [ ip | osi ]

undo area-authentication-mode

View IS-IS view




7-163

Description Using the area-authentication-mode command, you can configure IS-IS to authenticate the received Level-1 packets (LSP, CSNP and PSNP), according to the pre-defined authentication mode and password.

Using the undo area-authentication-mode command, you can configure IS-IS not to authenticate the above mentioned packets.

By default, the system does not authenticate the received Level-1 packets, and it does not have the password.

Parameter simple: transmits the password in plain text.

password: specifies the password for the simple authentication mode. The password is a string of characters or numbers. The string has a length of 1 to 16 characters.

md5: transmits the password that is encrypted by MD5.

password-key: specifies the password text for MD5 authentication mode. The password-key is a string of characters or numbers. For the plain text, the string is of 1 to 16 characters; for the cipher text, the string is of 24 characters.

ip: indicates the IP authentication password.

osi: indicates the OSI authentication password.

Usage Guideline By using this command, you can clear all the Level-1 packets whose area authentication passwords are not consistent with the one set by this command. At the same time, you can insert the area authentication password into all the Level-1 packets sent by this node.If the password is set, but osi and ip are not specified, the default osi is used by the system.

The ip or osi authentication password is independent of the real network environment.


Related Command reset isis all

domain-authentication-mode

isis authentication-mode

Example # Set the area authentication password as "hello" and the authentication mode as simple.

[Quidway] isis 1

[Quidway-isis-1] area-authentication-mode simple hello


Command Reference


Issue 07 (2010-11-30)

7.7.2 auto-cost enable

Syntax auto-cost enable

undo auto-cost enable

View IS-IS view


Description Using the auto-cost enable command, you can enable the system to calculate the cost of an interface based on the bandwidth of the interface automatically.

Using the undo auto-cost enable command, you can disable the function.

Parameter None

Usage Guideline After the function is enabled, for a certain IS-IS interface, if the cost of the interface is not configured in the interface view, and the global cost is not configured in the IS-IS view, the system calculates the cost for the interface.

If the cost style of the system is wide or wide-compatible, the system calculates the cost of each interface based on the following rule:

The cost calculated by the link = (bandwidth-reference/the interface bandwidth)*10

If the cost-style of the system is narrow, narrow-compatible or compatible, the cost of each interface is based on the following table.

Table 7-30 Relation of the IS-IS interface cost and the bandwidth

Cost Range of the interface bandwidth

60 Interface bandwidth <=10M

50 10M< Interface bandwidth <=100M



20 622M< Interface bandwidth <=2.5G

10 2.5G< Interface bandwidth



7-165

The command cannot change the cost of the Loopback interface.

Related Command bandwidth-reference (IS-IS)

circuit-cost

Example # Enable the system to calculate the cost of IS-IS interface automatically.

[Quidway] isis 1

[Quidway-isis-1] auto-cost enable

7.7.3 bandwidth-reference (IS-IS)

Syntax bandwidth-reference value

undo bandwidth-reference

View IS-IS view


Description Using the bandwidth-reference command, you can set the bandwidth reference value that is used when the system calculates the cost of an interface automatically.

Using the undo bandwidth-reference command, you can remove the setting.

By default, the bandwidth reference value is 100.

Parameter value: specifies the bandwidth reference value in Mbits. The value ranges from 1 to 2147483648.


Related Command auto-cost enable


Command Reference


Issue 07 (2010-11-30)

Example # Configure the reference value of the bandwidth to 1000 Mbit/s.

[Quidway-isis-1] isis 1

[Quidway-isis-1] bandwidth-reference 1000

7.7.4 bfd all-interfaces

Syntax bfd all-interfaces { min-rx-interval receive-interval | min-tx-interval transmit-interval | detect-multiplier multiplier-value } *

undo bfd all-interfaces { min-rx-interval | min-tx-interval | detect-multiplier } *

View IS-IS view


Description Using the bfd all-interfaces { min-rx-interval receive-interval | min-tx-interval transmit-interval | detect-multiplier multiplier-value } * command, you can set the values of BFD session parameters.

Using the undo bfd all-interfaces { min-rx-interval | min-tx-interval | detect-multiplier } * command, you can restore the default values of BFD session parameters.

Parameter min-rx-interval receive-interval: specifies the minimum interval for receiving BFD packets from the peer in milliseconds. The value of receive-interval ranges from 10 to 1000 milliseconds. By default, the value is 1000 milliseconds.

min-tx-interval transmit-interval: specifies the minimum interval for sending BFD packets. The value of transmit- interval ranges from 10 to 1000 milliseconds. By default, the value is 1000 milliseconds.

detect-multiplier multiplier-value: specifies the local detection multiple. The value of multiplier-value ranges from 3 to 50. By default, the value is 3.

Usage Guideline The value of receive-interval is obtained by negotiating the local min-rx-interval value and the remote min-tx-interval value. If a router does not receive any BFD packet from its peer in the receive-interval x multiplier-value period, the router advertises that its peer is Down.

If only parameters of a BFD session are set but the bfd all-interfaces enable command is not used, the BFD session cannot be set up.



7-167

The BFD priority of the interface is higher than the BFD priority of the process. If BFD of the interface is enabled, the BFD session is set up based on the BFD parameters on the interface.

Related Command isis bfd

isis bfd block

isis bfd static

isis fast-sense

Example # Configure BFD of an IS-IS process and specify the minimum sending interval to 30ms.

<Quidway> system-view [Quidway] isis [Quidway-isis-1] bfd all-interfaces enable

[Quidway-isis-1] bfd all-interface min-tx-interval 30

7.7.5 bfd all-interfaces enable

Syntax bfd all-interfaces enable

undo bfd all-interfaces enable

View IS-IS view


Description Using the bfd all-interfaces enable command, you can enable BFD in the IS-IS process and use the default values of BFD parameters to set up a BFD session.

Using the undo bfd all-interfaces enable command, you can disable BFD in the IS-IS process.

Parameter None

Usage Guideline If global BFD is not enabled, you can configure IS-IS BFD but cannot set up the BFD session.


Command Reference


Issue 07 (2010-11-30)

When BFD is enabled in the process by using the bfd all-interfaces enable command, the interface does not set up a BFD session in the following cases:

The isis bfd block command is used on the interface. The command suppresses the BFD capability of the interface.To set up a session on the interface, run the undo bfd block command.

When the isis bfd static command is used on the interface, the interface does not set up the BFD session. To set up a session on the interface, run the undo isis bfd static command.

After the isis fast-sense command is used on the interface, the command automatically generates the isis bfd static and the isis fast-sense rpr commands. The interface does not set up a BFD session. To set up a session on the interface, run the undo isis bfd static command.

The BFD priority of the interface is higher than the BFD priority of the process. If BFD of the interface is enabled, a BFD session is set up based on the BFD parameters on the interface.

Related Command isis bfd

isis bfd block

isis bfd static

isis fast-sense

Example # Configure BFD of an IS-IS process and specify the minimum sending interval to 30ms.

<Quidway> system-view [Quidway] isis [Quidway-isis-1] bfd all-interfaces enable

[Quidway-isis-1] bfd all-interface min-tx-interval 30

7.7.6 circuit-cost

Syntax circuit-cost cost [ level-1 | level-2 ]

undo circuit-cost [ level-1 | level-2 ]

View IS-IS view




7-169

Description Using the circuit-cost command, you can set the global cost of all the IS-IS interfaces.

Using the undo circuit-cost command, you can restore the default value.

By default, the global cost of the IS-IS interface is not configured.

Parameter cost: specifies the cost of all interfaces. If the cost style of IS-IS is wide or wide-compatible, the value ranges from 1 to 16777215; otherwise, the value ranges from 1 to 63.

If the cost is 16777215, the neighbor TLV (cost is 16777215) that is generated on the link cannot be used in route calculation and can be used only for conveying the information related to TE.

level-1: sets the global cost value for all the interfaces of Level-1.

level-2: sets the global cost value for all the interfaces of Level-2.

Usage Guideline If the level-1 or level-2 is specified in the command, the default cost of the interface is that of level-1-2.

The priority of the command is lower than that of the isis cost command. The cost of the Loopback interface is not affected by this command.

Related Command isis cost

Example # Configure the default cost of all the interfaces to 30.

[Quidway] isis

[Quidway-isis-1] circuit-cost 30

7.7.7 cost-style

Syntax cost-style { narrow | wide | wide-compatible }

cost-style { compatible | narrow-compatible } [ relax-spf-limit ]

undo cost-style

View IS-IS view


Command Reference


Issue 07 (2010-11-30)


Description Using the cost-style command, you can set the cost type of a packet that is received or sent by the IS-IS router.

Using the undo cost-style command, you can restore the default setting.

By default, the cost type of the IS-IS process is narrow.

Parameter narrow: indicates that the cost type of the packet received and sent is narrow.

wide: indicates that the cost type of the packet received and sent is wide.

wide-compatible: indicates that the packet with the cost of narrow or wide type can be received, but only the packet with the cost of wide type can be sent.

compatible: indicates the packet with the cost of narrow or wide can be received and sent.

narrow-compatible: indicates that the packet with the cost of wide or narrow type can be received, but only the packet with the cost of narrow type can be sent.

relax-spf-limit: permits to receive the route whose cost is greater than 1023.

Usage Guideline If the relax-spf-limit is not set, the cost of the received packets is 1023, when the cost of the route is greater than 1023 but the costs of the interfaces that the route passes through are all smaller than 1023. If the cost of one of the interfaces is greater than 1023, the route is dropped. If this parameter is set, the cost of the route keeps unchangeable. This parameter is valid only for the compatible cost and the narrow-compatible cost.

Related Command isis cost

Example # Set IS-IS router to receive the packets whose cost type is narrow or wide, but to send the packet whose cost type is narrow.

[Quidway] isis

[Quidway-isis-1] cost-style narrow-compatible

7.7.8 debugging isis

Syntax debugging isis { adjacency | all | authentication-error | checksum-error | circuit-information | configuration-error | datalink-receiving-packet | datalink-sending-packet | event | general-error | graceful-restart | ha-events |



7-171

interface-information | memory-allocating | receiving-packet-content | self-originate-update | sending-packet-content | snp-packet | spf-event | spf-summary | spf-timer | task-error | timer | traffic-eng { advertisement | event } | update-packet } [ process-id | vpn-instance vpn-instance-name ]

debugging isis miscellaneous-errors

undo debugging isis { adjacency | all | authentication-error | checksum-error | circuit-information | configuration-error | datalink-receiving-packet | datalink-sending-packet | event | general-error | graceful-restart | ha-events | interface-information | memory-allocating | receiving-packet-content | self-originate-update | sending-packet-content | snp-packet | spf-event | spf-summary | spf-timer | task-error | timer | traffic-eng { advertisement | event } | update-packet } [ process-id | vpn-instance vpn-instance-name ]

undo debugging isis miscellaneous-errors

View User view


Description Using the debugging isis command, you can debug IS-IS.

Using the undo debugging isis command, you can disable the debugging.

Parameter adjacency: debugs packets related to IS-IS adjacency.

all: debugs all IS-IS.

authentication-error: debugs the errors of IS-IS authentication.

checksum-error: debugs the errors of IS-IS LSP checksum.

circuit-information: debugs the interface (circuit) that is enabled by IS-IS.

configuration-error: debugs the error configuration of IS-IS.

datalink-sending-packet: debugs the status of the packet sent by the data link layer.

datalink-receiving-packet: debugs the status of the packet received by the data link layer.

event: debugs the IS-IS events.

general-error: debugs the errors of IS-IS.

graceful-restart: debugs the IS-IS GR events.

ha-events: debugs the IS-IS HA events.

interface-information: debugs the data link layer enabled by IS-IS.

memory-allocating: debugs the status of the allocation for the IS-IS memory.


Command Reference


Issue 07 (2010-11-30)

miscellaneous-errors: debugs the IS-IS miscellaneous errors.

receiving-packet-content: debugs the packets received by IS-IS.

self-originate-update: debugs the packets that are locally updated by IS-IS.

sending-packet-content: debugs the packets sent by IS-IS.

snp-packet: debugs the CSNP or PSNP packet of IS-IS.

spf-event: debugs the IS-IS SPF events.

spf-summary: debugs the timer for IS-IS to perform SPF calculation and statistics of SPF calculation.

spf-timer: debugs the IS-IS SPF trigger events.

task-error: debugs the status of IS-IS task.

timer: debugs the IS-IS timer.

update-packet: debugs the IS-IS update packets.

traffic-eng { advertisement | event }: debugs the IS-IS TE advertisement or events.

process-id: debugs the IS-IS process that has a default value of 1.

vpn-instance vpn-instance-name: enables or disables the debugging of the VPN instance of IS-IS.

Usage Guideline Enabling the debugging affects the performance of the system. After the debugging, therefore, run the undo debugging all command to disable it immediately.


Example # Debug IS-IS.

<Quidway> debugging isis all

# Debug IS-IS LSP checksum and errors.

<Quidway> debugging isis checksum-error

7.7.9 default-route-advertise

Syntax default-route-advertise [ route-policy route-policy-name | [ level-1 | level-2 | level-1-2 ] ] *

undo default-route-advertise [ route-policy route-policy-name ]



7-173

View IS-IS view


Description Using the default-route-advertise command, you can configure the Level-1 or Level-2 routers to generate default route.

Using the undo default-route-advertise command, you can cancel this configuration.

By default, this configuration is not enabled.

Parameter route-policy route-policy-name: route-policy route-policy-name indicates that the parameters for the default route such as cost and tag can be modified by using the routing policy.

The routing parameters are modified for the default route. Therefore, you can use the apply command when creating a router-policy. There is not need to use the if-match command.

level-1: sets level as Level-1.

level-2: sets level as Level-2.

level-1-2: sets level as Level-1-2.

If no level is specified, the level of the default route is Level-2.

Usage Guideline This command can be set on Level-1 routers or Level-2 routers. By default, the default route is generated on the Level-2 LSP. If the apply isis level-1 command is used in the routing policy view, IS-IS can generate default routes in L1 LSP; if the apply isis level-2 command is used in the routing policy view, IS-IS can generate default routes in L2 LSP. If the apply isis level-1-2 command is used in the routing policy view, IS-IS can generate default routes in L1 LSP and L2 LSP respectively.


Example # Set the current router to generate the default route in Level-2 LSP.

[Quidway] isis

[Quidway-isis-1] default-route-advertise


Command Reference


Issue 07 (2010-11-30)

7.7.10 display isis bfd interface

Syntax display isis [ process-id ] bfd interface

View All views


Description Using the display isis bfd interface command, you can view the information on the interfaces enabled with BFD.

Parameter process-id: specifies the IS-IS process number. The value ranges from 1 to 65535.


Related Command bfd all-interfaces enable

isis bfd

Example # View the interface enabled with BFD.

<Quidway> display isis 1 bfd interface Interface BFD.State Min-Tx Min-Rx Mul

Pos1/0/0 enable 1000 1000 50

Total interfaces: 1 Total bfd enabled interfaces: 1

Table 7-31 Description of the display isis bfd interface command output

Item Description

Interface Indicates the interface enabled with BFD.

BFD.State Indicates the status of BFD on the interface. enable: indicates that the BFD session is set up on the interface. disable: indicates that the BFD session is not set up on the interface.



7-175

Min-Tx Indicates the minimum interval for sending BFD packets.

Min-Rx Indicates the minimum interval for receiving BFD packets.

Mul Indicates the local detection multiple.

7.7.11 display isis bfd session

Syntax display isis [ process-id | vpn-instance vpn-instance-name ] bfd session { peer ipaddress| all }

View All views


Description Using the command, you can view the information on the BFD session.



peer ipaddress: specifies the IP address of the neighbor.

all: specifies all interfaces enabled with IS-IS in the IS-IS process.



Example # View the BFD information of the neighbor.

<Quidway> display isis bfd session all

BFD session information for ISIS(1)

-----------------------------------


Command Reference


Issue 07 (2010-11-30)

Peer System ID : 0000.0000.0002 Interface : POS1/0/0

TX : 1000 BFD State : up Peer IP Address : 100.1.1.2

RX : 1000 LocDis : 8194 Local IP Address: 100.1.1.1

Multiplier : 3 RemDis : 8197 Type : L1

Diag : No diagnostic information

Table 7-32 Description of the display isis bfd session all command output

Item Description

Peer system ID Indicates the system ID of the neighbor.

Interface Indicates the local interface name.

TX Indicates the negotiated minimum interval for sending BFD packets.

BFD State Indicates the BFD status. Up Down

Peer IP Address Indicates the IP address of the neighbor.

RX Indicates the negotiated minimum interval for receiving BFD packets.

LocDis Indicates the local identifier dynamically assigned by BFD.

Local IP Address Indicates the local IP address.

Multiplier Indicates the remote detection multiple

RemDis Indicates the remote identifier dynamically assigned by BFD.

Type Indicates the level of the neighbor.

Diagnostic Info Indicates the diagnostic information.

7.7.12 display isis debug-switches

Syntax display isis debug-switches { process-id | vpn-instance vpn-instance-name }

View All views




7-177

Description Using the display isis debug-switches command, you can view the current status of IS-IS debugging.

Parameter process-id: specifies the IS-IS process ID. The value ranges from 1 to 65535.

vpn-instance vpn-instance-name: specifies the name of a VPN instance. The name is a string of 1 to 31 characters.



Example # View the current status of IS-IS debugging.

<Quidway> debugging isis event

For all processes of the VPN instance '', IS-IS events related debugging is on

<Quidway> debugging isis spf-event

For all processes of the VPN instance '', IS-IS SPF Events debugging is on

<Quidway> display isis debug-switches 1

ISIS-1 IS-IS SPF Events debugging is on

ISIS-1 IS-IS SPF Timing and Statistics Data debugging is on

7.7.13 display isis graceful-restart status

Syntax display isis graceful-restart status [ level-1 | level-2 ] [ process-id | vpn-instance vpn-instance-name ]

View All views


Description Using the display isis graceful-restart status command, you can view the IS-IS GR status.


Command Reference


Issue 07 (2010-11-30)

Parameter level-1 and level-2: indicates the Level-1 IS-IS GR status and Level-2 IS-IS GR status respectively.

process-id: specifies the IS-IS process ID. The value ranges from 1 to 65535.

vpn-instance vpn-instance-name: specifies the name of the VPN instance.


Related Command graceful-restart (IS-IS)

Example # Display the IS-IS GR status.

<Quidway> display isis graceful-restart status

Restart information for ISIS(1)

-------------------------------

IS-IS(1) Level-1 Restart Status

Restart Interval: 300

SA Bit Supported

Total Number of Interfaces = 1

Restart Status: RESTART COMPLETE

IS-IS(1) Level-2 Restart Status

Restart Interval: 300

SA Bit Supported

Total Number of Interfaces = 1

Restart Status: RESTART COMPLETE

Table 7-33 Description of the display isis graceful-restart status command output

Item Description

Restart Interval Indicates the restart interval of the router.

SA Bit Supported Indicates whether the router supports SA bit.

Total Number of Interfaces = 1 Indicates the number of interfaces used currently.

Restart Status: Indicates the restart status of the current device. RESTART COMPLETE: indicates that the restart is complete.



7-179

7.7.14 display isis interface

Syntax display isis interface [ [ verbose | traffic-eng ]* | tunnel ] [ process-id | vpn-instance vpn-instance-name ]

View All views


Description Using the display isis interface command, you can view the interface on which IS-IS is enabled.

Parameter verbose: displays the details of the interface.

tunnel: displays the mpls te tunnel of IS-IS.

traffic-eng: displays TE control of IS-IS.

process-id: specifies the IS-IS process number. The value ranges from 1 to 65535.

vpn-instance vpn-instance-name: specifies the VPN instance name. It is a string of 1 to 31 characters.

Usage Guideline This command displays the information of the IS-IS interface, including interface name, IP address, link status of the interface. Besides the display of the display isis interface command, the display isis interface verbose command displays the configuration of IS-IS parameters for the interface such as CSNP packet broadcast interval, hello packet broadcast interval, and the number of invalid Hello messages.


Example # Check the information of the interface enabled with IS-IS.

<Quidway> display isis interface

Interface information for ISIS(1)

---------------------------------

Interface Id IPV4.State IPV6.State MTU Type DR

Eth3/0/0 001 Up Down 1497 L1/L2 No/No


Command Reference


Issue 07 (2010-11-30)

# Check the detailed information of the interface enabled with IS-IS.

<Quidway> display isis interface verbose

Interface information for ISIS(1)

---------------------------------

Interface Id IPV4.State IPV6.State MTU Type DR

Eth3/0/0 001 Up Down 1497 L1/L2 No/No

SNPA Address : 00e0-fc22-18d2

IP Address : 12.1.1.1

Secondary IP Address(es) :

IPV6 Link Local Address :

IPV6 Global Address(es) :

Csnp Timer Value : L1 10 L2 10

Hello Timer Value : L1 10 L2 10

Dr Hello Timer Value : L1 3 L2 3

Hello Multiplier Value : L1 3 L2 3

Retransmit-Throttle Timer : L12 50

Cost : L1 10 L2 10

Priority : L1 64 L2 64

Retransmit Timer Value : L12 5

Bandwidth-Value : Low 100000000 High 0

Fast-Sense : NO

Table 7-34 Description of the display isis interface command output

Item Description

Interface Interface type and number

ID Circuit ID

IPV4.State Status of physical IPv4 links

MTU Size of MTU for the interface

Type Type of IS-IS: level-1 level-2 level-1-2

DR Indicates whether a router is an specified IS or not.

SNPA Address MAC address

IP Address Primary IPv4 address of an interface

Secondary IP Address(es) Secondary IPv4 address(es) of an interface

Csnp Timer Value Timer value of CSNP

Hello Timer Value Timer value of Hello

Dr Hello Timer Value Timer value of Hello of DR in the network segment

Hello Multiplier Value Hello multiplier value

Retransmit-Throttle Timer Time interval for sending LSPs



7-181

Item Description

Cost Cost assigned to an interface

Priority Priority value

Retransmit Timer Value Value of LSP retransmission

Bandwidth-Value Bandwidth for the interface

Fast-Sense Indicates whether BFD for IS-IS is enabled on the interface.

7.7.15 display isis lsdb

Syntax display isis lsdb [ [ level-1 | l1 ] | [ level-2 | l2 ] ] [ verbose ] [ local | lsp-id ] [ process-id | vpn-instance vpn-instance-name ]

View All views


Description Using the display isis lsdb command, you can view the LSDB of the IS-IS.

Parameter level-1 | l1: indicates the LSDB of Level-1.

level-2 | l2: indicates the LSDB of Level-2.

verbose: displays the detailed information of the LSDB.

local: displays the local database.

lsp-id: specifies the LSP ID in the form of XXXX.XXXX.XXXX.XX-XX, such as 0050.0500.5004.00-00.


vpn-instance vpn-instance-name: specifies the name of the VPN instance. The name is a string of 1 to 31 characters.

If the level for LSDB is not specified in the command, the default value is Level-1-2.


Command Reference


Issue 07 (2010-11-30)



Example # Display the LSDB of IS-IS.

<Quidway> display isis lsdb

Database information for ISIS(1)

--------------------------------

Level-1 Link State Database

LSPID Seq Num Checksum Holdtime Length ATT/P/OL

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

0000.0000.0001.00-00* 0x00000006 0x62d2 697 68 0/0/0

0000.0000.0005.00-00 0x0000000c 0x44e5 1110 68 0/0/0

0000.0000.0005.01-00 0x00000004 0xb9c7 1110 55 0/0/0

*(In TLV)-Leaking Route, *(By LSPID)-Self LSP, +-Self LSP(Extended),

ATT-Attached, P-Partition, OL-Overload

Level-2 Link State Database

LSPID Seq Num Checksum Holdtime Length ATT/P/OL

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

0000.0000.0001.00-00* 0x0000000d 0x54d9 697 68 0/0/0

0000.0000.0005.00-00 0x0000000d 0x42e6 1110 68 0/0/0

0000.0000.0005.01-00 0x00000007 0xb3ca 1110 55 0/0/0

*(In TLV)-Leaking Route, *(By LSPID)-Self LSP, +-Self LSP(Extended),

ATT-Attached, P-Partition, OL-Overload

Table 7-35 Description of the display isis lsdb command output

Item Description

LSPID Link state packet ID

*(In TLV) Leaking route

*(By LSPID) Self-LSP

Seq Num LSP sequence number

Checksum LSP Checksum

Holdtime LSP holdtime

Length LSP length



7-183

Item Description

ATT/P/OL Attach bit, partition, or overload bit

7.7.16 display isis mesh-group

Syntax display isis mesh-group [ process-id | vpn-instance vpn-instance-name ]

View All views


Description Using the display isis mesh-group command, you can view the IS-IS mesh group.

This command is used for displaying the mesh-group configuration of the interface of the current router.





Example # Set POS 1/0/0 and POS 2/0/0 that run IS-IS to a mesh group 100.


[Quidway-Pos1/0/0] isis mesh-group 100

[Quidway-Pos1/0/0] quit



# Display the IS-IS mesh-group.

[Quidway-pos2/0/0] display isis mesh-group


Command Reference


Issue 07 (2010-11-30)

Mesh Group information for ISIS (1)

----------------------------------------------------------------------

Interface Status

Pos1/0/0 100

Pos2/0/0 100

Table 7-36 Description of the display isis mesh group command output

Item Description

Interface Interface type and interface number

Status Mesh group number

7.7.17 display isis name-table

Syntax display isis name-table [ process-id | vpn-instance vpn-instance-name ]

View All views


Description Using the display isis name-table command, you can view the mapping from the name of the local router to the System ID.





Example # Configure a name for the local IS-IS system.

[Quidway] isis

[Quidway-isis-1] is-name RUTA



7-185

# Configure a static name mapping for the remote IS-IS system (0000.0000.0041).

[Quidway-isis-1] is-name map 0000.0000.0041 RUTB

# Display the IS-IS name table.

[Quidway-isis-1] display isis name-table

Name table information for ISIS(1)

---------------------------------------------------------------

System ID Hostname Type

6789.0000.0001 RUTA DYNAMIC

0000.0000.0041 RUTB STATIC

Table 7-37 Description of the display isis name-table command output

Item Description

System ID Host system ID

Hostname Name of the system ID

Type Type of mapping from system ID to hostname, that is, dynamic or static

7.7.18 display isis peer

Syntax display isis peer [ verbose ] [ process-id | vpn-instance vpn-instance-name]

View All views


Description Using the display isis peer command, you can view IS-IS peer.

Parameter verbose: displays the detailed information about the peer. The area address that is advertised by the peer in Hello packet is displayed by using the parameter. Without the parameter, only the summary of the peer is displayed.




Command Reference


Issue 07 (2010-11-30)

Usage Guideline The display isis peer verbose command displays not only all the outputs of the display isis peer command, but also the area address, Up time, and IP address of the direct interface of the peer.


Example # Check the information of IS-IS neighbor.

<Quidway> display isis peer

Peer information for ISIS(1)

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------

System Id Interface Circuit Id State HoldTime Type PRI

6789.0000.0001 GE6/0/0 6789.0000.0002.01 Up 24s L1(L1L2) 64

6789.0000.0001 GE6/0/0 6789.0000.0002.01 Up 24s L2(L1L2) 64

Total Peer(s): 2

# Use verbose to display more information.

<Quidway> display isis peer verbose

Peer information for ISIS(1)

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------

System Id Interface Circuit Id State HoldTime Type PRI

6789.0000.0001 GE6/0/0 6789.0000.0002.01 Up 27s L1(L1L2) 64

Area Address(es): 45

Peer IP Address(es): 89.9.56.1

Uptime: 00:01:27

Adj Protocol: IPV4

6789.0000.0001 GE6/0/0 6789.0000.0002.01 Up 24s L2(L1L2) 64

Area Address(es): 45

Peer IP Address(es): 89.9.56.1

Uptime: 00:01:27

Adj Protocol: IPV4

Total Peer(s):

Table 7-38 Description of the display isis peer command output

Item Description

System ID Host system ID

Interface Type and Number of the interface

Circuit ID Circuit ID

State Status of the interface

HoldTime Holdtime of the adjacency

Type IS-IS type (level-1, level-2 or level-1-2)



7-187

Item Description

PRI Priority of the peer that candidates for DIS

Area Address(es) IS-IS area addresses

IP Address(es) IP address(es) of the opposite interface

Uptime Time for the adjacency in the Up status

Adj Protocol Protocol used for setting up the adjacency

7.7.19 display isis route

Syntax display isis route [ ipv4] [ level-1 | level-2 ] [ verbose ] [ process-id | vpn-instance vpn-instance-name ] [ ip-address [ mask-length | mask ] ]

View All views


Description Using the display isis route command, you can display the IS-IS routes.

Parameter verbose: displays the route with preference and administrative tag.

ipv4: displays the ipv4 routes.



level-1: displays IS-IS routes of Level-1.

level-2: displays IS-IS routes of Level-2.

Usage Guideline Using the display isis route command, you can display the IS-IS routes.

If no level is specified, the router displays both Level 1 and Level 2 routes. If verbose is used, preference, and administrative tag of routes are displayed.


Command Reference


Issue 07 (2010-11-30)


Example # Display all the IS-IS routes.

<Quidway> display isis route

Route information for ISIS(default-1)

------------------------------------------------------------------------

ISIS(1) Level-1 Forwarding Table

*********************************

IPV4 Destination Int.Cost Ext.Cost ExitInterface

NextHop Flags

-------------------------------------------------------------------------

1.1.1.0/24 10 NULL LoopBack1 Direct R/L/-


IPV6 Destination Cost ExitInterface

NextHop Flags

-------------------------------------------------------------------------

1:1::/6 10

GigabitEthernet6/0/0 Direct R/L/-

2:2::/64 20

GigabitEthernet6/0/0 FE80::200:5EFF:FE04:4A01 R/L/-

Flags: R-Added to RM, L-Advertised in LSPs, U-Up/Down Bit Set


*********************************

IPV4 Destination Int.Cost Ext.Cost ExitInterface NextHop Flags

-------------------------------------------------------------------------



IPV6 Destination Cost ExitInterface NextHop Flags

-------------------------------------------------------------------------

1:1::/64 10 GigabitEthernet6/0/0 Direct R/L/-

2:2::/64 20 GigabitEthernet6/0/0 FE80::200:5EFF:FE04:4A01 -/-/-

Flags: R-Added to RM, L-Advertised in LSPs, U-Up/Down Bit Set

Table 7-39 Description of the display isis route command output

Item Description

IPV4 Destination IPv4 destination address and mask

Int.Cost IPv4 internal cost

Ext.Cost IPv4 external cost

ExitInterface Egress



7-189

Item Description

Next Hop Next hop for the route

Flags Route flags

# Display the ipv4 routes of IS-IS.

<Quidway> display isis route ipv4

Route information for ISIS(default-1)

------------------------------------------------------------------------


*********************************


-------------------------------------------------------------------------




*********************************


-------------------------------------------------------------------------



# Display the detailed information of IS-IS routes.

<Quidway> display isis route verbose

Route information for ISIS(2)

-----------------------------


--------------------------------

IPV4 Dest : 172.11.12.0/24 Int. Cost : 10 Ext. Cost : NULL

Admin Tag : - Src Count : 2 Flag : D/L/- NextHop : Interface : ExitIndex :

Direct Eth4/2/0 0x00000000


Admin Tag : - Src Count : 1 Flag : D/L/-

NextHop : Interface : ExitIndex :

Direct Eth3/2/0 0x00000000

IPV6 Dest : 10:1::/64 Cost : 10 Flag : D/L/-

Admin Tag : - Src Count : 2


Direct Eth4/2/0 0x00000000

Flags: D-Direct, R-Added to RM, L-Advertised in LSPs, U-Up/Down Bit Set


Command Reference


Issue 07 (2010-11-30)


--------------------------------




Direct Eth4/2/0 0x00000000




Table 7-40 Description of the display isis route verbose command output

Item Description

IPV4 Dest IPv4 destination address or mask

Int.Cost IPv4 internal cost

Ext.Cost IPv4 external cost

Admin Tag Administrative tag

Interface Egress

Next Hop Next hop for the route

Flags Route flags

ExitIndex Index of the outgoing interface

7.7.20 display isis spf-log

Syntax display isis spf-log [ process-id | vpn-instance vpn-instance-name ]

View All views


Description Using the display isis spf-log command, you can view the SPF calculation log of IS-IS.




7-191




Example # View the SPF calculation log of IS-IS.

<Quidway> display isis spf-log

SPF Log information for ISIS(2)

-------------------------------

Level Trig.Event No.Nodes Duration StartTime

L1 IS_SPFTRIG_ISPF_CIRC_DR_CHANGE 2 1 10:4:1


L1 IS_SPFTRIG_ISPF_ADJ_NEXTHOP_CHANGE 0 1 10:4:13

-->L1 IS_SPFTRIG_ISPF_LINK_ADD 1 0 10:4:24














L2 IS_SPFTRIG_ADJDOWN 4 0 23:10:54

Table 7-41 Description of the display isis spf-log command output

Item Description

Level Level

Trig.Event Trigger Event for SPF calculation

No. of Nodes Number of nodes for SPF calculation

Duration Time taken for SPF calculation

StartTime Start time for SPF calculation


Command Reference


Issue 07 (2010-11-30)

7.7.21 display isis spf-tree

Syntax display isis spf-tree [ dname dname ] [ level-1 | level-2 ] [ verbose ] [ process-id | vpn-instance vpn-instanc-name ]

View All views


Description Using the display isis spf-tree command, you can view the topology of the SPF tree that is generated by IS-IS.

Parameter dname dname: views the SPF tree of a specified dynamic host.

level-1: views the SPF tree of Level-1.

level-2: views the SPF tree of Level-2.

process-id: specifies the IS-IS process. The value ranges from 1 to 65535.


verbose: views the detailed information of the SPF tree.



Example # View the information of SPF tree.

<Quidway> display isis spf-tree

Shortest Path Tree for ISIS(1)

------------------------------

Flags: T-System is on SPF TREE R-System is directly reachable

O-System is Overload D-System or Link is to be deleted

C-Neighbor is child P-Neighbor is parent



7-193

G-Cost gets greater L-Cost gets lower

H-Nexthop is changed U-Protocol usage is changed

V-Link is involved N-Link is a new path

ISIS(1) Level-1 Shortest Path Tree

----------------------------------

SpfNode NodeFlags NeighbourNode LinkCost LinkFlags

------------------------------------------------------------------------

5555.5555.5555.00 T/-/-/- 7777.7777.7777.01 10 P/-/-/-/-/-/-

>6666.6666.6666.00 T/-/-/- 7777.7777.7777.01 10 C/-/-/-/-/-/-

7777.7777.7777.00 T/-/-/- 7777.7777.7777.01 10 P/-/-/-/-/-/-

7777.7777.7777.01 T/R/-/- 7777.7777.7777.00 0 C/-/-/-/-/-/-

5555.5555.5555.00 0 C/-/-/-/-/-/-

>6666.6666.6666.00 0 P/-/-/-/-/-/-


----------------------------------

SpfNode NodeFlags NeighbourNode LinkCost LinkFlags

------------------------------------------------------------------------

5555.5555.5555.00 T/-/-/- 7777.7777.7777.01 10 P/-/-/-/-/-/-

>6666.6666.6666.00 T/-/-/- 7777.7777.7777.01 10 C/-/-/-/-/-/-

7777.7777.7777.00 T/-/-/- 7777.7777.7777.01 10 P/-/-/-/-/-/-

7777.7777.7777.01 T/R/-/- 7777.7777.7777.00 0 C/-/-/-/-/-/-

5555.5555.5555.00 0 C/-/-/-/-/-/-

>6666.6666.6666.00 0 P/-/-/-/-/-/-

Table 7-42 Description of the display isis spf-tree command output

Item Description

SpfNode Node ID in the network topology

NodeFlags Node ID flags

NeighbourNode Node ID of the neighbor

LinkCost Cost of the link

LinkFlags Link flags

# View the detailed information of SPT tree.

<Quidway> display isis spf-tree verbose

Shortest Path Tree for ISIS(1)

------------------------------


----------------------------------

5555.5555.5555.00

Distance : 10

Flags : SPT/V6_Islt

Nexthops : 1 (IPV4:1 IPV6:0)


Command Reference


Issue 07 (2010-11-30)

(1) 2.0.0.1 IF:Eth0 NBR:5555.5555.5555

Neigbors : 1 (Children:0 Parents:1 Others:0)

(1) 7777.7777.7777.01

Cost : 10

Flags : Parent

>6666.6666.6666.00

Distance : 0

Flags : SPT/Isolate/V6_Islt

Nexthops : 0


(1) 7777.7777.7777.01

Cost : 10

Flags : Child

7777.7777.7777.00

Distance : 10

Flags : SPT/V6_Islt


(1) 2.0.0.2 IF:Eth0 NBR:7777.7777.7777


(1) 7777.7777.7777.01

Cost : 10

Flags : Parent

7777.7777.7777.01

Distance : 10

Flags : SPT/Direct/Isolate/V6_Islt

Nexthops : 0


(1) 7777.7777.7777.00

Cost : 0

C:0 I:GigabitEthernet0

Flags : Adj/Child

(2) 5555.5555.5555.00

Cost : 0


Flags : Adj/Child

(3) >6666.6666.6666.00

Cost : 0

Flags : Parent


----------------------------------

5555.5555.5555.00

Distance : 10

Flags : SPT/V6_Islt


(1) 2.0.0.1 IF:Eth0 NBR:5555.5555.5555


(1) 7777.7777.7777.01

Cost : 10

Flags : Parent



7-195

>6666.6666.6666.00

Distance : 0

Flags : SPT/Isolate/V6_Islt

Nexthops : 0


(1) 7777.7777.7777.01

Cost : 10

Flags : Child

7777.7777.7777.00

Distance : 10

Flags : SPT/V6_Islt


(1) 2.0.0.2 IF:Eth0 NBR:7777.7777.7777


(1) 7777.7777.7777.01

Cost : 10

Flags : Parent

7777.7777.7777.01

Distance : 10

Flags : SPT/Direct/Isolate/V6_Islt

Nexthops : 0


(1) 7777.7777.7777.00

Cost : 0


Flags : Adj/Child

(2) 5555.5555.5555.00

Cost : 0


Flags : Adj/Child

(3) >6666.6666.6666.00

Cost : 0

Flags : Parent

Table 7-43 Description of the display isis spf-tree command output

Item Description

Distance Total cost from all the nodes to the root node

Flags SPT/V4_Islt: the node is not in IPV4 tree

Neighbors Neighbor information of all nodes (either a child node or a parent node)

Nexthops Path from all nodes to their neighbors: the name of the outgoing interface and the cost

Flags Relationship with the neighbor: Parent: the neighbor is a parent node Child: the neighbor is a child node


Command Reference


Issue 07 (2010-11-30)

7.7.22 display isis statistics

Syntax display isis statistics [ smart-hello ] [ level-1 | level-2 | level-1-2 ] [ process-id | vpn-instance vpn-instance-name ]

View All views


Description Using display isis statistics command, you can display the statistics of IS-IS process, including the routes that are learned from other IS-IS routers, routes that are imported from other protocols and LSPs that are generated locally.

Parameter smart-hello: indicates statistics of Smart-Hello.

level-1: indicates statistics of IS-IS Level-1.

level-2: indicates statistics of IS-IS Level-2.

level-1-2: indicates statistics of IS-IS Level-1-2.

process-id: specifies the process ID of IS-IS. The value ranges from 1 to 65535. vpn-instance vpn-instance-name: indicates the name of the specified VPN instance. The name is a string of 1 to 31 characters.



Example # Display the statistics of IS-IS.

<Quidway> display isis statistics

Statistics information for ISIS(1)

------------------------------------

Level-1 Statistics

------------------

Forwarding routes information:

Total IPv4 Forwarding Routes: 1



7-197


Imported routes information:

IPv4 Imported Routes:

Static: 0 Direct: 0

ISIS: 0 BGP: 0

RIP: 0 OSPF: 0


Static: 0 Direct: 0

ISIS: 0 BGP: 0

RIPng: 0 OSPFv3: 0

Lsp information:

LSP Source ID: No. of used LSPs

0000.0000.0022 002

Level-2 Statistics

------------------

Forwarding routes information:



Imported routes information:


Static: 0 Direct: 0

ISIS: 0 BGP: 0

RIP: 0 OSPF: 0


Static: 0 Direct: 0

ISIS: 0 BGP: 0

RIPng: 0 OSPFv3: 0

Lsp information:

LSP Source ID: No. of used LSPs

0000.0000.0022 001

Table 7-44 Description of the display isis statistics command output

Item Description

Total IPv4 Forwarding Routes Number of IPv4 routes counted on the basis of the destination address. If multiple routes reach the same destination, these routes are counted as one route.

Imported IPv4 Routes Information about imported IPv4 routes

Static Number of imported static routes

Direct Number of imported direct routes

ISIS Number of imported IS-IS routes

BGP Number of imported BGP routes

RIP Number of imported RIP routes

OSPF Number of imported OSPF routes


Command Reference


Issue 07 (2010-11-30)

Item Description

LSP Source ID System-ID information

No. of used LSPs Number of the used fragmentation

7.7.23 display isis traffic-eng

Syntax display isis traffic-eng { statistics | sub-tlvs | { advertisements [ local | lsp-id ] | link [ verbose ] | network } [ level-1 | level-2 | level-1-2 ] } [ process-id | vpn-instance vpn-instance-name ]

View All views


Description Using the display isis traffic-eng command, you can display the Traffic Engineering (TE) of the IS-IS process, including the IS-IS system types, the cost types and the status of the TE.

Parameter statistics: indicates the statistics of the TE.

sub-tlvs: indicates the sub-TLV of the TE.

advertisements: indicates the advertisement of the TE.

local: indicates the advertisement of the local TE.

lsp-id : specifies the advertisement of the LSP TE.

link: indicates the advertisement of the TE for the link.

verbose: indicates the detailed advertisement of the TE for the link.

network: indicates the advertisement of the TE for the network.

level-1: indicates the TE of the IS-IS Level-1.

level-2: indicates the TE of the IS-IS Level-2.

level-1-2: indicates the TE of the IS-IS Level-2.

process-id: displays the IS-IS process number. The value ranges from 1 to 65535.




7-199



Example # Display the TE statistics of IS-IS.

<Quidway> display isis traffic-eng statistics

TE information for ISIS(1)

--------------------------

TE Statistics Information

-------------------------

ISIS System Type : Level-1-2

ISIS Cost Style Status : Narrow

ISIS Level-1 Traffic Engineering Status : Disabled

ISIS Level-2 Traffic Engineering Status : Disabled

ISIS Router ID : 0.0.0.0

Table 7-45 Description of the display isis traffic-eng command output

Item Description

ISIS System Type Level of IS-IS

ISIS Cost Style Status Cost of IS-IS: narrow wide wide-compatible narrow-compatible compatible

ISIS Level-1 Traffic Engineering Status Status of Level-1 TE

ISIS Level-2 Traffic Engineering Status Status of Level-2 TE

ISIS Router ID Router ID

7.7.24 domain-authentication-mode

Syntax domain-authentication-mode { simple password | md5 password-key } [ ip | osi ]

undo domain-authentication-mode


Command Reference


Issue 07 (2010-11-30)

View IS-IS view


Description Using the domain-authentication-mode command, you can configure IS-IS route area to authenticate the received Level-2 packets (LSP, CSNP, PSNP), according to the pre-defined mode and password.

Using the undo domain-authentication-mode command, you can configure IS-IS not to authenticate the above received packets.

Parameter simple: transmits the password in the plain text.

password: specifies the password text for the simple authentication mode. It is a string of characters or numbers. The length of the string ranges from 1 to 16.

md5: transmits the password encrypted with MD5.

password-key: specifies the password text for MD5 authentication mode. It is a string of characters or numbers. For the plain text, the string is of 1 to 16; for cipher text, the string is of 24 characters.



Usage Guideline By default, the system does not authenticate the received Level-2 packets, and there is no password. By using this command, you can discard all the Level-2 packets whose area authentication password does not contain the one set through this command. At the same time, this command lets IS-IS insert the area authentication password into all the Level 2 packets sent by this node.

If the password is set, but neither ip nor osi is specified, the system defaults it as osi.

The authentication takes effect on the port with the password. The port without the password can still receive the LSP with password.

The selection of ip or osi authentication password is independent of the real network environment.


Related Command area-authentication-mode

isis authentication-mode



7-201

Example # Using the simple mode, and the password "huawei", you can authenticate the Level-2 routing packets.

[Quidway] isis 1

[Quidway-isis-1] domain-authentication-mode simple huawei

7.7.25 filter-policy export (IS-IS)

Syntax filter-policy { acl-number | ip-prefix ip-prefix-name | route-policy route-policy-name } export [ protocol [ process-id ] ]


View IS-IS view


Description Using the filter-policy export command, you can configure IS-IS to filter the imported routes to be advertised.

Using the undo filter-policy export command, you can cancel filtering.

By default, IS-IS does not filter the route to be advertised.

Parameter acl-number: specifies the number of basic ACL. The value ranges from 2000 to 2999.

ip-prefix ip-prefix-name: specifies the name of the IP prefix-list for filtering prefixes in routing update packets. The name is a string of 1 to 169 characters.

route-policy route-policy-name: specifies the name of the routing policy to filter the routes based on tag and other parameters of the protocol. The name is a string of 1 to 40 characters.

protocol: specifies the name and the process ID of the imported protocol, including direct, static, rip, bgp, isis, and ospf. If the parameter is not mentioned, all the advertised routes are filtered.

process-id: specifies the process ID. The parameter number needs to be specified when the imported protocol is rip, isis, or ospf.

Usage Guideline In some cases, only the routes that meet certain conditions can be advertised. The filter-policy command can be then used to set the filtering conditions for the routes to be advertised. Only the routes that pass the filtering can be advertised.


Command Reference


Issue 07 (2010-11-30)

If the protocol [ process-id ] is not specified, all the routes that are imported from other protocols are filtered.

Related Command import-route (IS-IS)

Example # Configure IS-IS to filter all the advertised routes by using ACL 2000.

[Quidway] isis

[Quidway-isis-1] filter-policy 2000 export

7.7.26 filter-policy import (IS-IS)

Syntax filter-policy { acl-number | ip-prefix ip-prefix-name | route-policy route-policy-name } import


View IS-IS view


Description Using the filter-policy import command, you can configure IS-IS to filter the sent routes.

Using the undo filter-policy import command, you can remove the configuration.

By default, IS-IS does not filter the sent routes.

Parameter acl-number: specifies the number of the basic ACL. For IPv4, the value ranges from 2000 to 2999.

ip-prefix ip-prefix-name: specifies the name of the IP prefix-list. The name is a string of 1 to 169 characters.

route-policy route-policy-name: specifies the name of the routing policy that is used to filter the routes based on tag and other specific parameters for the protocol. The name is a string of 1 to 40 characters.



7-203

Usage Guideline In certain cases, only the route that meets the specified conditions is sent. You can configure the filtering policy to set the filter conditions. Only the routes that pass the filtering are sent to routing table.

Related Command filter-policy export (IS-IS)

Example # Filter the sent routes by using ACL 2000.

[Quidway] isis

[Quidway-isis-1] filter-policy 2000 import

7.7.27 flash-flood

Syntax flash-flood [ lsp-count ] [ max-timer-interval interval ] [ level-1 | level-2 ]

undo flash-flood [ level-1 | level-2 ]

View IS-IS view


Description Using the flash-flood command, you can enable the LSP flash-flood feature to speed up the convergence for IS-IS network.

Using the undo flash-flood command, you can disable the feature.

Parameter lsp-count: specifies the maximum LSPs that are flooded each time for an interface. The value ranges from 1 to 15. By default, it is 5.

interval: specifies the maximum interval for flooding these LSPs. The value ranges from 10 to 50000 milliseconds. By default, it is 10 milliseconds.

level-1: enables this feature in Level-1.

level-2: enables this feature in Level-2.


Command Reference


Issue 07 (2010-11-30)

Usage Guideline The user can specify the number of the LSP flooded each time. The number is valid for all the interfaces. If the number of the LSP to be sent is greater than the specified number, the lsp-count number of the LSP is sent.

If the timer is configured, and does not time out before the route calculation, the LSPs are flooded immediately; otherwise, the LSPs are flooded when the timer times out.

If the level is not specified in the command, the function is enabled for both Level-1 and Level-2.


Example # Configure the flash-flood feature. Each interface can send a maximum of six LSPs, and the maximum interval for sending LSP is 100ms.

[Quidway] isis 1

[Quidway-isis-1] flash-flood 6 max-timer-interval 100

7.7.28 graceful-restart (IS-IS)

Syntax graceful-restart

undo graceful-restart

View IS-IS view


Description Using the graceful-restart command, you can enable GR of the IS-IS process.

Using the undo graceful-restart command, you can disable GR of the IS-IS process.

By default, IS-IS GR is disabled.

Parameter None




7-205


Example # Enable the restart signaling of IS-IS process 1.


[Quidway] isis 1

[Quidway-isis-1] graceful-restart

7.7.29 graceful-restart interval

Syntax graceful-restart interval interval-value

undo graceful-restart interval

View IS-IS view


Description Using the graceful-restart interval command, you can specify the GR interval.

Using the undo graceful-restart interval command, you can restore the default GR interval.

By default, the GR interval is 300 seconds.

Parameter interval-value: specifies the GR interval. The value is an integer that ranges from 30 to 1800, expressed in seconds. By default, the value is 300 seconds.



Example # Set the GR interval of IS-IS process 1 to 120 seconds.


[Quidway] isis 1


Command Reference


Issue 07 (2010-11-30)


[Quidway-isis-1] graceful-restart interval 120

7.7.30 graceful-restart suppress-sa

Syntax graceful-restart suppress-sa

undo graceful-restart suppress-sa

View IS-IS view


Description Using the graceful-restart suppress-sa command, you can suppress the Suppress-Advertisement (SA) bit of the restart TLV.

Using the undo graceful-restart suppress-sa command, you can disable the suppression of the SA bit.

By default, the SA bit is not suppressed.

Parameter None

Usage Guideline The router that starts for the first time (not including the restart) does not maintain the forwarding status. If the router does not start for the first time, the LSPs generated when the router runs last time may exist in the LSP database of other routers in the network.

The sequence number of the LSP fragment is reinitialized when the router starts, so the LSPs stored in the LSP database of other routers may be newer than the LSPs generated after the router starts. This leads to the black hole in the network, and the black hole lasts until the router regenerates its LSPs and advertises the LSPs with the highest sequence number.

When the neighbor of this router starts, if the neighbor suppresses the advertisement of the adjacency relationship until this router advertises the updated LSPs, the preceding case can be avoided.

Related Command graceful-restart (IS-IS)

Example # Suppress the SA bit of the restart TLV of IS-IS process 1.



7-207


[Quidway] isis 1


[Quidway-isis-1] graceful-restart suppress-sa

7.7.31 import-route (IS-IS)

Syntax import-route protocol [ process-id ] [ cost-type { external | internal } | cost cost | tag tag | route-policy route-policy-name | [ level-1 | level-2 | level-1-2 ] ] *


View IS-IS view


Description Using the import-route command, you can configure IS-IS to import the routes from other protocols.

Using the undo import-route command, you can configure IS-IS not to import the routes from other protocols.

By default, IS-IS does not import routes from any other protocol.

Parameter protocol: indicates the protocol from which the routes are imported. It can be direct, static, rip , ospf, isis, and bgp.

process-id: When the protocol is rip, isis, or ospf, the process ID needs to be specified. By default, it is 1.

cost cost: specifies the cost of the imported route. The cost value varies from the cost type of IS-IS. For wide or wide-compatible, the value ranges from 0 to 4261412864; otherwise, it ranges from 0 to 63.

cost-type { external | internal }: indicates the cost type of the imported routes, including external and internal routes. If the cost-style is wide, wide-compatible or compatible, the route is not divided into external or internal, and the parameter is not optional.


tag tag: indicates the administrative tag assigned to the imported routes. The value ranges from 1 to 494967295.

level-1: imports the route into Level-1 routing table.

level-2: imports the route into Level-2 routing table.


Command Reference


Issue 07 (2010-11-30)

level-1-2: imports the route into Level-1 and Level-2 routing table.

If the level of the imported route is not specified in the command, the routes are imported to Level-2 routing table by default.

Usage Guideline For IS-IS, the routes discovered by the other protocols are processed as the routes outside the domain. When the routes of the other protocols are imported, you can specify the default cost and cost type for them. If the cost and the cost type parameters are not specified, the default cost 0 and the default cost type are used.

When IS-IS imports routes, you can configure IS-IS to import the routes to Level-1, Level-2 or Level-1-2 routing table.

IS-IS considers all the routes imported as external routes that describe the way to the destination outside the domain.


Example # Import a static route whose cost is 15.

[Quidway] isis

[Quidway-isis-1] import-route static cost 15

7.7.32 import-route isis level-2 into level-1

Syntax import-route isis level-2 into level-1 [ filter-policy { acl-number | ip-prefix ip-prefix-name | route-policy route-policy-name } ] [ tag tag ]

undo import-route isis level-2 into level-1

View IS-IS view


Description Using the import-route isis level-2 into level-1 command, you can enable route leaking from Level-2 to Level-1. The command is configured on the Level-1-2 router on the area border.

Using the undo import-route isis level-2 into level-1 command, you can remove the function.



7-209

By default, route leaking from Level-2 to Level-1 is disabled.

Parameter level-1: import routes to Level-1 routing table.

level-2: indicates the route of Level-2 area.

tag tag: indicates the administrative tag value assigned to the imported routes. The value ranges from 1 to 4294967295.

acl-number: specifies the number of the basic ACL. The value ranges from 2000 to 2999. When the routing leak from level-2 to level-1 is done, only the routes that pass the ACL can be leaked to level-1 area if the ACL has been specified.

ip-prefix ip-prefix-name: specifies the name of the IP address prefix list. The name is a string of 1 to 169 characters. Only the routes that match the specified IP prefix are imported.




Example # Set a router to perform route leaking from a Level-2 area to a Level-1 area.

[Quidway] isis 1

[Quidway-isis-1] import-route isis level-2 into level-1 filter-policy 2000

7.7.33 isis

Syntax isis process-id [ vpn-instance vpn-instance-name ]

undo isis process-id

View System view


Description Using the isis command, you can start the IS-IS process and the specified VPN instance.


Command Reference


Issue 07 (2010-11-30)

Using the undo isis command, you can cancel the specified IS-IS process.

By default, IS-IS process view runs in the default VPN instance in the IS-IS view.

Parameter process-id: specifies the process number. The value ranges from 1 to 65535.

vpn-instance vpn-instance-name: specifies the name of the VPN instance. The name is a string of 1 to 31 characters. This is optional for the default VPN instance.

Usage Guideline If the VPN instance is not specified, the IS-IS process runs in the default system view or the default instance. To configure the other function and features of the interface, you need to enable IS-IS first. You can enter the IS-IS view after the command is used.

To make IS-IS work normally, do as follows:

Enable IS-IS process by using the isis command. Set a Network Entity Title (NET) for the router by using the network-entity command. Enable each interface that needs to run IS-IS process by using the isis enable command.

You can start IS-IS only when the above action is done.

Related Command isis enable

network-entity

Example # Start an IS-IS routing process 1 which has the system ID 0000.0000.0002 and the area ID 01.0001.

[Quidway] isis 1

[Quidway-isis-1] network-entity 01.0001.0000.0000.0002.00

7.7.34 isis authentication-mode

Syntax isis authentication-mode { simple password | md5 password-key } [ level-1 | level-2 ] [ ip | osi ]

undo isis authentication-mode [ level-1 | level-2 ]

View Interface view




7-211

Description Using the isis authentication-mode command, you can configure the IS-IS interface to authenticate the Hello packets with the specified mode and password.

Using the undo isis authentication-mode command, you can cancel the authentication and delete the password at the same time.

By default, the password is not set and no authentication is made.

Parameter simple: transmits the password in the plain text.

password: specifies the password in plain text. It is a string of characters or numbers. The length of string varies from 1 to 16.

md5: transmits the password encrypted with MD5.

password-key: specifies the password text for MD5 authentication mode. It is a string of characters or numbers. For the plain text, the string is of 1 to 16; for the cipher text, the string is of 24 characters.

level-1: indicates the Level-1 authentication.

level-2: indicates the Level-2 authentication.



The level-1 and level-2 are visible only on the Ethernet interface that must be enabled by using the isis enable command.

Usage Guideline If the password is set, but neither ip nor osi is specified, osi is defaulted.

The selection of ip or osi is independent of the real networking environment.




Example # Set the authentication password "huawei" in the plain text for POS 1/0/0.


[Quidway-Pos1/0/0] isis authentication-mode simple Huawei


Command Reference


Issue 07 (2010-11-30)

7.7.35 isis bfd

Syntax isis bfd { min-rx-interval receive interval | min-tx-interval transmit-interval | detect-multiplier multiplier-value } *

undo isis bfd { min-rx-interval | min-tx-interval | detect-multiplier } *

View Interface view


Description Using the isis bfd { min-rx-interval receive-interval | min-tx-interval transmit-interval | detect-multiplier multiplier-value } * command, you can set values of BFD session parameters.

Using the undo isis bfd { min-rx-interval | min-tx-interval | detect-multiplier } * command, you can restore default values of BFD session parameters.

Parameter min-rx-interval receive-interval: specifies the minimum interval for receiving BFD packets from the peer in milliseconds. The value of receive-interval ranges from 10 to 1000 milliseconds. By default, the value is 1000 milliseconds.

min-tx-interval transmit-interval: specifies the minimum interval for sending BFD packets to the peer in milliseconds. The value of transmit- interval ranges from 10 to 1000 milliseconds. By default, the value is 1000 milliseconds.

detect-multiplier multiplier-value: specifies the local detection multiple. The value of multiplier-value ranges from 3 to 50. By default, the value is 3.

Usage Guideline The value of receive-interval is obtained by negotiating the local min-rx-interval value and the remote min-tx-interval value. If a router does not receive any BFD packet from its peer in the receive-interval x multiplier-value period, the router advertises that its peer is Down.

To set up a BFD session, you must configure the global BFD and run the isis bfd enable command.

The BFD priority of the interface is higher than that of the process. If BFD of the interface is enabled, the BFD session is set up based on the BFD parameters on the interface.

The configured parameters of the BFD session are valid only when BFD is enabled on the interface.



7-213

Related Command isis bfd block

isis bfd static

Example # Enable BFD on POS 1/0/0 and specify the minimum receiving interval to 40 ms and local detection multiple to 4.

<Quidway> system-view [Quidway] interface pos1/0/0

[Quidway-Pos1/0/0] isis bfd enable

[Quidway-Pos1/0/0] isis bfd min-rx-interval 40 detect-multiplier 4

7.7.36 isis bfd block

Syntax isis bfd block

undo isis bfd block

View Interface view


Description Using the isis bfd block command, you can prevent an interface from dynamically setting up a BFD session.

Using the undo isis bfd block command, you can cancel the feature.

By default, the interface is not prevented from dynamically setting up a BFD session.

Parameter None

Usage Guideline The isis bfd block, isis bfd enable, and isis bfd static commands are mutually exclusive and cannot be used at the same time.

Related Command isis bfd static


Command Reference


Issue 07 (2010-11-30)

Example # Prevent POS 1/0/0 from dynamically setting up a BFD session.

<Quidway> system-view [Quidway] interface pos1/0/0 [Quidway-Pos1/0/0] isis bfd block

7.7.37 isis bfd enable

Syntax isis bfd enable

undo isis bfd enable

View Interface view


Description Using the isis bfd enable command, you can configure BFD on the specified interface enabled with IS-IS and set up a BFD session with default parameter values.

Using the undo isis bfd enable command, you can disable BFD of the interface.

Parameter None

Usage Guideline If global BFD is not enabled, you can enable BFD on the interface. However, after you enable BFD on the interface, the BFD session is not be set up.

The BFD priority of the interface is higher than the BFD priority of the process. If BFD of the interface is enabled, the BFD session is set up based on the BFD parameters on the interface.

The isis bfd block, isis bfd enable, and isis bfd static commands are mutually exclusive and cannot be used at the same time.


isis bfd static

Example # Enable BFD on POS 1/0/0.



7-215

<Quidway> system-view [Quidway] interface pos1/0/0

[Quidway-Pos1/0/0] isis bfd enable

7.7.38 isis bfd static

Syntax isis bfd static

undo isis bfd static

View Interface view


Description Using the isis bfd static command, you can configure BFD on the specific IS-IS interface.

Using the undo isis bfd static command, you can cancel BFD.

By default, the static BFD session is not set up.

Parameter None

Usage Guideline The isis bfd block, isis bfd enable, and isis bfd static commands are mutually exclusive and cannot be used at the same time.


isis bfd enable

Example # Configure static BFD on POS 1/0/0.


[Quidway] interface Pos1/0/0

[Quidway-Pos1/0/0] isis bfd static


Command Reference


Issue 07 (2010-11-30)

7.7.39 isis circuit-level

Syntax isis circuit-level [ level-1 | level-1-2 | level-2 ]

undo isis circuit-level

View Interface view


Description Using the isis circuit-level command, you can configure the link type for the interface.

Using the undo isis circuit-level command, you can restore the default setting.

By default, the interface line is Level-1-2. That is, you can set up the adjacency of Level-1 and Level-2 at the same time.

Parameter level-1: indicates the Level-1 interface line. That is, you can set up only Level-1 adjacency on the interface.

level-1-2: indicates the Level-1-2 interface line. That is, you can set up the Level-1 and Level-2 adjacency on the interface.

level-2: indicates the Level-2 interface line. That is, you can set up only the Level-2 adjacency on the interface.

Usage Guideline If the local router is a Level1-2 router and needs to set up the association with the peer router at a certain level (Level-1 or Level-2), you can use this command to configure the interface to send and receive Hello packets of this level. Only one type of Hello packet is sent and received on the p2p link. In this manner, you can avoid excessive processing and save bandwidth.

The circuit level takes effect only when the system type of IS-IS is Level-1-2. Otherwise, the level that is defined by the is-level command is used as the standard.

Related Command is-level



7-217

Example # If the GigabitEthernet 1/0/0 is connected with a non-backbone router in the same area. You can set this interface to Level-1, and prohibit the interface from sending and receiving Level-2 Hello packets.


[Quidway-GigabitEthernet/0/0] isis enable

[Quidway-GigabitEthernet1/0/0] isis circuit-level level-1

7.7.40 isis circuit-type

Syntax isis circuit-type p2p

undo isis circuit-type

View Interface view


Description Using the isis circuit-type command, you can set the network type of an interface as P2P. The interface emulates P2P interface.

Using the undo isis circuit-type p2p, you can restore the default network type of interface.

By default, the network type of the interface is determined by the type of physical interface.

Parameter p2p: sets the interface network type as P2P.



Example # Set the network type of GigabitEthernet 1/0/0 as P2P.


[Quidway-GigabitEthernet1/0/0] isis enable [Quidway-GigabitEthernet1/0/0] isis circuit-type p2p


Command Reference


Issue 07 (2010-11-30)

7.7.41 isis cost

Syntax isis cost cost [ level-1 | level-2 ]

undo isis cost [ level-1 | level-2 ]

View Interface view


Description Using the isis cost command, you can set the link cost that is used to perform SPF calculation for an interface.

Using the undo isis cost command, you can restore the default link cost.

By default, the link cost of IS-IS interfaces is 10.

Parameter cost: specifies the link cost used for the SPF calculation. The value varies from the cost type. When the cost type is narrow, narrow-compatible or compatible, the value ranges from 0 to 63. When the cost type is wide or wide-compatible, the value ranges from 0 to 16777215.

level-1: set the link cost of Level-1.

level-2: sets the link cost of Level-2.

Usage Guideline If neither Level-1 nor Level-2 is specified, you can configure the same link cost for both Level-1 and Level-2.

Configure the proper link cost for all the interfaces. Otherwise, the link cost of IS-IS routes cannot reflect the actual link cost.


Example # Set the link cost of the Level-2 link on POS 1/0/0 to 5.


[Quidway-Pos1/0/0] isis cost 5 level-2



7-219

7.7.42 isis dis-name

Syntax isis dis-name symbolic-name

undo isis dis-name

View Interface view


Description Using the isis dis-name command, you can configure a name for the local LAN.

Using the undo isis dis-name command, you can remove the configuration.

Parameter symbolic-name: specifies a name for the local LAN. The name is a string of 1 to 64 characters.

Usage Guideline If the local router is DIS, the name is advertised in pseudo-node LSP packet. This command is valid only after the isis enable command is enabled. you can view the configuration on the adjacent router by configuring this command only on the DIS router.


Example # Configure a name for the local LAN.


[Quidway-GigabitEthernet1/0/0] isis enable

[Quidway-GigabitEthernet1/0/0] isis dis-name LOCALAREA

7.7.43 isis dis-priority

Syntax isis dis-priority priority [ level-1 | level-2 ]

undo isis dis-priority [ level-1 | level-2 ]


Command Reference


Issue 07 (2010-11-30)

View Interface view


Description Using the isis dis-priority command, you can configure the priority of the interface that candidates for the Designated Intermediate System (DIS) .

Using the undo isis dis-priority command, you can restore the default priority.

By default, the DIS priority of IS-IS interface is 64.

Parameter priority: specifies the priority for selecting DIS. The value ranges from 0 to 127.

level-1: indicates the priority for selecting Level-1 DIS.

level-2: indicates the priority for selecting Level-2 DIS.

Usage Guideline The configuration is useful only for the broadcast network.

If neither Level-1 nor Level-2 is specified in the command, configure the same priority for Level-1 and Level-2.

The priority in the Hello packets is advertised. The router with the highest priority can act as the DIS. If the routers have the same priority, the router with the largest MAC address is elected as the DIS.

If the network type of the Ethernet interface is changed to P2P by using the isis circuit-type command, the isis dis-priority command does not take effect on the Ethernet interface.


Example # Set the priority of GigabitEthernet 1/0/0 to 127.


[Quidway-GigabitEthernet1/0/0] isis dis-priority 127 level-2

7.7.44 isis enable

Syntax isis enable [ process-id ]



7-221

undo isis enable

View Interface view


Description Using the isis enable command, you can enable IS-IS capability of the interface and specify the IS-IS process ID to be associated with the interface. After the command is used, the interface is associated with this IS-IS process.

Using the undo isis enable command, you can cancel the configuration.

By default, the IS-IS routing process is not enabled on an interface.

Parameter process-id: specifies the IS-IS process number. The value ranges from 1 to 65535. By default, it is 1.

Usage Guideline To make IS-IS work normally, do as follows:

Enable IS-IS process by using the isis command Set an NET for the router by using the network-entity command Enable each interface that needs to run IS-IS process by using the isis enable command

You can enable IS-IS, only after the above action is done.

Related Command isis

network-entity

Example # Create an IS-IS routing process1, and activate it on POS 1/0/0.

[Quidway] isis 1

[Quidway-isis-1] network-entity 10.0001.1010.1020.1030.00 [Quidway-isis-1] quit


[Quidway-pos1/0/0] isis enable 1


Command Reference


Issue 07 (2010-11-30)

7.7.45 isis fast-sense

Syntax isis fast-sense [ rpr ]

undo isis fast-sense rpr

undo isis bfd static

View Interface view


Description Using the isis fast-sense command, you can configure BFD and RPR fast sense on the specific IS-IS interface.

Using the undo isis fast-sense rpr command, you can disable the RPR fast sense function.

Using the undo isis bfd static command, you can disable the static BFD.

By default, the static BFD and RPR fast sense are not enabled.

Parameter None

Usage Guideline After the isis fast-sense command is used, the system automatically identifies the command as isis bfd static and isis fast-sense rpr commands. To disable static BFD and RPR fast sense, you need to run the undo isis bfd static and undo isis fast-sense rpr commands respectively.

The isis bfd block, isis bfd enable, and isis bfd static commands are mutually exclusive and cannot be used at the same time.


Example # Enable the IS-IS fast sense on the POS1/0/0.


[Quidway-Pos1/0/0] isis fast-sense



7-223

7.7.46 isis mesh-group

Syntax isis mesh-group { mesh-group-number | mesh-blocked }

undo isis mesh-group

View Interface view


Description Using the isis mesh-group command, you can add an interface to a specified mesh group.

Using the undo isis mesh-group command, you can cancel the interface from the mesh group.

By default, the interface does not belong to any mesh group and floods LSPs normally.

Parameter mesh-group-number: specifies the mesh group number. The value ranges from 1 to 4294967295.

mesh-blocked: after the parameter is set, the interface is blocked, and does not flood the received LSPs to other interface.

Usage Guideline When receiving LSPs, the interface, not in the mesh group, floods the LSP to other interfaces following the normal procedure. For the NBMA network that is with higher connectivity and several p2p links, this process causes repeated LSP flooding and wastes bandwidth.

After receiving LSPs, the interface that joins a mesh group only floods the LSP to the interfaces that are not in the local mesh group.

The interface can flood LSPs normally, even if the link fails, if some redundancy is kept when adding an interface to a mesh group or blocking.


Example # Add POS 1/0/0 to mesh group 3.




Command Reference


Issue 07 (2010-11-30)

7.7.47 isis peer-ip-ignore

Syntax isis peer-ip-ignore

undo isis peer-ip-ignore

View interface view


Description Using the isis peer-ip-ignore command, you can configure IS-IS not to check the IP address of the received Hello packets.

Using the undo isis peer-ip-ignore command, you can cancel this configuration.

By default, IS-IS does not check the IP address of the Hello packets that are received from the peer.

Parameter None

Usage Guideline

If you change the network type of an Ethernet interface to P2P interface by using the isis circuit-type command, the interface can emulate the P2P interface. If the IP address of the two interfaces belong to different network segments, and the isis peer-ip-ignore command is configured on the two interfaces, neighbor relationship can be set up between them. The routing table has routes of the two different network segments, but they cannot ping through.

The command is applicable only for P2P network. The command takes effect only after the command is configured on both ends of the P2P.

Related Command isis circuit-type

Example # Configure pos1/0/0 not to check the IP address of the Hello packet sent by the peer.


[Quidway-pos1/0/0] isis enable

[Quidway-pos1/0/0] isis peer-ip-ignore



7-225

7.7.48 isis silent

Syntax isis silent

undo isis silent

View Interface view


Description Using the isis silent command, you can set an IS-IS interface as a silent interface. That is, the interface is suppressed from sending and receiving IS-IS packets, but the routes of the network that the interface belongs to can be advertised.

Using the undo isis silent command, you can restore the interface to the default mode.

By default, no IS-IS interface is configured as the silent interface.

Parameter None



Example # Set the POS 1/0/0 as a silent interface.


[Quidway-Pos1/0/0] isis silent

7.7.49 isis small-hello

Syntax isis small-hello

undo isis small-hello


Command Reference


Issue 07 (2010-11-30)

View Interface view


Description Using the isis small-hello command, you can configure the interface to send the small-size Hello packets without vacant field.

Using the undo isis small-hello command, you can disable the feature.

By default, the interface sends the standard Hello packet.

Parameter None



Example # Configure pos1/0/0 to send small-size Hello packets.


[Quidway-Pos1/0/0] isis small-hello

7.7.50 isis smart-hello

Syntax isis smart-hello

undo isis smart-hello

View Interface view




7-227

Description Using the isis smart-hello command, you can enable the smart-hello feature.

Using the undo isis smart-hello command, you can disable the feature.

Parameter None

Usage Guideline The process module of Hello packets is distributed on the main control board and the interface board. After smart-hello is enabled, the interface board sends and forwards Hello packets.

Smart-hello is enabled only on the interface board.


Example # Enable smart-hello.


[Quidway-GigabitEthernet1/0/0] isis smart-hello

7.7.51 isis timer csnp

Syntax isis timer csnp csnp-interval [ level-1 | level-2 ]

undo isis timer csnp [ level-1 | level-2 ]

View Interface view


Description Using the isis timer csnp command, you can configure the interval for sending CSNP packets on the broadcast network.

Using the undo isis timer csnp command, you can restore the default value (10 seconds).

Parameter csnp-interval: specifies the interval for sending CSNP packets on the broadcast network. The value ranges from 1 to 65535 seconds. By default, it is 10 seconds.


Command Reference


Issue 07 (2010-11-30)

level-1: indicates the interval of Level-1 for sending the CSNP packets.

level-2: indicates the interval of Level-2 for sending the CSNP packet.

If neither Level-1 nor Level-2 is specified, the interval that is taken by the IS-IS process of the current level to send the CSNP packets is defaulted.

Usage Guideline Only DIS can periodically send CSNP packets. This command is valid only for the router that is elected as the DIS. DIS is divided into Level-1 and Level-2, and their intervals for sending CSNP packets must be set respectively.

Related Command is-level

Example # Set the CSNP packet of Level-2 to be transmitted every 15 seconds on GigabitEthernet 1/0/0.


[Quidway-GigabitEthernet1/0/0] isis timer csnp 15 level-2

7.7.52 isis timer hello

Syntax isis timer hello { hello-interval1 | millisecond-timer hello-interval2 } [ level-1 | level-2 ]

undo isis timer hello [ level-1 | level-2 ]

View Interface view


Description Using the isis timer hello command, you can configure the interval for sending Hello packet of corresponding level.

Using the undo isis timer hello command, you can restore the default value (10 seconds).

Parameter hello-interva1l: specifies the interval for sending Hello packets. The value ranges from 3 to 255 seconds. By default, it is 10 seconds.



7-229

millisecond-timer hello-interval2:specifies the interval for sending Hello packets. The value ranges from 100 to 255000 milliseconds. By default, it is 10000 milliseconds.

level-1: indicates the interval of Level-1 for sending Hello packets.

level-2: indicates the interval of Level-2 for sending Hello packets.

If neither Level-1 nor Level-2 is specified, the default level is Level-1 and Level-2.

Usage Guideline You can set the interval for sending Hello packets as millisecond (millisecond-timer) only after smart-hello is enabled. If smart-hello is cancelled, the interval for sending Hello packets is restored to the default value.

On a broadcast link, Level-1 and Level-2 Hello packets are sent respectively and their intervals should be set respectively. Such settings are unnecessary on the P2P link. The shorter the interval, the more system resources used to send Hello packets. The interval should therefore be set according to the actual conditions.

Related Command isis timer holding-multiplier

Example # Set the Hello packet of Level-2 to be transmitted every 20 seconds on GigabitEthernet 1/0/0.


[Quidway-GigabitEthernet1/0/0] isis timer hello 20 level-2

7.7.53 isis timer holding-multiplier

Syntax isis timer holding-multiplier number [ level-1 | level-2 ]

undo isis timer holding-multiplier [ level-1 | level-2 ]

View Interface view


Description Using the isis timer holding-multiplier command, you can configure the number of the invalid Hello messages of the IS-IS neighbor.

Using the undo isis timer holding-multiplier command, you can restore the default setting.


Command Reference


Issue 07 (2010-11-30)

By default, the number of the invalid Hello packets is 3.

Parameter number: specifies the number of the invalid Hello messages of IS-IS neighbor. That is, after certain numbers of the Hello packets are not received, the neighbor is considered invalid. The value ranges from 3 to 1000.

level-1: indicates the number of the invalid Hello packet of Level-1 IS-IS neighbor.

level-2: indicates the number of the invalid Hello message of Level-2 IS-IS neighbor.

If neither Level-1 nor Level-2 is specified, the default level is Level-1-2.

Usage Guideline For the broadcast network, you can configure the invalid Hello interval of the Level-1 neighbor or Level-2 neighbor separately. It is however not necessary for the P2P link, because only one kind of Hello message is applied.

In fact, the setting of the number of the Hello packet is the setting of the Hold-down time. If the router does not receive the Hello message from the peer within the Hold-down time, the peer is considered invalid. Hello down time is set based on the interface, and the different routers in the same area can be configured with different Hold-down values.

Related Command isis timer hello

Example # On GigabitEthernet 1/0/0, set the number of the invalid Level-2 Hello packets to 6.


[Quidway-GigabitEthernet1/0/0] isis timer holding-multiplier 6 level-2

7.7.54 isis timer lsp-retransmit

Syntax isis timer lsp-retransmit retransmit-interval

undo isis timer lsp-retransmit

View Interface view




7-231

Description Using the isis timer lsp retransmit command, you can configure the LSP retransmission interval over the P2P link.

Using the undo isis timer lsp-retransmit command, you can restore the default setting.

By default, the interval for retransmitting the LSP packet over the P2P link is 5 seconds.

Parameter retransmit-interval: specifies the retransmission interval of LSP packets. The value ranges from 1 to 300 seconds. By default, it is 5 seconds.

Usage Guideline The response is required if the LSP packets are sent on the p2p link but not on the broadcast link. So this command is unnecessary for a broadcast link.

Use the parameter cautiously when setting the parameter to avoid unnecessary retransmissions.

Related Command isis timer lsp-throttle

Example # Set the LSP retransmission interval to 10 seconds on POS 1/0/0.


[Quidway-Pos1/0/0] isis timer lsp-retransmit 10

7.7.55 isis timer lsp-throttle

Syntax isis timer lsp-throttle throttle-interval [ count count ]

undo isis timer lsp-throttle

View Interface view


Description Using the isis timer lsp-throttle command, you can configure the minimum interval for sending LSPs on an interface. This is the delay between two successive IS-IS LSP transmissions.


Command Reference


Issue 07 (2010-11-30)

Using the undo isis timer lsp-throttle command, you can restore the default setting.

By default, the minimum interval for sending LSPs on an interface is 50 milliseconds.

Parameter throttle-interval: specifies the minimum interval for sending LSP packets. The value ranges from 1 to 10000 milliseconds. By default, it is 50 milliseconds.

count count: specifies the maximum number of LSP packets to be sent. The value ranges from 1 to 1000.


Related Command isis timer lsp-retransmit

Example # Set the interval for sending LSPs on POS 1/0/0 to 500 milliseconds.


[Quidway-Pos1/0/0] isis timer lsp-throttle 500

7.7.56 is-level

Syntax is-level { level-1 | level-1-2 | level-2 }

undo is-level

View IS-IS view


Description Using the is-level command, you can configure the level of IS-IS routers.

Using the undo is-level command, you can restore the default setting.

Parameter level-1: indicates a router at Level-1. It calculates only the intra-area routes and maintains the LSDB of L1.



7-233

level-1-2: indicates a router at Level-1-2. It calculates both the L1 and L2 routes and maintains the LSDB of Level-1 and Level-2.

level-2: indicates a router at Level-2. It calculates the Level-2 routes and maintains the LSDB of Level-2.

If neither Level-1 nor Level-2 is specified in the command, Level-1-2 is defaulted.

Usage Guideline Set the system level when configuring IS-IS.

If the system level is changed while IS-IS is running, it causes the IS-IS process to be reset.

If there is only one area, you are recommended to set the level of all the routers as Level-1 or Level-2, because it is not necessary for all the routers to maintain two identical databases. Set all the routers to Level-2 when applying them to the IP network.

Related Command isis circuit-level

Example # Set the current router at Level-1.

[Quidway] isis 1

[Quidway-isis-1] is-level level-1

7.7.57 is-name

Syntax is-name [ map system-id ] symbolic-name

undo is-name [ map system-id ]

View IS-IS view


Description Using the is-name command, you can enable the dynamic host name process on the local and remote routers and configure the name for the local router, which is advertised in the LSPs.

By default, the dynamic hostname is disabled.


Command Reference


Issue 07 (2010-11-30)

Parameter symbolic-name: specifies the name for the dynamic host. The name is a string of 1 to 64 characters.

map: indicates the dynamic host name for the remote router.

system-id: specifies the system ID of the remote IS-IS system to be mapped.



Example # Set a name for the local IS-IS system.

[Quidway] isis 1

[Quidway-isis-1] is-name RUTA

# Set a static name mapping for a remote IS-IS system (0000.0000.0041).

[Quidway-isis-1] is-name map 0000.0000.0041 RUTB

7.7.58 is-snmp-traps enable

Syntax is-snmp-traps enable

undo is-snmp-traps

View IS-IS view


Description Using the is-snmp-traps enable command, you can enable IS-IS to send Trap packet to NMS.

Using the undo is-snmp-traps you can restore the default value.

By default, the Traps of IS-IS is disabled.

Parameter None



7-235



Example # Configure IS-IS to send Trap packets.

[Quidway] isis 1

[Quidway-isis-1] is-snmp-traps enable

7.7.59 log-peer-change

Syntax log-peer-change

undo log-peer-change

View IS-IS view


Description Using the log-peer-change command, you can enable the output of the IS-IS adjacency changes.

Using the undo log-peer-change command, you can disable the output.

By default, the output of IS-IS adjacency changes is disabled.

Parameter None

Usage Guideline If the terminal monitor command is used, use the log-peer-change command to input the changes of the IS-IS adjacency state to the terminal.



Command Reference


Issue 07 (2010-11-30)

Example # Enable the output of the IS-IS adjacency changes on the current router.

[Quidway] isis

[Quidway-isis-1] log-peer-change

7.7.60 lsp-fragments-extend

Syntax lsp-fragments-extend [ level-1 | level-2 | level-1-2 ] [ mode-1 | mode-2 ]

undo lsp-fragments-extend [ level-1 | level-2 | level-1-2 ]

View IS-IS view


Description Using the lsp-fragments–extend command, you can enable LSP fragments extension on the IS-IS router for a particular mode and level.

Using the undo lsp-fragments–extend command, you can disable this feature.

Parameter mode: indicates the mode of fragments extension. Mode-1 supports the lsp-fragments-extend feature that is supported by the old version. Mode-2 requires all routers to support the feature.

level: indicates the level of the router on which fragments extension is enabled.

By default, mode-1 and level-1-2 are used.


Related Command virtual-system

Example # Enable LSP fragments extension for mode-1 and Level-2.

[Quidway] isis

[Quidway-isis-1] lsp-fragments-extend mode-1 level-2



7-237

7.7.61 lsp-length

Syntax lsp-length originate mtu-size

undo lsp-length originate

lsp-length receive mtu-size

undo lsp-length receive

View IS-IS view


Description Using the lsp-length command, you can configure the size LSP packets that are generated and received by the current IS-IS system. The unit of the size of the packet is byte.

Parameter originate: indicates the size of the originated LSP packets.

mtu-size: specifies the maximum size of LSP in bytes. The value ranges from 512 to 16384 bytes. By default, it is 1497 bytes.

receive: indicates the size of the received LSP packets.

Usage Guideline When using size, ensure that the value of the size of the generated LSP packet must be smaller than that of the received LSP packet.

When IS-IS is enabled on the interface, the MTU of the interface must be greater than the value of the mtu-size that is globally set by using the lsp-length originate command. Otherwise, the interface is considered in MTU down status. The MTU of the interface must be greater than the value of the mtu-size that is set by using the lsp-length receive command. Otherwise, the faults occur to the forwarding of the IS-IS packets.


Example # Set the length of the LSP that is generated by the current IS-IS system to 1024 bytes.

[Quidway] isis

[Quidway-isis-1] lsp-length originate 1024.


Command Reference


Issue 07 (2010-11-30)

7.7.62 maximum load-balancing (IS-IS)



View IS-IS view


Description Using the maximum load-balancing command, you can set the maximum number of equal-cost routes among which the load balancing is performed. Set the parameter according to the capacity of the cache.


Parameter number: specifies the number of equal cost routes among which the load balancing is performed. The value ranges from 1 to 6. By default, it is 6. Different products support different numbers of routes.



Example # Set the maximum number of equal-cost routes among which the load balancing is performed to 2.

[Quidway] isis 100

[Quidway-isis-100] maximum load-balancing 2

# Restore the default value for the maximum number of equal-cost routes.

[Quidway-isis-100] undo maximum load-balancing



7-239

7.7.63 network-entity

Syntax network-entity net

undo network-entity net

View IS-IS view


Description Using the network-entity command, you can configure the NET for the IS-IS process.

Using the undo network-entity command, you can cancel the NET.

By default, the NET is not set.

Parameter net: specifies the NET in the X…X.XXXX. XXXX.XXXX.00 format, in which the first "X…X" is the area address, the twelve Xs in the middle is the System ID of the router, and the 00 in the end is SEL.

Usage Guideline NET is the special form of the Network Service Access Point (NSAP). The NET field of IS-IS is 8 to 20 bytes.

NET consists of three parts. Part one is the area ID that is variable (1 to 13 bytes), and the area IDs of the routers in the same area are identical. Part two is the system ID (6 bytes) of this router, which must be unique in the whole area and backbone area. Part three is the last byte "SEL", whose value must be "00". Usually, one router can be configured with one NET. When the area is redesigned by combination or separation, there are 3 configurable areas at most by default. After reconfiguration, the correctness and continuity of the routes must be ensured.

Related Command isis

isis enable

Example # Specify the NET as "10.0001.1010.1020.1030.00", of which the system ID is "1010.1020.1030", area ID is "10.0001".

[Quidway] isis 1


Command Reference


Issue 07 (2010-11-30)

[Quidway-isis-1] network-entity 10.0001.1010.1020.1030.00

7.7.64 nexthop

Syntax nexthop ip-address weight value

undo nexthop ip-address

View IS-IS view


Description Using the nexthop command, you can set the preference of equal-cost routes.

Using the undo nexthop command, you can remove the preference.

By default, weight is 255, which indicates the load balancing is carried out among equal-cost routes without distinguishing the preference and the packet is forwarded at the same time.

Parameter ip-address: specifies IP address of the next hop.

value: weight of the next hop in integer format. The value ranges from 1 to 254. By default, it is 255.

Usage Guideline After the equal-cost routes are calculated according to the SPF algorithm, you can choose the next hop among the equal-cost routes based on the weight. The smaller the weight, the higher the routing preference.


Example # Set the preference of equal-cost routes of IS-IS.

[Quidway] isis

[Quidway-isis-1] nexthop 10.0.0.3 weight 1



7-241

7.7.65 preference (IS-IS)

Syntax preference preference

preference preference route-policy route-policy-name

preference route-policy route-policy-name

undo preference

View IS-IS view


Description Using the preference command, you can set the preference of IS-IS.

Using the undo preference command, you can restore the default value.

By default, the preference of IS-IS is 15.

Parameter preference: specifies the preference. The value ranges from 1 to 255. The smaller the value is, the higher the preference level is.

route-policy route-policy-name: specifies the name of the routing policy. The name is a character string of 1 to 40 characters.

Usage Guideline Using the preference command, you can configure the preference of IS-IS, which is divided into the following cases:

Using the preference preference , you can set the preference for all routes of IS-IS. Using the preference preference route-policy route-policy-name command, you can set

different preferences for matched and unmatched routes. Using the preference route-policy route-policy-name, you can set preference for

matched routes, which does not affect the preferences of other IS-IS routes.

Set the preference for specific routes by using the routing policy command. If the apply preference command is configured in the routing policy command, the preference of the route is divided as follows:

Matched routes: its preference is set by the apply clause. Unmatched routes: its preference is set by the preference command.

As shown in the following example, the preference of routes that pass the policy named abc is set to 50, and the preference of routes that do not pass the policy named abc is set to 30.


Command Reference


Issue 07 (2010-11-30)

#

route-policy abc permit node 1

if-match cost 20

apply preference 50

#

isis 1

preference 30 route-policy abc

If the apply preference 50 is not configured in the policy named abc, the preference of all routes is set to 30.

Several dynamic protocols can run on a router at the same time. In this case, there is an issue of sharing and selecting the routing information among all the protocols. The system sets a preference for each protocol. When various protocols find the route to the same destination, the protocol with the higher preference takes effect.


Example # Set the preference of IPv4 IS-IS to 25.

[Quidway] isis

[Quidway-isis-1] preference 25

7.7.66 reset isis all

Syntax reset isis all [ process-id | vpn-instance vpn-instance-name ]

View User view


Description Using the reset isis all command, you can reset all the IS-IS data structures.

Parameter process-id: specifies the process ID of the IS-IS process for which the data structures are cleared.

vpn-instance vpn-instance-name: specifies the VPN instance name (optional for default instance). The name is a character string of 1 to 31 characters.



7-243

Usage Guideline This command is used when LSPs need refreshing immediately. For example, after area-authentication-mode and domain-authentication-mode commands are used, if the old LSP remain on the router, you can use the command to clear the LSPs.



Example # Clear all the IS-IS data structures.

<Quidway> reset isis all

7.7.67 reset isis peer

Syntax reset isis peer system-id [ process-id | vpn-instance vpn-instance-name ]

View User view


Description Using the reset isis peer command, you can reset the specified IS-IS neighbor.

This command is used to reconfigure a certain neighbor.

Parameter system-id: specifies the system ID of IS-IS neighbor. The number is a string of 12 to 32 characters.

process-id: specifies the process ID of the IS-IS process for which the data structures are cleared. The value ranges from 1 to 65535.

vpn-instance vpn-instance-name: specifies the VPN instance name (optional for default instance). The name is a string of 1 to 31 characters.



Command Reference


Issue 07 (2010-11-30)


Example # Clear the IS-IS neighbor whose system ID is 0000.0c11.1111.

<Quidway> reset isis peer 0000.0c11.1111

7.7.68 set-overload

Syntax set-overload [ on-startup [ wait-for-bgp [ timeout1 ] ] [ allow { interlevel | external } * ]

set-overload [ on-startup start-from-nbr system-id [ timeout2 [ timeout1 ] ] ] [ allow { interlevel | external } * ]

undo set-overload

View IS-IS view


Description Using the set overload command, you can set the overload flag bit for the non-pseudo node LSPs. The system maintains the overload flag until the undo set-overload command is used.

By default, no overload bit is set.

Parameter on-startup: indicates the overload bit on system startup. The overload bit should be kept during the specified time (in seconds) or before BGP routes are converged.

wait-for-bgp: indicates the overload bit is set on system start-up, and is deleted after BGP converges. If BGP does not signal IS-IS that BGP has converged, IS-IS disables the overload bit after the timeout of the specified time or in 10 minutes if the timeout is not specified.

start-from-nbr system-id: sets the duration of the overload bit of the system according to the state of neighbors.

timeout2 [ timeout1 ]: sets the duration of the overload bit related to the neighbor state.

If the specified neighbor is Up before the timeout of timeout2, the duration of the overload bit of the system is the value of the timeout2. The timeout 1 does not take effect.

If the specified neighbor is Up after the timeout of the timeout2, and timeout1 does not time out, the system deletes the overload bit when the neighbor is Up.



7-245

If the specified is not Up, the duration of the overload bit of the system is the value of the timeout1. The default value of the timeout1 is then 1200 seconds.

Timeout1 and timeout2 start to time when the system is enabled.

allow: allows prefixes to be advertised. By default, the prefix is not advertised when the system enters the overload state.

interlevel: allows IP prefixes learned from different IS-IS levels to be advertised when allow is configured.

external: allows IP prefixes learned from other protocols to be advertised when allow is configured.

Usage Guideline Through LSPs configured with the overload flag are flooded in the network, the LSPs are not used when the routes that passes through the router configured with the overload flag are calculated. That is, after a router is configured with the overload flag, other routers ignore the router when performing SPF calculation. The direct routes on the router, however, cannot be ignored.

If you do not want other routers use the local router for SPF calculation, you can run the set-overload command on the local router and do not specify on-startup in the command. In this way, the system immediately sets the overload flag in the LSPs to be sent. To delete the overload flag, you can run only the undo set-overload command.

When the local router restarts or a fault occurs on the router, you can run the set-overload command and specify on-startup in the command if you do not want other routers to use the local router for SPF calculation.

When the memory of a router is not enough, the system automatically sets the overload flag in the LSPs to be sent, which is not related to whether users run the set-overload command.

By setting the overload flag, the problem that the network traffic is lost because the convergence speeds of BGP and IGP are not consistent is solved.


Example # Set the overload bit for the IS-IS process1.

[Quidway] isis

[Quidway-isis-1] set-overload

# Configure IS-IS process 1 to enter the overload state during the startup, advertise the IP prefix that is learned from IS-IS of different levels and prohibit IS-IS from advertising the IP prefix that is learned from other protocols.

[Quidway] isis

[Quidway-isis-1] set-overload on-startup allow interlevel


Command Reference


Issue 07 (2010-11-30)

7.7.69 spf-slice-size

Syntax spf-slice-size duration-time

undo spf-slice-size

View IS-IS view


Description Using the spf-slice-size command you can configure whether SPF calculation is sliced and the time taken by the calculation each time.

Using the undo spf-slice-size command, you can restore the default setting.

By default, SPF calculation is not divided into slices and it operates until the end.

Parameter duration-time: specifies the time taken by the SPF calculation each time. The value ranges from 10 to 50000 milliseconds. By default, it is 10.

Usage Guideline When there are numbers of routes in the routing table, in order to prevent SPF calculation from taking too much time, use the command to segment the SPF calculation. If the number of routes exceeds 150,000 or 200,000, use the command.


Example # Set the SPF duration to 500 milliseconds.

[Quidway] isis

[Quidway-isis-1] spf-slice-size 500

7.7.70 summary (IS-IS)

Syntax summary ip-address mask [ avoid-feedback | generate_null0_route | tag tag | [ level-1 | level-1-2 | level-2 ] ] *



7-247

undo summary ip-address mask [ level-1 | level-1-2 | level-2 ]

View IS-IS view


Description Using the summary command, you can configure IS-IS to aggregate routes.

Using the undo summary command, you can cancel the aggregation.

By default, the system does not aggregate routes.

Parameter ip-address: specifies the address segment of the routes to be aggregated.

mask: specifies the aggregated route mask in dotted decimal notation.

avoid-feedback: avoids learning the aggregated route through SPF calculation.

generate_null0_route: generates the Null0 route to avoid routing loops.

level-1: aggregates the routes imported into Level-1.

level-1-2: aggregates the routes imported to both Level-1 areas and backbone network.

level-2: aggregates the routes imported only to the backbone network.

tag tag: specifies the administrative tag value. The value ranges from to 4294967295.

If the level is not specified, then level-2 is considered as default value.

Usage Guideline The routes that have the same next hop address can be aggregated into a single route. In this way, the scale of the routing table, the size of the LSP packet generated by the router and the scale of the LSDB are reduced. The aggregated routes can be the routes discovered by IS-IS and the imported routes. After aggregation, the smallest cost among that of the routes that are aggregated is used as the cost of the aggregated route.


Example # Set an aggregated route 202.0.0.0/8.

[Quidway] isis

[Quidway-isis-1] summary 202.0.0.0 255.0.0.0


Command Reference


Issue 07 (2010-11-30)

7.7.71 timer lsp-generation

Syntax timer lsp-generation max-interval [ init-interval [ incr-interval ] ] [ level-1 | level-2 ]

undo timer lsp-generation [ level-1 | level-2 ]

View IS-IS view


Description Using the timer lsp-generation command, you can configure the delay for generating an LSP.

Using the undo timer lsp-generation command, you can restore the default value.

By default, the maximum the delay for generating an LSP fragmentation is 2 seconds.

Parameter max-interval: specifies the maximum interval for generating an LSP fragmentation. The value ranges from 1 to 120 seconds.

init-interval: specifies the initial interval for generating an LSP fragmentation. The value ranges from 1 to 60000 milliseconds. By default, this delay is not used.

incr-interval: specifies the ascending interval between two times of generating the same LSP fragmentation. One incr-interval adds when the fragmentation changes. It ranges from 1 to 60000 milliseconds. By default, this parameter is not used.

level-1: indicates to set the interval only of Level-1.

level-2: indicates to set the interval only of level-2.

Usage Guideline If no level is configured, both Level-1 and Level-2 are configured.

For IS-IS, if the local routing changes, the router generates a new LSP packet to notify this change. If the change occurs frequently, you need to delay the generation of the new LSPs. Otherwise, too many LSPs are produced, which consumes a lot of system resources and decreases the system performance. If the delay of generating an LSP is too long, the router cannot advertise the changes to the neighboring routers on time. This increases the convergence time of the network.

In order to increase the convergence rate and to avoid the system getting affected, use an intelligent timer. The timer can adjust the delay based on the change frequency of the routing information automatically.



7-249


Example # Set the delay for generating an LSP to 5 seconds.

[Quidway] isis

[Quidway-isis-1] timer lsp-generation 5

# Set the maximum delay for generating an LSP to 20s, the initial delay to 50ms and the ascending time to 2000 milliseconds.

[Quidway] isis

[Quidway-isis-1] timer lsp-generation 20 50 2000

7.7.72 timer lsp-max-age

Syntax timer lsp-max-age age-time

undo timer lsp-max-age

View IS-IS view


Description Using the timer lsp-max-age command, you can configure the maximum Keepalive time of an LSP generated by the current IS-IS process.

Using the undo timer lsp-max-age command, you can restore the default value.

By default, the maximum Keepalive time of an LSP is 1200 seconds.

Parameter age-time: specifies the maximum Keepalive time of an LSP. The value ranges from 1 to 65535 seconds.

Usage Guideline When generating the system LSP, a router fills in the maximum Keepalive time for this LSP. When other routers receive this LSP, the Keepalive time of the LSP is reduced continuously. If a router does not receive the update LSP, the Keepalive time of the LSP is reduced to 0, the LSP is kept for 60 seconds. If not receiving a new LSP in the 60 seconds, the router deletes the LSP.


Command Reference


Issue 07 (2010-11-30)

Related Command timer lsp-refresh

Example # Set the maximum Keepalive time of the LSP that is generated by the current IS-IS process to of 25 minutes, that is, 1500 seconds.

[Quidway] isis

[Quidway-isis-1] timer lsp-max-age 1500

7.7.73 timer lsp-refresh

Syntax timer lsp-refresh refresh-time

undo timer lsp-refresh

View IS-IS view


Description Using the timer lsp-refresh command, you can configure the refresh interval of LSP.

Using the undo timer lsp-refresh command, you can restore the default value.

By default, the refresh interval of LSP is 900 seconds.

Parameter refresh-time: specifies the LSP refresh interval. The value ranges from 1 to 65534 seconds. By default, it is 900.

Usage Guideline Through this mechanism, the LSP in the entire area can be consistent, and the LSP can keep in the valid range.

Note that the refresh interval should be greater than the Keepalive time.

Related Command timer lsp-max-age

Example # Set the LSP refresh interval of the current system to 1500 seconds.



7-251

[Quidway] isis

[Quidway-isis-1] timer lsp-refresh 1500

7.7.74 timer spf

Syntax timer spf max-interval [ init-interval [ incr-interval ] ]

undo timer spf

View IS-IS view


Description Using the timer spf command, you can configure the interval for SPF calculation.

Using the undo timer spf command, you can restore the default value.

By default, the interval for calculating SPF is 10 seconds.

Parameter max-interval: specifies the maximum interval of route calculation. The value ranges from 1 to 120 in seconds.

init-interval: specifies the delay of the initial route calculation. The value ranges from 1 to 60000 milliseconds. By default, this delay is not used.

incr-interval: specifies the ascending interval between two times of routing calculation. The next one is twice the last one. It ranges from 1 to 60000 milliseconds. By default, this delay is not used.

Usage Guideline In IS-IS, the router calculates the shortest route when LSDB changes. Frequent route calculation may however occupy many system resources and thus degrade the system performance. Delaying SPF calculation can improve the route calculation efficiency to some extent and reduce system resource exhaustion.

On the other hand, if the delay of routing calculation is too long, the route convergence becomes slow. You can thus use an intelligent timer in SPF calculation. The timer adjusts the interval based on the frequency of the LSDB change.



Command Reference


Issue 07 (2010-11-30)

Example # Set the SPF calculation delay to 5s.

[Quidway] isis

[Quidway-isis-1] timer spf 5

# Set the maximum SPF calculation delay to 15s, the initial delay to 10ms and the ascending delay to 5s.

[Quidway-isis-1] timer spf 15 10 5000

7.7.75 virtual-system

Syntax virtual-system virtual-system-id

undo virtual-system virtual-system-id

View IS-IS view


Description Using the virtual-system command, you can configure the Virtual System ID for the IS-IS process. Without the ID, the extended LSPs are not generated. An IS-IS process can generate a maximum of 50 virtual system IDs.

Using the undo virtual system virtual-system-id command, you can delete the virtual system ID.

Parameter virtual-system-id: specifies the virtual system ID for the IS-IS process. It has 48 bytes in the format of XXXX.XXXX,XXXX.

Usage Guideline Like general ID, virtual ID must be unique in the entire area.


Example # Configure the virtual system ID as 2222.2222.2222 for the IS-IS process1.

[Quidway] isis



7-253

[Quidway-isis-1] virtual-system 2222.2222.2222

7.8 BGP Configuration Commands For easier configuration, the commands in the BGP-IPv4 unicast address family view can be run in the BGP view. These commands, however, are described in the BGP-IPv4 unicast address family view in the configuration file.

7.8.1 aggregate

Syntax aggregate ip-address { mask | mask-length } [ as-set | attribute-policy route-policy-name1 | detail-suppressed | origin-policy route-policy-name2 | suppress-policy route-policy-name3 ] *

undo aggregate ip-address { mask | mask-length } [ as-set | attribute-policy route-policy-name1 | detail-suppressed | origin-policy route-policy-name2 | suppress-policy route-policy-name3 ] *

View BGP-VPN-instance view, BGP-IPv4 unicast address family view


Description Using the aggregate command, you can create an aggregated record in the BGP routing table. The outgoing interface of the aggregated route on local router is NULL0. When receiving the aggregated route, other routers add the outgoing interface.

Using the undo aggregate command, you can disable the function.

By default, the routes are not aggregated.

Parameter ip-address: specifies the Ipv4 address of the aggregated route in dotted decimal notation.

mask | mask-length: specifies mask/mask length of the aggregated route. The mask is in the dotted decimal format.

as-set: creates a route with the AS-SET.

attribute-policy: specifies the name of the attribute-policy for the aggregated routes. The name is a string of 1 to 40 characters.

detail-suppressed: advertises only the aggregated routes.

origin-policy route-policy-name2: specifies the name of the origin-policy that is used to generate AS-SET. The name is a string of 1 to 40 characters.


Command Reference


Issue 07 (2010-11-30)

suppress-policy route-policy-name3: specifies the name of the suppress-policy. The name is a string of 1 to 40 characters.

Usage Guideline BGP route aggregation is divided into manual aggregation and automatic aggregation. You can run the aggregate command to implement manual aggregation. This command can be used to aggregate the routes in the BGP local routing table. The preference of the manual aggregation is higher than that of the automatic aggregation.

Using the as-set keyword, you can create an aggregated route whose AS-Path consists of AS-Path of the specific routes. Use this keyword cautiously when many AS-Paths need to be aggregated, because frequent changes of routes may lead to route vibration.

The detail-suppressed keyword in not used to suppress any aggregated route, but to suppress the advertisement of all the specific routes. If you want to suppress only some specific routes, use the peer filter-policy command.

Using the suppress-policy keyword, you can create an aggregated route, but the advertisement of the specified routes is suppressed. You can use the match of the route-policy to suppress some specific routes, but the other specific routes can still be advertised.

Using the origin-policy keyword, you can select only the specific routes that accords with route-policy to create an aggregated route.

Using the attribute-policy, you can set attributes for the aggregated routes. Using the peer route-policy you can do the same work.

Related Command peer route-policy

summary automatic

Example # Create an aggregate address. The path that is used to advertise this route is an AS-SET consisting of all aggregated paths.


[Quidway] bgp 100

[Quidway-bgp] ipv4-family unicast

[Quidway-bgp-af-ipv4] aggregate 168.32.0.0 255.255.0.0 as-set

7.8.2 as-split-horizon

Syntax as-split-horizon

undo as-split-horizon

View BGP view



7-255


Description Using the as-split-horizon command, you can enable the split horizon between ASs.

Using the undo as-split-horizon command, you can disable the split horizon between ASs.

By default, the split horizon between ASs is disabled.

Parameter None

Usage Guideline You can run the as-split-horizon command to set up multiple EBGP peers between two ASs.

If the command is not used, the route received from an AS is forwarded to the AS through other EBGP peer. When the route reaches the EBGP peer, the EBGP peer discards the route according to AS-Path if the EBGP peer is not configured with AS loop. This wastes resources.

You can run the command to prohibit the route received from an AS from being forwarded to the AS. This can reduce the unnecessary route advertisement.

Related Command peer allow-as-loop

Example # Configure AS split horizon.


[Quidway] bgp 100

[Quidway-bgp] as-split-horizon

7.8.3 bestroute as-path-neglect

Syntax bestroute as-path-neglect

undo bestroute as-path-neglect

View BGP-VPN instance view, BGP-IPv4 unicast address family view



Command Reference


Issue 07 (2010-11-30)

Description Using the bestroute as-path-neglect command, you can configure BGP to ignore the AS-Path when selecting the optimal route.

Using the undo bestroute as-path-neglect command, you can restore to the default setting.

By default, BGP considers AS-Path as a condition when selecting the optimal route.

Parameter None



Example # Configure BGP to ignore the AS-Path when selecting the optimal route


[Quidway] bgp 100


[Quidway-bgp-af-ipv4] bestroute as-path-neglect

7.8.4 bestroute med-confederation

Syntax bestroute med-confederation

undo bestroute med-confederation

View BGP-IPv4 unicast address family view


Description Using the bestroute med-confederation command, you can configure BGP to compare the Multi Exit Discriminator (MED) of routes only in the confederation when selecting the optimal route.

Using the undo bestroute med-confederation command, you can restore the default settings.

By default, BGP compares the MED values of the routes that are from the same AS.



7-257

Parameter None

Usage Guideline After the bestroute med-confederation command is configured, BGP compares the MED values only when there is no external AS number in the AS-Path. Otherwise, BGP does not compare the MED values.


Example # Configure BGP to compare the MED values of routes only in the confederation when selecting the optimal route.


[Quidway] bgp 100


[Quidway-bgp-af-ipv4] bestroute med-confederation

7.8.5 bestroute med-none-as-maximum

Syntax bestroute med-none-as-maximum

undo bestroute med-none-as-maximum



Description Using the bestroute med-none-as-maximum command, you can set the MEDs to the maximum value, that is, 4294967295. The command is used when you configure the BGP to select the optimal route but there is no MED value in the routes attributes.

Using the undo bestroute med-none-as-maximum command, you can restore the default setting.

By default, the MED value is 0 if there is no MED in the routes attributes.

Parameter None


Command Reference


Issue 07 (2010-11-30)

Usage Guideline This command is valid only when BGP selects the optimal route.


Example # Set the MED value to the maximum value for BGP to select the optimal route when there is no MED attribute in the routes attributes.


[Quidway] bgp 100


[Quidway-bgp-af-ipv4] bestroute med-none-as-maximum

7.8.6 bgp

Syntax bgp as-number

undo bgp [ as-number ]

View System view


Description Using the bgp command, you can enable BGP and enter the BGP view.

Using the undo bgp command, you can disable BGP.

By default, the BGP is disabled.

Parameter as-number: specifies the local AS number. The value is an integer ranging from 1 to 65535.

Usage Guideline One router runs in only one AS. That is, only one as-number is specified.

All BGP configurations are deleted after you use the undo bgp command. So, confirm the action before you use the command.



7-259


Example # Enable BGP and enter the BGP view.


[Quidway] bgp 100

[Quidway-bgp]

7.8.7 compare-different-as-med

Syntax compare-different-as-med

undo compare-different-as-med



Description Using the compare-different-as-med command, you can enable the comparison of the MED values of peers from different ASs.

Using the undo compare-different-as-med command, you can disable the comparison.

By default, the comparison of the MED values of peers from different ASs is disabled.

Parameter None

Usage Guideline If there are many reachable paths to the same destination, you can choose the route with smaller as the actual used entry.

Do not use this command unless you can ensure that different ASs use the same IGP and routing selection mode.



Command Reference


Issue 07 (2010-11-30)

Example # Enable the comparison of the MED values of peers from different ASs.


[Quidway] bgp 100


[Quidway-bgp-af-ipv4] compare-different-as-med

7.8.8 confederation id

Syntax confederation id as-number

undo confederation id

View BGP view


Description Using the confederation id command, you can configure confederation ID.

Using the undo confederation id command, you can remove the BGP confederation that is specified by as-number.

By default, no confederation ID is configured.

Parameter as-number: specifies the number of the AS that has multiple sub-ASs. The value ranges from 1 to 65535.

Usage Guideline To solve the problem that a large AS may contain too large a full-meshed IBGP, you can use the method of confederation.

Divide the AS into multiple small ASs and group them into a confederation. Some key IGP attributes of routes, such as next hop, MED and the local preference are not dropped when these routes pass the sub-AS. Because seen from the outside, the confederation is still a complete entity. Thus, the completeness of the original AS is reserved and the excessive connections are reduced.

The confederation ID is equal to the number of the entire AS. The other external AS must specify the confederation ID when specifying the AS number of the peer. All the sub-ASs in the same confederation must be configured with the same confederation ID.



7-261

Related Command confederation peer-as

Example # Configure confederation ID. An AS is divided into sub-AS 38, 39, 40, and 41, and their confederation ID is 9. Peer 1.2.3.4 are members of the AS confederation with id 9. A peer 3.4.5.6 is a member outside the autonomous system confederation. For the external members, confederation 9 is a complete AS.


[Quidway] bgp 41

[Quidway-bgp] confederation id 9

[Quidway-bgp] confederation peer-as 38 39 40

[Quidway-bgp] peer 1.2.3.4 as-number 38


7.8.9 confederation nonstandard

Syntax confederation nonstandard

undo confederation nonstandard

View BGP view


Description Using the confederation nonstandard command, you can configure routers to be compatible with the nonstandard AS confederation.

Using the undo confederation nonstandard command, you can disable the configuration.

By default, the configured confederation accords with RFC3065.

Parameter None

Usage Guideline To make nonstandard devices interwork, you must configure the command on all routers in a confederation.

Related Command confederation id


Command Reference


Issue 07 (2010-11-30)

confederation peer-as

Example # Enable the router to be compatible with the nonstandard routers. The AS100 contains two sub-ASs, 64000 and 65000.


[Quidway] bgp 64000


[Quidway-bgp] confederation peer-as 65000

[Quidway-bgp] confederation nonstandard

7.8.10 confederation peer-as

Syntax confederation peer-as as-number &<1-32>

undo confederation peer-as as-number &<1-32>

View BGP view


Description Using the confederation peer-as command, you can configure the number of each sub-AS of the same confederation.

Using the undo confederation peer-as command, you can remove a sub-AS from the confederation.

By default, no sub-AS number of the confederation is configured.

Parameter as-number: specifies the AS number. The value ranges from 1 to 65535. You can configure 32 sub-ASs at most by using this command.

Usage Guideline The sub-ASs configured in this command belong to the same confederation, and each sub-AS uses fully meshed network. The confederation id command specifies the confederation ID of each sub-AS. If the confederation Id is not configured, this configuration is invalid.

Related Command confederation id



7-263

Example # Configure a sub-AS for the confederation. The AS100 contains four sub-ASs that are: AS1090, AS1091, AS1092 and AS1093.


[Quidway] bgp 1090


[Quidway-bgp] confederation peer-as 1091 1092 1093

7.8.11 dampening

Syntax dampening [ half-life-reach half-life-unreach reuse suppress ceiling | route-policy route-policy-name ] *

undo dampening



Description Using the dampening command, you can enable BGP route flap damping or modify various BGP route flap damping parameters.

Using the undo dampening command, you can disable the route flap damping.

By default, route flap damping is not configured.

Parameter half-life-reach: specifies the half life reachable of a route in minute. The value ranges from1 to 45. By default, it is 15.

half-life-unreach: specifies the half life unreachable of a route in minutes. The value ranges from 1 to 45. By default, it is 15.

reuse: specifies the threshold value for the route to be unsuppressed. If the penalty of the route is lower than the value, the route is reused. The value ranges from 1 to 20000. By default, it is 750.

suppress: specifies the threshold value for the route to be suppressed. The route is not used when the penalty reaches the threshold. The value ranges from1 to 20000. By default, it is 2000.

ceiling: specifies the ceiling of the threshold. It must be greater than the value of the suppress. The value ranges from 1001 to 20000. By default, it is 16000.

route-policy route-policy-name: specifies the name of the Route-Policy. The name is a string of 1 to 40 characters.


Command Reference


Issue 07 (2010-11-30)

Usage Guideline If there is no parameter for the command, the default value of each parameter is used. The parameters are mutually dependent. Once you use any one of the above parameters, all the other parameters need to be specified.

The relation between reuse, suppress, and ceiling must be reuse<suppress<ceiling. According to MaxSuppressTime=half-life-reachx60x(ln(ceiling/reuse)/ln(2)), the value

of MaxSuppressTime must be equal to or greater than 1. To ensure that the value of MaxSuppressTime must be equal to or greater than 1, the value of the ceiling/reuse is great enough.

BGP flap dampening uses penalty value to measure the reliability of a route. The greater the penalty value is, the lower the reliability is. BGP adds certain penalty value (1000) to the route each time the route flapping occurs.

When the penalty value exceeds the threshold of the suppress, the route is suppressed and is not added to the routing table. At the same time, the route cannot advertise the update packet to other BGP peers. The penalty value has a threshold number which is called the upper limit.

For the suppressed routes, their penalty value decreases by half after a certain time. When the penalty value decreased to the reuse value, the route become usable and is added to the routing table. At the same time, the route can send the update packet to other BGP peers.

The dampening command is valid only for EBGP routes.

Related Command display bgp routing-table dampened

reset bgp dampening

Example # Enable BGP route flap dampening and modify various BGP route flap damping parameters.


[Quidway] bgp 100


[Quidway-bgp-af-ipv4] dampening 10 10 1000 2000 5000

7.8.12 debugging bgp

Syntax debugging bgp [ [ vpn-instance vpn-instance-name ] ipv4-address ] { all | event | graceful-restart | timer }

undo debugging bgp [ [ vpn-instance vpn-instance-name ] ipv4-address ] { all | event | graceful-restart | timer }

debugging bgp [ [ vpn-instance vpn-instance-name ] ipv4-address ] { keepalive | open | packet | raw-packet | route-refresh } [ receive | send ] [ verbose ]

undo debugging bgp [ [ vpn-instance vpn-instance-name ] ipv4-address ] { keepalive | open | packet | raw-packet | route-refresh } [ receive | send ]



7-265

debugging bgp [ [ vpn-instance vpn-instance-name ] ipv4-address ] socket-process

undo debugging bgp [ [ vpn-instance vpn-instance-name ] ipv4-address ] socket-process

debugging bgp update [ acl acl-number | ip-prefix ip-prefix-name | ipv4 | l2vpn | label-route | vpn-instance vpn-instance-name | vpnv4 ] [ peer { ip-address | group-name } ] [ receive | send ] [ verbose ]

undo debugging bgp update [ acl acl-number | label-route | ipv4 | vpnv4 | vpn-instance vpn-instance-name | l2vpn ] [ peer { ip-address | group-name } | ip-prefix ip-prefix-name ] [ receive | send ] [ verbose ]

View User view


Description Using the debugging bgp command, you can debug the information specified by BGP.

Parameter vpn-instance vpn-instance-name: debugs the packet of the specified VPN instance.

ipv4-address: debugs the packet of IPv4 neighbor address of BGP.

all: debugs all the BGP information.

event: debugs the BGP event.

graceful-restart: debugs the BGP GR.

timer: debugs the BGP timer.

keepalive: debugs the BGP keepalive packets.

open: debugs the BGP open packets.

packet: debugs the BGP packets.

raw-packet: debugs the packets that are received and sent between BGP and the socket.

route-refresh: debugs the BGP route-refresh packets.

socket-process: debugs the BGP socket-process.

update: debugs the BGP Update packets.

label-route: debugs the BGP labeled routes.

vpnv4: debugs the IPv4 packets.

l2vpn: debugs the BGP Update packets of L2VPN in Kompella mode.

peer ip-address/group-name: debugs the BGP packets of specified peer or peer group.


Command Reference


Issue 07 (2010-11-30)

acl acl-number: filters the output debugging information based on ACL. The value ranges from 2000 to 2999.

ip-prefix ip-prefix-name: filters the output debugging information of packets. The name is a string of 1 to 169 characters. The space is not allowed in the string.

receive: indicates the received BGP packets.

send: indicates the sent BGP packets.

verbose: displays the detailed debugging.



Example # Debug the BGP event.

<Quidway> debugging bgp event

7.8.13 default ipv4-unicast

Syntax default ipv4-unicast

undo default ipv4-unicast

View BGP view


Description Using the default ipv4-unicast command, you can enable the IPv4 unicast address family of all neighbors.

Using the undo default ipv4-unicast command, you can disable the IPv4 unicast address family of all neighbors.

By default, IPv4 unicast address family is enabled.

Parameter None



7-267



Example # Enable the IPv4 unicast address family of all neighbors.


[Quidway] bgp 100

[Quidway-bgp] default ipv4-unicast

7.8.14 default local-preference

Syntax default local-preference preference

undo default local-preference

View BGP-VPN instance view, BGP-IPv4 unicast address family view, BGP-VPNv4 address family view


Description Using the default local-preference command, you can configure the default local preference for BGP. The greater the value is, the higher the preference is.

Using the undo default local-preference command, you can restore the default value.

By default, the local preference of BGP is 100.

Parameter preference-value: specifies the default local preference for BGP. The value ranges from 0 to 4294967295.

Usage Guideline Configuring different local preferences affects BGP routing selection. When a router that runs BGP has multiple routes to the same destination, the router chooses the route with the highest local preference.

The local preference is exchanged between IBGP peers and is not advertised to other ASs.


Command Reference


Issue 07 (2010-11-30)


Example # Set the default local preference of BGP to 200.


[Quidway] bgp 100


[Quidway-bgp-af-ipv4] default local-preference 200

7.8.15 default med

Syntax default med med

undo default med



Description Using the default med command, you can set the default MED for BGP route.

Using the undo default med command, you can restore setting.

By default, the value of MED is 0.

Parameter med: specifies the value of the MED for BGP route. The value ranges from 0 to 4294967295.

Usage Guideline The default med command is valid only for the routes imported by using the import-route command and the routes aggregated by BGP on the router.

The configuration of MED values affects the selection of BGP routes. When a router that runs BGP has multiple routes to the same destination in another AS, the route with a smaller MED value is selected.




7-269

Example # Set the default MED value of BGP to 10.


[Quidway] bgp 1


[Quidway-bgp-af-ipv4] default med 10

7.8.16 default-route imported

Syntax default-route imported

undo default-route imported



Description Using the default-route imported command, you can configure BGP to add the default route to the BGP routing table.

Using the undo default–route imported command, you can disable this function.

By default, BGP does not add the default route to the BGP routing table.

Parameter None

Usage Guideline In order to import a default route, the default-route imported command need to be used together with the import-route (BGP) command. Because you cannot import the default route by using only the import-route (BGP) command, and the default-route imported command is used only to import the default route that exists in the local routing table.

If a router needs to advertise default routes to the peer or the peer group on the condition that there is no default route in the local routing table, the peer default-route-advertise command is needed.

if a router in the Hovpn network needs to the send the default route associated with the specified VPN instance to the VPNv4 peer (group), the peer default-originate vpn-instance is needed.


Command Reference


Issue 07 (2010-11-30)

Related Command import-route (BGP)

peer default-route-advertise

peer default-originate vpn-instance

Example # Import a default route to the BGP routing table.


[Quidway] bgp 1


[Quidway-bgp-af-ipv4] default-route imported

[Quidway-bgp-af-ipv4] import-route ospf 1

7.8.17 display bgp bfd session

Syntax display bgp bfd session { [ vpnv4 vpn-instance vpn-instance-name ] peer ipv4-address | all }

View All views


Description Using the display bgp bfd session command, you can view information about the BFD session set up by BGP.

Parameter ipv4-address: specifies the IPv4 address of the peer.

vpnv4 vpn-instance vpn-instance-name: displays information about BGP peer groups of VPNv4.

all: displays all BGP sessions set up by BGP.


Related Command peer bfd enable



7-271

peer bfd

Example # Display all BGP sessions set up by BGP.

<Quidway> display bgp bfd session all

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Local_Address Peer_Address LD/RD Interface

1.1.1.2 1.1.1.1 8192/8193 Unknown

Tx-interval(ms) Rx-interval(ms) Multiplier Session-State

1000 1000 3 Up

Table 7-46 Description of the display bgp bfd session command output

Item Description

Local_Address Local address

Peer_Address Peer address

LD/RD Local/remote identifier

Interface Interface on which the BFD session is set up NOTE

Information about the interface on which the BFD session is set up only when the directly connected interface is used to set up the EBGP neighbor relationship. In other cases, information about the interface is displayed as Unknown.

Tx-interval(ms) Interval for sending BFD packets, in milliseconds

Rx-interval(ms) Interval for receiving BFD packets, in milliseconds

Session-State BFD status: BFD global disable BFD session number exceed Detect down Init Receive admin down Up

7.8.18 display bgp group

Syntax display bgp group [ group-name ]

display bgp vpnv4 { all | vpn-instance vpn-instance-name } group [ group-name ]

display bgp l2vpn group [ group-name ]


Command Reference


Issue 07 (2010-11-30)

View All views


Description Using the display bgp group command, you can display the peer group.

Parameter group-name: specifies the peer group. The name is a string of 1 to 47 characters.

vpnv4: views the BGP peer group of VPNv4.

all: views the peer groups of all VPNv4s.

vpn-instance vpn-instance-name: views the peer group of the specified VPN instance.

12vpn: views the BGP peer group of L2VPN.



Example # Display the peer group "my_peer".

<Quidway> display bgp group my-peer

BGP peer-group is my-peer

Remote AS 100

Type : internal

Configured hold timer value: 180

Keepalive timer value: 60

Minimum time between advertisement runs is 15 seconds

PeerSession Members:

119.1.1.2

Peer Preferred Value: 0

No routing policy is configured

Peer Members:

Peer V AS MsgRcvd MsgSent OutQ Up/Down State PrefRcv

119.1.1.2 4 100 8 9 0 00:06:12 Established 0



7-273

Table 7-47 Description of the display bgp group command output

Item Description

remote AS AS number of peers

Group’s BFD has been enabled, cfg-tx: 200 cfg-rx: 200 cfg-multi: 10

Peer group is enabled with BFD. cfg-tx: indicates the minimum sending interval. cfg-rx: indicates the minimum receiving interval.

cfg-multi: indicates the detection multiplier.

Type Type of peers: Internal: the type of the peer group is IBGP External: the type of the peer group is EBGP

Configured hold timer value Configured hold time value

Keepalive timer value Keepalive time value

Minimum time between advertisement runs

Minimum interval for advertising routes

PeerSession members IP address of members in the peer group

Peer Preferred Value Preferred value of peers

Peer IP address of peers

V BGP version number

As Number of AS that the peers belong to

MsgRcvd Number of received messages

MsgSent Number of sent messages

OutQ Number of messages to be sent to neighbors

Up/Down Time for BGP being in the current state

State BGP state mechanism: Idle: indicate that BGP denies any request of entering. This is the initiate status of BGP.

Active: indicate that BGP tries to set up TCP connection. This is the intermediate status of BGP.

Established: in the status, BGP peers can exchange Update, Notification and Keepalive packets.

Connect: indicate that BGP performs other actions after the TCP connection is set up.

OpenSent: indicate that BGP waits for the Open message from the peer.

OpenConfirm: indicate that BGP wait for a Notification message and a Keepalive message.

PrefRcv Number of routes with same prefix that are received from the remote peer


Command Reference


Issue 07 (2010-11-30)

# Display information about all BGP peer groups of VPNv4.

<Quidway> display bgp vpnv4 all group

BGP peer-group: cc

Remote AS 100

Type : internal


6.6.6.6

Peer Members:

2.2.2.2

***********************

BGP peer-group: bb

Remote AS number isn't specified

Type : external


5.5.5.5

Peer Members:

No Peer Exists

Table 7-48 Description of the display bgp group command output

Item Description

BGP peer-group the name of the BGP peer

Remote AS AS number of peers

Remote AS number isn't specified Indicates that the information is displayed when the peer group is a combined EBGP peer group

Type Type of peers: Internal: the type of the peer group is IBGP External: the type of the peer group is EBGP

PeerSession Members IP address of members in the peer group

Peer Members Indicates that the following displayed information is about peers

7.8.19 display bgp l2vpn

Syntax display bgp l2vpn { all | peer [ ip-address ] [ verbose ] group [ group-name ] | route-distinguisher route-distinguisher [ ce-id ce-id [ label-offset label-offset ] ] }



7-275

View All views


Description Using the display bgp l2vpn command, you can view the specific L2VPN information in the BGP routing table. You can also view the qualified L2VPN by specifying the parameters.

Parameter all: displays all L2VPNs in the BGP-L2VPN address family.

group: displays peer group information of the BGP L2VPN address family.

route-distinguisher: specifies the route distinguisher of the VPN for the MPLS L2VPN connection.

ce-id: specifies the number of CE of the MPLS L2VPN. CE number is used for remote connection. The value ranges from 0 to 65535.

label-offset: specifies the label offset. The value ranges from 0 to 65535.



Example # View all L2VPNs of the BGP.

<Quidway> display bgp l2vpn all

BGP Local router ID : 2.2.2.9, local AS number : 100

Origin codes:i - IGP, e - EGP, ? - incomplete

bgp.l2vpn: 1 destination

Route Distinguisher: 100:1

CE ID Label Offset Label Base nexthop pref as-path

4 0 132096 3.3.3.9 100

<Quidway> display bgp l2vpn route-distinguisher 100:1



bgp.l2vpn: 1 destination

CE ID Label Offset Label Base nexthop pref as-path

4 0 132096 3.3.3.9 100

<Quidway> display bgp l2vpn route-distinguisher 100:1 ce-id 4 label-offset 0



nexthop:3.3.3.9, pref :100, as-path :


Command Reference


Issue 07 (2010-11-30)

label base:132096, label range:10, layer-2 mtu: 0, encap type:Unknown or

Reserved

label state

132096 down

132097 up

132098 down

132099 down

132100 down

132101 down

132102 down

132103 down

132104 down

132105 down

Table 7-49 Description of the display bgp l2vpn command output

Item Description

CE ID CE number

Label Offset Range of label

Lase Base Initiatory value of labels

Nexthop IP address of the next hop

Pref Local preference

As-path AS-Path number

Route Distinguisher Route Distinguisher

# View the state of peers in the L2VPN address family.

<Quidway> display bgp l2vpn peer

local AS number : 100


3.3.3.9 4 100 20 22 0 00:15:30 Established 0

Table 7-50 Description of the display bgp l2vpn peer command output

Item Description

Peer IP address of peers

V Version number of peers

AS Autonomous System number

MsgRcvd Number of received messages

MsgSent Number of sent messages

OutQ Number of messages to be sent to peers

Up/Down Time for the BGP session being in the current state

State State of peers



7-277

# View the peer 3.3.3.9 in L2VPN address family.

<Quidway> display bgp l2vpn peer 3.3.3.9 verbose

Peer: 3.3.3.9 Local: 2.2.2.9

Type: IBGP link

BGP version 4, remote router ID 3.3.3.9

BGP current state: Established, Up for 00:21:15

BGP current event: KATimerExpired

BGP last state: OpenConfirm

Port: Local - 179 Remote - 1034

Configured: Active Hold Time: 180 sec Keep Alive Time:60 sec

Received : Active Hold Time: 180 sec

Negotiated: Active Hold Time: 180 sec

Peer optional capabilities:

Peer support bgp multi-protocol extended

Peer support bgp route refresh capability

Address family IPv4 Unicast: advertised and received

Address family L2VPN: advertised and received

Received: Total 26 messages, Update messages 2

Sent: Total 28 messages, Update messages 2

Maximum allowed prefix number: 150000

Threshold: 75%



Routing policy configured:


Table 7-51 Description of the display bgp l2vpn peer verbose command output

Item Description

Local Local IP address

Type Type of BGP links: IBGP Link and EBGP Link

BGP version BGP protocol version

remote router ID Router ID of the peer

BGP current state Current state of BGP: Idle: the initiatory status of BGP. In the status, BGP denies any request for entering.

Active; the intermediate status. In the status, BGP tries to set up TCP connection.

Established: in the status, BGP peers exchange Update, Notification and Keepalive packets.

BGP current event BGP current event

BGP last state The last state of BGP The possible status: OpenConfirm, Idle, Connect, Active, OpenSent, OpenConfirm and Established


Command Reference


Issue 07 (2010-11-30)

Item Description

Port Port number Local: local port number. BGP uses TCP as the protocol of transport layer. The fixed port number is179.

Remote: port number of the peer

Configured Timers that are locally configured: Active Hold Time: indicates the Holdtime. If BGP does not receive the Keepalive packet from the peer in the Holdtime, BGP considers the peer to be in Down status. Then BGP notifies other peers to remove the routes that are received from the peer in Down status.

Keep Alive Time: indicates the interval for sending Keepalive packets to the peer. BGP peers send Keepalive packets to each other periodically to inform their working state.

Received : Active Hold Time Holdtime of peers

Negotiated : Active Hold Time

Holdtime that is determined by the capability negotiation of BGP peers

Peer optional capabilities Capability supported by peers (optional)

Received Number of packets received from neighbors: Total: total number of packets received from neighbors Update: number of Update packets received from neighbors

Sent Number of packets sent to neighbors

Maximum allowed route limit

Maximum number of permitted BGP routes

Threshold Alarm threshold, that is the percentage of the number of BGP routes out of the number of received routes

Minimum time between advertisement


Peer Preferred Value Preferred Value of the peer

Routing policy configured Configured routing policy

# Check the detailed information of peer group sid in the L2VPN address family.

<Quidway> display bgp l2vpn group sid

BGP peer-group: sid

Remote AS 100

Type : internal


3.3.3.3

Peer Members:



7-279

3.3.3.3

Table 7-52 Description of the display bgp l2vpn group command output

Item Description

BGP peer-group Name of the BGP peer group

Remote AS AS number of the BGP peer group

Type Type of the peer group: internal or external

PeerSession Menbers Peer members of the peer group

Peer Members Peer member

7.8.20 display bgp network

Syntax display bgp network

display bgp vpnv4 { all | vpn-instance vpn-instance-name } network

View All views


Description Using the display bgp network command, you can display the routes that are advertised by BGP through the network command.

Parameter vpn4: views the VPNv4 routes that are advertised through the network command

all: views all the VPNv4 routes that are advertised through the network command.

vpn-instance vpn-instance-name: views the routes that are advertised by the specified VPN instance.




Command Reference


Issue 07 (2010-11-30)

Example # Display the routes that are advertised by BGP.

<Quidway> display bgp network

BGP Local Router ID is 1.1.1.9

Local AS Number is 10

Network Mask Route-policy

1.2.0.0 255.255.0.0

3.0.0.0 255.0.0.0 Policy1

4.4.4.0 255.255.255.0

Table 7-53 Description of the display bgp network command output

Item Description

Network Address of the network that is locally advertised

Mask Mask of the network address

Route-policy Route-Policy used for BGP

7.8.21 display bgp paths

Syntax display bgp paths [ as-regular-expression ]

display bgp vpnv4 { all | vpn-instance vpn-instance-name } paths [ as-regular-expression ]

View All views


Description Using the display bgp paths command, you can display the AS-Path of BGP.

Parameter as-regular-expression: displays the regular express of the matching AS-Path.

vpnv4: views the AS-Path of VPNv4.

all: views the peer group of VPNv4.

vpn-instance vpn-instance-name: views the AS-Path of the specified VPN instance.



7-281



Example # Display the AS-Path.

<Quidway> display bgp paths

Address Hash Refcount MED Path/Origin

0x50EEF20 0 1 0 ?

0x50EEEB8 1 1 0 ?

0x50EEF88 1 1 i

0x50EF0C0 1 1 0 65410?

Table 7-54 Description of the display bgp vpnv4 paths command output

Item Description

Address Memory address of routing attributes that are stored in the local database

Hash Hash bucket where the path is stored

Refcount The count that the route has been referenced

MED Metric of routes

Path List of AS-Path(s) through which the packet has to pass through

Origin Origin of routes

7.8.22 display bgp peer

Syntax display bgp [ vpnv4 vpn-instance vpn-instance-name ] peer { ipv4-address | group-name } log-info

display bgp vpnv4 all peer [ ipv4-address ] verbose

display bgp [ vpnv4 vpn-instance vpn-instance-name ] peer [ ipv4-address ] verbose

View All views



Command Reference


Issue 07 (2010-11-30)

Description Using the display bgp peer command, you can display the BGP peers.

Parameter vpn-instance vpn-instance-name: displays the peers of VPN-instance.

ipv4-address: specifies the address of the IPv4 peer.

group-name: indicates the name of the peer group to be displayed.

verbose: views the detailed information of the peer.

log-info: views the log of the peer.

vpnv4: views the peer of VPNv4.

all: views all the VPNv4 peers.



Example # Display the peers.

<Quidway> display bgp peer

BGP Local router ID : 1.2.3.4

local AS number : 10

Total number of peers : 2 Peers in established state : 1


1.1.1.1 4 100 0 0 0 00:00:07 Idle 0

1.2.5.6 4 200 32 35 0 00:17:49 Established 0

Table 7-55 Description of the display bgp peer command output

Item Description

BGP Local router ID

BGP local router ID

local AS number Local AS number

Peer IP address of the peer

V BGP version used by the peer

AS Autonomous System number

MsgRcvd Number of messages received



7-283

Item Description

MsgSent Number of messages sent

OutQ Number of messages to be sent to that peer

Up or Down Time during which the BGP session is in current state

State State of the peer: Idle: indicate that BGP denies any request of entering. This is the initiatory status of BGP.


Established: indicate that BGP peers can exchange Update, Notification and Keepalive packets.




PrefRcv Number of prefixes received by the local peer from the remote peer.

# Check the detailed information on peer 2.2.2.9.

<Quidway> dis bgp peer 2.2.2.9 verbose

Peer: 2.2.2.9 Local: 1.1.1.1

Type: EBGP link


BGP current state: Idle

BGP current event: Start

BGP last state: Idle




Optional capabilities:

Route refresh capability has been enabled



Peer's BFD has been enabled, configuration: tx: 1000 rx: 1000 multi: 3

BFD session state:up interface-name: Serial6/0/0

actual parameter: tx: 1000 rx: 1000 multi: 3


Table 7-56 Description of the display bgp peer verbose command output

Item Description

Local Local IP address

Type Type of BGP link: IBGP Link and EBGP Link


Command Reference


Issue 07 (2010-11-30)

Item Description

BGP version BGP protocol version

remote router ID Router ID of the peer

BGP current state Current state of BGP: Idle: indicate that BGP denies any request of entering. This is the initiatory status of BGP.


Established: indicate that BGP peers can exchange Update, Notification and Keepalive packets.




BGP current event BGP current event

BGP last state Last state of BGP Possible status: OpenConfirm, Idle, Connect, Active, OpenSent, OpenConfirm and Established

Received Number of packets received from neighbors: Total: total number of packets received from neighbors Update: number of Update packets received from neighbors

Sent Number of packets sent to neighbors



Peer optional capabilities Capability supported by peers (optional)


Route refresh is enabled.

Peer Preferred Value Preferred Value of the peer

Routing policy configured Configured routing policy

Peer’s BFD has been enabled

BFP of the peer is enabled. tx: indicates the minimum sending interval. rx: indicates the minimum receiving interval. multi: indicates the detection multiplier.

# views the BGP peer of the VPN instance named vrf1.

<Quidway> display bgp vpnv4 vpn-instance vrf1 peer



7-285

BGP local router ID : 1.1.1.9

Local AS number : 100



10.1.1.1 4 65410 207 192 0 02:59:49 Established 1

# View the detailed information of the BGP peer of the VPN instance named vpna.

<Quidway> display bgp vpnv4 vpn-instance vpna peer verbose

Peer: 10.1.1.1 Local: 1.1.1.9

Type: EBGP link


BGP current state: Established, Up for 03h01m22s

BGP current event: RecvKeepalive

BGP last state: OpenConfirm

Port: Local - 3722 Remote - 179

Configured: Active Hold Time: 180 sec Keepalive Time:60 sec

Received : Active Hold Time: 180 sec

Negotiated: Active Hold Time: 180 sec

Peer optional capabilities:

Peer support bgp multi-protocol extended

Peer support bgp route refresh capability

Address family IPv4 Unicast: advertised and received



Maximum allowed prefix number: 150000

Threshold: 75%


Optional capabilities:





Table 7-57 Description of the display bgp vpnv4 peer verbose command output

Item Description

Port Port number Local: local port number. BGP uses TCP as the protocol of transport layer. The fixed port number is179.

Remote: port number of the peer

Configured Timers that are locally configured: Active Hold Time: indicates the Holdtime. If BGP does not receive the Keepalive packet from the peer in the Holdtime, BGP considers the peer to be in Down status. Then BGP notifies other peers to remove the routes that are received from the peer in Down status.

Keep Alive Time: indicates the interval for sending Keepalive packets to the peer. BGP peers send Keepalive packets to each other periodically to inform their working state.

Received : Active Hold Time Holdtime of peers


Command Reference


Issue 07 (2010-11-30)

Item Description

Negotiated : Active Hold Time

Holdtime that is determined by the capability negotiation of BGP peers



Threshold Alarm threshold, that is the percentage of the number of BGP routes out of the number of received routes

Minimum time between advertisement


7.8.23 display bgp routing-table

Syntax display bgp routing-table [ network ] [ mask | mask-length ] [ longer-prefixes ]

display bgp routing-table [ as-path-filter as-path-filter-number | cidr | different-origin-as | regular-expression as-regular-expression ]

display bgp routing-table community-filter community-filter-number [ whole-match ]

display bgp routing-table community [ aa:nn &<1-13> ] [ internet | no-advertise | no-export | no-export-subconfed ] * [ whole-match ]

display bgp routing-table peer ip-address { advertised-routes | received-routes } [ statistics ]

display bgp vpnv4 { all | route-distinguisher route-distinguisher | vpn-instance vpn-instance-name } routing-table [ filter-option ]

display bgp vpnv4 all routing-table priority priority

View All views


Description Using the display bgp routing-table command, you can view BGP routes.

Parameter network: specifies the network address in IPv4 format.

mask | mask-length: specifies mask or mask-length in dotted decimal notation.

longer-prefixes: matches according to the mask with specified length.



7-287

as-path-filter: displays the routes that match the specified filter.

as-path-filter-number: specifies the number of the matching AS-Path filter. The value ranges from 1 to 256.

cidr: displays the information about the Classless InterDomain Routing (CIDR).

as-regular-expression: specifies the matched AS regular expression.

different-origin-as: displays routes that have the destination address but different source ASs.

community-filter: displays the routes that match the specified BGP community filter.

community-filter-number: specifies the community filter number. The value ranges from 1 to 199.

community: displays the routing information of the specified BGP community attribute in the routing table.

aa:nn: specifies the community attribute number. aa and nn range from 0 to 65535. you can set 13 community numbers at most.

internet: sends matching routes to any peer.

no-advertise: displays the BGP routes with No-Advertise community attribute.

no-export: displays the BGP routes with the No-Export community attribute.

no-export-subconfed: displays the BGP routes with the No-Export-Subconfed community attribute.

whole-match: indicates the exact matching.

peer ip-address: displays the routing information for the specified BGP peer.

advertised-routes: displays the routing information advertised by the specified peer.

received-routes: displays the routing information received by the specified peer.

statistics: indicates the statistics of routes.

vpnv4: views the BGP routes of VPNv4.

all: views all the BGP routes of VPNv4.

vpn-instance vpn-instance-name: views the BGP routing information of the specified VPN instance.

filter-option: indicates the filter options.

priority: indicates the priority of the route convergence. The priority is an integer ranging from 0 to 2. The greater the value is, the higher the priority is.

Usage Guideline You can specify different parameters to view the specific routing information.



Command Reference


Issue 07 (2010-11-30)

Example # View all BGP routing information of BGP.

<Quidway> display bgp routing-table

Total Number of Routes: 4

BGP Local router ID is 1.1.1.2

Status codes: * - valid, > - best, d - damped,

h - history, i - internal, s - suppressed, S - Stale

Origin : i - IGP, e - EGP, ? - incomplete

Network NextHop MED LocPrf PrefVal Path/Ogn

* 1.1.1.0/24 1.1.1.1 0 0 100?

* 1.1.1.2/32 1.1.1.1 0 0 100?

*> 5.1.1.0/24 1.1.1.1 0 0 100?

*> 100.1.1.0/24 1.1.1.1 0 0 100?

# Display the detailed information of the specified routes.

<Quidway> display bgp routing-table 1.1.1.0 24



Paths: 1 available, 0 best

BGP routing table entry information of 1.1.1.0/24:

From: 1.1.1.1 (1.1.1.1)

Original nexthop: 1.1.1.1

Community:No-Export

Convergence Priority:0

AS-path 100, origin incomplete, MED 0, pref-val 0, valid, external, pre 255

Not advertised to any peers yet

# Display the routing information with the community attribute.

<Quidway> display bgp routing-table community





Network NextHop MED LocPrf PrefVal Community

* 1.1.1.0/24 1.1.1.1 0 0 No-Export

* 1.1.1.2/32 1.1.1.1 0 0 No-Export

*> 5.1.1.0/24 1.1.1.1 0 0 No-Export

*> 100.1.1.0/24 1.1.1.1 0 0 No-Export

# Display the routes that matches the AS regular expression ^1.

<Quidway> display bgp routing-table regular-expression ^1








7-289


* 1.1.1.0/24 1.1.1.1 0 0 100?

* 1.1.1.2/32 1.1.1.1 0 0 100?

*> 5.1.1.0/24 1.1.1.1 0 0 100?

*> 100.1.1.0/24 1.1.1.1 0 0 100?

# View all the BGP routing information of the VPN instance named vpna.

<Quidway> display bgp vpnv4 vpn-instance vpna routing-table







*>i 10.1.1.0/24 1.1.1.9 0 100 0 ?

*>i 10.2.1.0/24 3.3.3.9 0 100 0 ?

# View all the BGP VPNv4 routing information.

<Quidway> display bgp vpnv4 all routing-table





Total number of routes: 2


Network NextHop Label(recv/app) MED LocPrf

*>i 10.1.1.0/24 1.1.1.9 (1024 /NULL ) 0 100



*>i 10.2.1.0/24 3.3.3.9 (1024 /NULL ) 0 100

Total Number of Routes: 2(vpna)


*>i 10.1.1.0/24 1.1.1.9 0 100

*>i 10.2.1.0/24 3.3.3.9 0 100

# Display all VPNv4 routes whose the convergence priority is 2.

<Quidway> display bgp vpnv4 all routing-table priority 2







Network NextHop Label(recv/app) MED priority

*>i 10.1.1.0/24 1.1.1.9 (1024 /NULL ) 0 2

Total Number of Routes: 2(vpn1)

Network NextHop Label(recv/app) MED priority

*>i 10.1.1.0/24 1.1.1.9 0 2

*> 10.2.1.0/24 192.1.1.2 (NULL/1024 )


Command Reference


Issue 07 (2010-11-30)

# View the VPNv4 routing information of the specified RD.

<Quidway> display bgp vpnv4 route-distinguisher 100:1 routing-table








*>i 10.1.1.0/24 1.1.1.9 (1024 /NULL ) 0 100

Table 7-58 Description of the display bgp vpnv4 routing-table command output

Item Description

Network Network address in the BGP routing table

Next Hop Next Hop address through which the packet has to be sent

MED Metric of routes

LocPrf Local preference

PrefVal Value preferred by the protocol

Path/Ogn AS-Path number and the attributes of Origin

Community Community attributes

Covergence Priority Convergence priority

priority Convergence priority

7.8.24 display bgp routing-table dampened

Syntax display bgp [ vpnv4 vpn-instance vpn-instance-name ] routing-table dampened

View All views


Description Using the display bgp routing-table dampened command, you can display BGP dampened routes.



7-291

Parameter vpn-instance-name: specifies the VPN-instance name.



Example # Display BGP dampened routes.

<Quidway> display bgp routing-table dampened

Network From Reuse Path

*d 14.1.0.0 10.110.156.30 41:30 600 700 i

*d 14.2.0.0 10.110.156.30 41:30 600 700 i

*d 14.3.0.0 10.110.156.30 41:30 600 700 i

*d 14.4.0.0 10.110.156.30 41:30 600 700 i

*d 14.5.0.0 10.110.156.30 41:30 600 700 I

Table 7-59 Description of the display bgp routing-table dampened command output

Item Description

Network Displays the network address in the BGP routing table

From IP address of the neighbor that receive the routes

Reuse Reuse value

Path AS-Path number

7.8.25 display bgp routing-table dampening parameter

Syntax display bgp [ vpnv4 vpn-instance vpn-instance-name ] routing-table dampening parameter

View All views



Command Reference


Issue 07 (2010-11-30)

Description Using the display bgp routing-table dampening parameter command, you can display BGP route dampening parameters.

Parameter vpn-instance-name: specifies the VPN-instance name.


Related Command dampening

Example # Display BGP route dampening parameters.

<Quidway> display bgp routing-table dampening parameter

Maximum Suppress Time(in second) : 3069

Ceiling Value : 16000

Reuse Value : 750

HalfLife Time(in second) : 900

Suppress-Limit : 2000

Table 7-60 Description of the display bgp routing-table dampening parameter command output

Item Description

Maximum Suppress Time Maximum time for suppressing routes

Ceiling Value Ceiling value of the penalty

Reuse Value The threshold for a route free of suppression.

HalfLife Time(in second) Half life time of the reachable routes.

Suppress-Limit The threshold for a route entering the suppression status

7.8.26 display bgp routing-table flap-info

Syntax display bgp [ vpnv4 vpn-instance vpn-instance-name ] routing-table flap-info [ regular-expression as-regular-expression | as-path-filter as-path-filter-number | network-address [ { mask | mask-length } [ longer-match ] ] ]



7-293

View All views


Description Using the display bgp routing-table flap-info command, you can display the statistics of the BGP route flapping.

Parameter vpnv4 vpn-instance vpn-instance-name: specifies the VPN-instance name.

regular-expression as-regular-expression: displays the statistics of the route flapping that matches the AS-Path regular expression.

as-path-filter as-path-filter-number: specifies the matched AS-Path filter number. The value ranges from 1 to 256.

network-address: displays the network address related to the dampening information.

maskk | mask-length: specifies the network mask or mast length.

longer-match: displays the routes that match the specific network address or mask.



Example # Display the statistics of the BGP route flapping.

<Quidway> display bgp routing-table flap-info



h - history, i - internal, s - suppressed,

Origin codes: i - IGP, e - EGP, ? - incomplete

Network From Flaps Duration Reuse Path

*d 129.1.1.0 20.20.200.200 5 00:00:36 00:40:47 600i

*> 129.1.1.0 20.20.200.202 1 00:04:07 100?

*d 129.1.2.0 20.20.200.200 5 00:00:36 00:40:47 600i

*> 129.1.2.0 20.20.200.202 1 00:04:07 100?

*d 129.1.3.0 20.20.200.200 5 00:00:36 00:40:47 600i

*d 129.1.4.0 20.20.200.200 5 00:00:36 00:40:47 600i

*d 129.1.5.0 20.20.200.200 5 00:00:36 00:40:47 600i


Command Reference


Issue 07 (2010-11-30)

Table 7-61 Description of the display bgp routing-table flap command output

Item Description

Network Displays the network address in the BGP routing table

From IP address of the neighbor that receives routes

Flaps Total number of route flapping

Reuse The reuse value

Path The AS-Path number

Duration The total duration since the flapping happens

7.8.27 display bgp routing-table label

Syntax display bgp routing-table label [ statistics ]

display bgp vpnv4 { all | vpn-instance vpn-instance-name } routing-table label

View All views


Description Using the display bgp routing-table label command, you can display the labeled routes in the BGP routing table.

Parameter statistics: indicates the statistics of the labeled routes.

all: indicates all the VPNv4 labeled routes.

vpn-instance: indicates the labeled routes of the specified VPN instance.





7-295

Example # View the BGP label routing table.

<Quidway> display bgp vpnv4 all routing-table label

Route Distinguisher: 200:1 (vpn1)





Network NextHop In/Out Label

*> 1.1.1.9 11.1.1.1 1034/1034

*> 2.2.2.9 11.1.1.1 1028/1026

*>i 5.5.5.9 4.4.4.9 1031/1031

*>i 6.6.6.9 4.4.4.9 1035/1035

*> 10.1.1.0 11.1.1.1 1029/1027

*> 10.1.1.1 11.1.1.1 1030/1028

*> 11.1.1.0 0.0.0.0 1024/NULL

* 11.1.1.0 11.1.1.1 NULL/1029

*> 11.1.1.1 0.0.0.0 1025/NULL

* 11.1.1.2 11.1.1.1 NULL/1030

*>i 20.1.1.0 4.4.4.9 1032/1032

*>i 20.1.1.2 4.4.4.9 1033/1033

*>i 21.1.1.0 4.4.4.9 1026/1026

*>i 21.1.1.2 4.4.4.9 1027/1027

Table 7-62 Description of the display bgp routing-table label command output

Item Description

Network Network address in the BGP routing table

Next Hop IP address of the reachable next hop

In/Out Label In-label and out-label

7.8.28 display bgp routing-table statistics

Syntax display bgp routing-table statistics

display bgp routing-table statistics as-path-filter as-path-filter-number

display bgp routing-table statistics cidr

display bgp routing-table statistics community [ aa:nn &<1-13> ] [ internet | no-advertise | no-export | no-export-subconfed ] * [ whole-match ]

display bgp routing-table statistics community-filter community-filter-number [ whole-match ]

display bgp routing-table statistics dampened

display bgp routing-table statistics different-origin-as


Command Reference


Issue 07 (2010-11-30)

display bgp routing-table statistics regular-expression as-regular-expression

display bgp vpnv4 { all | route-distinguisher route-distinguisher | vpn-instance vpn-instance-name } routing-table statistics [ filter-option ]

View All views


Description Using the display bgp routing-table statistic command, you can display the statistics of the BGP routes.

Parameter as-path-filter: displays the routes that match the specified filter.

as-path-filter-number: specifies the number of the matched AS-Path filter. The number ranges from 1 to 256.

cidr: displays the routing information of CIDR.

community: displays the routing information of the specified BGP community filter in the routing table.

aa:nn: specifies the community number.

internet: sends matching routes to any peer.

no-advertise: displays the BGP routes with the No-Advertise community attribute.

no-export: displays the BGP routes with the No-Export community attribute.

no-export-subconfed: displays the BGP routes with the No-Export-Subconfed community attribute.

whole-match: indicates exact matching.

community-filter: displays the routing information that matches the specified BGP community filter.

community-filter-number: specifies the community filter number. The value ranges from1 to 199.

different-origin-as: displays the routes that have the same destination address but different source AS number.

as-regular-expression: indicates the matched AS regular expression.

All: views all the statistics of the BGP routes for the VPNv4.

route-distinguisher rd: indicates the route distinguisher.

vpn-instance vpn-instance-name: views the statistics of the BGP routes for the VPN instance.



7-297

filter-option: specifies the filter-option parameter.



Example # Display the statistics of the BGP routing table.

<Quidway> display bgp routing-table statistics


# Display the statistics of VPNv4 routing table.

<Quidway> display bgp vpnv4 all routing-table statistics

Total number of routes from all PE: 0

Total routes of vpn-instance abcd: 0

7.8.29 display bgp vpls

Syntax display bgp vpls { all | group [ group-name ] | peer [ ip-address verbose ] [ verbose ] | route-distinguisher route-distinguisher [ site-id site-id [ label-offset label-offset ] ] }

View All views


Description Using the display bgp vpls command, you can view the VPLS in the BGP routing table. You can specify the parameters of the command to view the VPLS that meets requirements.

Parameter all: displays all VPLS information of BGP-VPLS address family.

group: displays all peer groups in the BGP-VPLS address family.

group-name: displays the specified peer groups in the BGP-VPLS address family.

peer: displays all peers in the BGP-VPLS address family.

ip-address: displays the specified peers in the BGP-VPLS address family.


Command Reference


Issue 07 (2010-11-30)

verbose: displays the detailed information on BGP-VPNS.

route-distinguisher: displays the VSI of the specified route distinguisher.

site-id: displays the VSI of the specified site-id.

label-offset: display the VSI of the specified label-offset.



Example # Check all VPLS information of BGP.

<Quidway> display bgp vpls peer





1.1.1.1 4 100 14 16 0 00:10:06 Established 0

Table 7-63 Description of the display bgp vpls peer command output

Item Description

Peer IP address of the peer

V Version number of the peer

AS AS number

MsgRcvd The number of the received messages

MsgSent The number of the sent messages

OutQ The number of the messages to be sent to peers

Up/Down The period since the BGP is in the current state

State Peer status

PrefRcv Number of prefixes received by the local peer from the remote peer

<Quidway> display bgp vpls route-distinguisher 168.1.1.2:1

BGP Local Router ID : 200.1.1.1, Local AS Number : 100

Status codes : * - active, > - best



7-299

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Route Distinguisher: 168.1.1.2:1

SiteID Offset NextHop Range LabBase TunnelID FromPeer MHPref

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

> 2 0 0.0.0.0 5 150528 0x0 0.0.0.0 0

Table 7-64 Description of the display bgp vpls route-distinguisher command output

Item Description

Route Distinguisher Route distinguisher of the VPN instance

Site ID Site ID of the remote VSI instance

Offset The offset of Site ID The value is 0 or 1. By default, the value is 0.

Nexthop IP address of the next hop

Range Number of Sites in the VSI instance The value is a decimal integer.

LabBase The beginning and the ending number of the assigned label.

Tunnel ID Tunnel ID The tunnel ID is in hexadecimal and is assigned by the system.

FromPeer Address of the BGP peer

MHPref Multi-homed preference

7.8.30 display ip as-path-filter

Syntax display ip as-path-filter [ as-path-filter-number ]

View All views


Description Using the display ip as-path-filter command, you can display the configured AS-Path filter.

Parameter as-path-filter-number: specifies the AS-Path filter number. The value ranges from 1 to 256.


Command Reference


Issue 07 (2010-11-30)


Related Command ip as-path-filter

Example # Display the configured AS-Path filter.

<Quidway> display ip as-path-filter

ListID Mode Expression

1 permit 100,200

200 permit 500,600

Table 7-65 Description of the display ip as-path-filter command output

Item Description

ListID AS-Path filter number

Mode Matching mode: permit deny

Expression Content of the regular expression

7.8.31 display ip bgp-accounting

Syntax display ip bgp-accounting inbound interface [ interface-type interface-number ]

View All views


Description Using the display ip bgp-accounting interface command, you can display the information

about the traffic of the BGP packets at the interface on which the BGP accounting function is

enabled.



7-301

Parameter inbound: indicates the traffic statistics at the incoming interface.

interface: indicates the interface on which the BGP Accounting attributes are enabled.

interface-type interface-number: specifies the interface type and the interface number.



Example # Display the traffic information about BGP routing packets on the incoming POS 1/0/0.

<Quidway> display ip bgp-accounting interface pos1/0/0

statistics for interface Pos1/0/0

BGP based Policy accounting on inbound is enabled

Index Bytes Packets

1 420 5

2 0 0

3 0 0

4 0 0

5 0 0

……

63 0 0

64 0 0

Table 7-66 Description of the display ip bgp-accounting interface command output

Item Description

BGP based Policy accounting on inbound/outbound is enabled

BGP Accounting that is enabled at the incoming or outgoing interface

index Traffic index

Bytes Statistics of the traffic index flow in bytes on the interface (outgoing or incoming)

Packets Statistics of the traffic index flow in packets on the interface (outgoing or incoming)

7.8.32 display ip community-filter

Syntax display ip community-filter [ basic-comm-filter-num | adv-comm-filter-num ]


Command Reference


Issue 07 (2010-11-30)

View All views


Description Using the display ip community-filter command, you can display the configured community filter.

Parameter basic-comm-filter-number: specifies the basic community filter number. The value ranges from 1 to 99.

adv-comm-filter-number: specifies the advanced community filter number. The value ranges from 100 to 199.


Related Command ip community-filter

Example # Display all community filters.

<Quidway> display ip community-filter

Community filter Number 10

permit no-export

Community filter Number 110

permit 110:110


Item Description

Community filter Number Community filter number

permit Matching mode is permit

deny Matching mode is deny



7-303

7.8.33 display ip extcommunity-filter

Syntax display ip extcommunity-filter [ extcomm-filter-number ]

View All views


Description Using the display ip extcommunity-filter command, you can view the configured extended community filter.

Parameter extcomm-filter-number: specifies the extended community filter number. The value ranges from 1 to 199.


Related Command ip extcommunity-filter

Example # Display all extended community filters.

<Quidway> display ip extcommunity-filter

Extended Community filter Number 10

permit rt : 100:10


Item Description

Extended Community filter Number Extended community filter number

permit Matching mode is permit

deny Matching mode is deny

rt Extended community attribute of the Route Target (RT)


Command Reference


Issue 07 (2010-11-30)

7.8.34 ebgp-interface-sensitive

Syntax ebgp-interface-sensitive

undo ebgp-interface-sensitive

View BGP view, BGP-VPN instance View


Description Using the ebgp-interface sensitive command, you can immediately reset the BGP session on the interface whose state becomes Down. The BGP session is directly connected with the external neighbor

Using the undo ebgp-interface sensitive, you can disable the function.

By default, the function is enabled.

Parameter None

Usage Guideline If the state of an interface changes to Down, use the ebgp-interface-sensitive command to clear the BGP session that is directly connected with the external neighbor on the interface.

You can run the undo ebgp-interface-sensitive command to avoid repeated setup and deletion of BGP sessions. The repeated setup and deletion of BGP sessions are caused by the route flapping. The network bandwidth is thus saved.


Example # Disable the BGP sessions.


[Quidway] bgp 100

[Quidway-bgp] ebgp-interface-sensitive



7-305

7.8.35 filter-policy export (BGP)

Syntax filter-policy { acl-number | ip-prefix ip-prefix-name } export [ protocol [ process-id ] ]


View BGP-VPNv4 address family view, BGP-VPN instance view, BGP-IPv4 unicast address family view


Description Using the filter-policy export command, you can filter the advertised routes, and only the routes that pass the filtering can be advertised by BGP.

Using the undo filter-policy export command, you can remove the filtering for the advertised routes .

By default, the advertised route is not filtered.


ip-prefix-name: specifies the name of IPv4 address prefix list. The name is a string of 1 to 169 characters. The space is not allowed in the string.

protocol: indicates the protocol name or process number. The protocol can be direct, isis, ospf or static.

Usage Guideline This command affects routes advertised by BGP. After the command is used, BGP filters the routes imported by using the import-route command before importing them. Only these routes that pass the filtering are added to the BGP local routing table and are advertised by BGP.

If the protocol is specified, only the route generated by the imported protocol is filtered and the routes generated by other protocols are not affected. If the parameter protocol is not specified, the route generated by any imported protocol is filtered.

Related Command import-route (BGP)

Example # Use ACL 2000 to filter all the routes advertised by BGP.


Command Reference


Issue 07 (2010-11-30)


[Quidway] bgp 100


[Quidway-bgp-af-ipv4] filter-policy 2000 export

7.8.36 filter-policy import (BGP)

Syntax filter-policy { acl-number | ip-prefix ip-prefix-name } import




Description Using the filter-policy import command, you can filter the received routes.

Using the undo filter-policy import command, you can remove the filtering for the received routes.

By default, the received route is not filtered.


ip-prefix-name: specifies the name of IPv4 address prefix list. The name is a string of 1 to 169 characters. The space is not allowed in the string.

Usage Guideline This command can be used to filter the routes received by BGP, which determines whether to add the routes to the BGP routing table.


Example # Use ACL 2000 to filter the routes received by BGP.


[Quidway] bgp 100


[Quidway-bgp-af-ipv4] filter-policy 2000 import



7-307

7.8.37 graceful-restart

Syntax graceful-restart

undo graceful-restart

View BGP view


Description Using the graceful-restart command, you can enable GR of the BGP speaker in the specified address family, peer address or peer group view.

Using the undo graceful-restart command, you can disable GR.

Parameter None

Usage Guideline When you run the graceful-restart command to enable GR, the BGP speakers enabled with GR keep the forwarding state and send the End-Of-RIB flag when GR restarts. When the address family restarts, the BGP speaker may not maintain the forwarding table.

Enabling or disabling GR may delete and reestablish all sessions and instances.


Example # Enable BGP speaker GR of BGP process 100.

[Quidway] bgp 100

[Quidway-bgp] graceful-restart

7.8.38 graceful-restart timer restart

Syntax graceful-restart timer restart time

undo graceful-restart timer restart


Command Reference


Issue 07 (2010-11-30)

View BGP view


Description Using the graceful-restart timer restart command, you can set the maximum period from the time when the peer finds that the local peer restarts to the time when the BGP session is reestablished.

Using the undo graceful-restart timer restart command, you can delete the setting.

Parameter time: specifies the maximum period from the time when the peer finds that the local peer restarts to the time when the BGP session is reestablished. The value ranges from 3 to 600, in seconds. By default, the value is 150 seconds.

Usage Guideline Modifying the maximum period for reestablishing the BGP session leads to the reestablishment of the BGP peer relationship.

Run this command only after GR is enabled.

Related Command graceful-restart

Example # Set the maximum period for reestablishing the BGP session to 250 seconds.

[Quidway] bgp 100

[Quidway-bgp] graceful-restart timer restart 250

7.8.39 graceful-restart timer wait-for-rib

Syntax graceful-restart timer wait-for-rib time

undo graceful-restart timer wait-for-rib

View BGP view



7-309


Description Using the graceful-restart timer wait-for-rib command, you can set the time for waiting for the End-Of-RIB flag.

Using the undo graceful-restart timer wait-for-rib command, you can delete the setting.

Parameter time: specifies the time for waiting for the End-Of-RIB flag. The value ranges from 3 to 3000, in seconds. By default, the value is 600 seconds.

Usage Guideline When the BGP session is set up or reestablished, the BGP restarter must receive the End-Of-RIB flag in the period set by using this command. If the BGP restarter does not receive the End-Of-RIB flag, ensure that the routers can exit from the GR process.

Run this command only after GR is enabled.

Related Command graceful-restart

Example # Set the time for waiting for the End-Of-RIB flag to 100 seconds.

[Quidway] bgp 100

[Quidway-bgp] graceful-restart timer wait-for-rib 100

7.8.40 group

Syntax group group-name [ external | internal ]

undo group group-name

View BGP view, BGP-VPN instance view



Command Reference


Issue 07 (2010-11-30)

Description Using the group command, you can create a peer group.

Using the undo group command, you can delete a peer group.

Parameter group-name: specifies the name of the peer group. The name is a string of 1 to 47 characters. The name does not contain any space.

external: creates the EBGP peer groups.

internal: creates the IBGP peer groups.

Only the external in the BGP-VPN instance view, and it is an indispensable parameter.

Usage Guideline BGP peer group is convenient for configuration. If you want to perform the same configuration for several peers, you can create a peer group and configure it; then add these peers to the group, and the peers in the group have all configured features of the group.

If the external is not specified, the IBGP peer is created.


Example # Create the IBGP peer group in.


[Quidway] bgp 100

[Quidway-bgp] group in internal

# Create the EBGP peer group ex, and set its AS number as 500.


[Quidway] bgp 100

[Quidway-bgp] group ex external

[Quidway-bgp] peer ex as-number 500

7.8.41 import-route (BGP)

Syntax import-route protocol [ process-id ] [ med med | route-policy route-policy-name ] *





7-311


Description Using the import-route command, you can import routes from other protocols.

Using the undo import-route command, you can remove the imported routes.

By default, BGP does not import any route from other protocols.

Parameter protocol: specifies the protocol from which routes are imported. At present, it contains isis, ospf, static, direct and rip.

process-id: specifies the process ID if the protocol from routes are imported is isis, ospf or rip.

med: specifies the MED metric of the imported route. The value ranges from 0 to 4294967295.

route-policy-name: indicates that routes are filtered by using the Route-Policy specified by the parameter when these routes are imported from other protocols.



Example # Import routes from RIP process 1.


[Quidway] bgp 100


[Quidway-bgp-af-ipv4] import-route rip 1

7.8.42 ip as-path-filter

syntax ip as-path-filter as-path-filter-number { deny | permit } regular-expression

undo ip as-path-filter as-path-filter-number

View System view


Command Reference


Issue 07 (2010-11-30)


Description Using the ip as-path-filter command, you can add an AS-Path filter entry.

Using the undo ip as-path-filter command, you can delete the specified AS-Path filter.

Parameter as-path-filter-number: specifies the AS-Path filter number. The value ranges from 1 to 256.

deny: specifies the matching mode of the AS-Path filter to Deny.

permit: specifies the matching mode of the AS-Path filter to Permit.

regular-expression: specifies AS-Path regular expression.

Usage Guideline After the AS-Path filter is configured, RM immediately notifies each protocol to apply the filter by default. To delay applying the filter, you can run the route-policy-change notify-delay command to set the waiting time before the filter takes effect.

Related Command display ip as-path-filter

Example # Create the AS-Path filter with the number of 1.


[Quidway] ip as-path-filter 1 permit ^10

7.8.43 ip bgp-accounting

Syntax ip bgp-accounting inbound * [ source ]

undo ip bgp-accounting

View Interface view




7-313

Description Using the ip bgp-accounting command, you can enable the BGP accounting (statistics of BGP packets) on an interface.

Using the undo ip bgp-accounting command, you can cancel the function.

By default, the BGP accounting function is disabled.

Parameter inbound: indicates the statistics of the traffic at the incoming interface.

source: indicates the statistics of the source IP address. If the parameter is not set, the system accounts the packets imported into the interface according to the destination IP address.

Usage Guideline Configure the ip bgp-accounting command on the interface from which the traffic is imported.

The BGP accounting is valid only when the forwarding table is searched.


Example # Enable the BGP Accounting at the incoming Pos1/0/0, count the traffic according to the information of the source IP address.



[Quidway-Pos1/0/0] ip bgp-accounting inbound source

7.8.44 ip community-filter

syntax ip community-filter basic-comm-filter-num { deny | permit } [ community-number | aa:nn ] * &<1-16> [ internet | no-export-subconfed | no-advertise | no-export ] *

undo ip community-filter basic-comm-filter-num [ community-number | aa:nn ] * &<1-16> [ internet | no-export-subconfed | no-advertise | no-export ] *

ip community-filter adv-comm-filter-num { deny | permit } regular-expression

undo ip community-filter adv-comm-filter-num [ regular-expression ]

View System view


Command Reference


Issue 07 (2010-11-30)


Description Using the ip community-filter command, you can add a community filter (entry).

Using the undo ip community-filter command, you can delete the filter (entry).

Parameter basic-comm-filter-num: specifies the number of the basic community filter. The value ranges from 1 to 99.

deny: specifies the matching mode of the community filter as “deny”.

permit: specifies the matching mode of the community filter as “permit”.

community-number: specifies the community filter number. The value ranges from 1 to 4294967295.

aa:nn: specifies the community filter number. The value of aa and nn ranges from 0 to 65535.

internet: indicates that the matched routes can be sent to any peer.

no-export-subconfed: indicates that routers do not advertise routes outside the AS. If the AS confederation is used, routers do not advertise routes to other sub-AS in the AS confederation.

no-advertise: indicates routers do not advertise routes to peers.

no-export: indicates that routers do not advertise routes outside the AS. If the AS confederation is used, routers do not advertise routes outside the AS confederation but to sub-ASs in the AS confederation.

adv-comm-filter-num: specifies the number of the advanced community filter. The value ranges from 100 to 199.

regular-expression: specifies as-path regular expression.

Usage Guideline You can specify only the community number or the well-known community attribute in the basic community filter. But in the advanced community attribute list, you can specify the regular express as the matching conditions.

Using the apply.comm-filter delete command in the Route-Policy, you can delete the value of the community filter. Each community filter defined by the ip community-filter command contains only one community attribute. If you want to delete many community attributes, configure the command for multiple times. If multiple communities are configured under the same filter number, no attribute can be deleted.

For the configuration example, see apply comm.-filter delete.

After the community filter is configured, RM immediately notifies each protocol to apply the filter by default. To delay applying the filter, you can run the route-policy-change notify-delay command to set the waiting time before the filter takes effect.



7-315

Related Command display ip community-filter

Example # Configure the basic community filter with the number of 1.


[Quidway] ip community-filter 1 permit internet

# Configure the advanced community filter with the number of 100.


[Quidway] ip community-filter 100 permit ^10

7.8.45 ip extcommunity-filter

syntax ip extcommunity-filter extcomm-filter-number { deny | permit } rt { as-number : nn | ipv4-address : nn } &<1-16>

undo ip extcommunity-filter extcomm-filter-number

View System view


Description Using the ip extcommunity-filter command, you can add an extended community filter.

Using the undo ip extcommunity-filter command, you can delete the filter.

Parameter extcomm-filter-number: specifies the number of the extended community filter. The value ranges from 1 to 199.

rt: specifies the RT extended community.

as-number: indicates the AS number. The value ranges from 0 to 65535.

ipv4-address: indicates the IPv4 address.

nn: indicates an integer. For as-number, the value ranges from 0 to 4294967295. For ipv4-address, the value ranges from 0 to 65535.

permit: indicates the matching mode of the extended community filter is “permit”.

deny: indicates the matching mode of the extended community filter is “deny”.


Command Reference


Issue 07 (2010-11-30)

Usage Guideline Extended community filter can be used as the matching condition in the Route-Policy.

After the extended community filter is configured, RM immediately notifies each protocol to apply the filter by default. To delay applying the filter, you can run the route-policy-change notify-delay command to set the waiting time before the filter takes effect.

Related Command display ip extcommunity-filter

Example #Configure the RT extended community filter 1.


[Quidway] ip extcommunity-filter 1 deny rt 200:200

7.8.46 ipv4-family

Syntax ipv4-family unicast

ipv4-family vpnv4 [ unicast ]

ipv4-family vpn-instance vpn-instance-name

undo ipv4-family { vpnv4 [ unicast ] | vpn-instance vpn-instance-name }

View BGP view


Description Using the ipv4-family command, you can enter the IPv4 address family view of BGP.

Using the undo ipv4-family command, you can remove all configurations in the related address family view.

Parameter unicast: indicates the unicast address family view.

vpnv4: indicates that you can enter the BGP-VPNv4 address family view by using the parameter.

vpn-instance vpn-instance-name: associates the specified VPN instance with the IPv4 address family. You can enter the BGP-VPN instance view by using the parameter.



7-317

Usage Guideline The undo ipv4-family command cannot be used to delete BGP IPv4 unicast address view.


Example # Enter the BGP-IPv4 unicast address family view.


[Quidway] bgp 100


[Quidway-bgp-af-ipv4]

# Enter the BGP-VPNv4 address family view.


[Quidway] bgp 100

[Quidway-bgp] ipv4-family vpnv4

[Quidway-bgp-af-vpnv4]

7.8.47 l2vpn-family

Syntax l2vpn-family

undo l2vpn-family

View BGP view


Description Using the l2vpn-family command, you can enter the BGP L2VPN address family view.

Using the undo l2vpn-family command, you can remove all the configurations in the BGP L2VPN address family view.

If the command is not configured, the BGP unicast view is defaulted.

Parameter None


Command Reference


Issue 07 (2010-11-30)



Example # Enter the L2VPN address family view.


[Quidway] bgp 100

[Quidway-bgp] l2vpn-family

[Quidway-bgp-af-l2vpn]

# Quit the L2VPN address family view.

[Quidway-bgp-af-l2vpn] quit

# Remove all configurations in the L2VPN address family view.

[Quidway-bgp] undo l2vpn-family

7.8.48 maximum load-balancing (BGP)





Description Using the maximum load-balancing command, you can configure the maximum number of equal-cost routes.


By default, the maximum number of equal-cost routes is 1.

Parameter number: specifies the maximum number of equal-cost routes in the BGP routing table. The value ranges from 1 to 6. The number varies from the products.



7-319



Example # Set 2 equal-cost routes to the destination.


[Quidway] bgp 100


[Quidway-bgp-af-ipv4] maximum load-balancing 2

7.8.49 network (BGP)

Syntax network ipv4-address [ mask | mask-length ] [ route-policy route-policy-name ]

undo network ipv4-address [ mask | mask-length ]

View BGP-VPN-instance view, BGP-IPv4 unicast address family view


Description Using the network command, you can configure the local network routes advertised by the local BGP. The routes in the local routing table are statically added to the BGP routing table and are advertised to the peers.

Using the undo network command, you can delete the existing configuration.

By default, BGP does not advertise any local network route.

Parameter ipv4-address: specifies the IPv4 network address advertised by BGP in dotted decimal notation.

mask | mask-length: specifies the IP address mask or the length of the mask. If the mask is not specified, the address is processed as the classful address.

route-policy-name: specifies the Route-Policy that is used to the advertised routes .


Command Reference


Issue 07 (2010-11-30)

Usage Guideline When you use the undo network command to clear the existing configuration, you need to specify the correct mask.


Example # Configure BGP to advertise the local route 10.0.0.0/16.


[Quidway] bgp 100


[Quidway-bgp-af-ipv4] network 10.0.0.0 255.255.0.0

7.8.50 peer advertise-community

Syntax peer { group-name | ipv4-address } advertise-community

undo peer { group-name | ipv4-address } advertise-community



Description Using the peer advertise-community command, you can configure routers to advertise the community attributes to a peer or peer group.

Using the undo peer advertise-community command, you can cancel the existing configuration.

By default, the community attribute is not advertised to any peer or peer group.

Parameter group-name: specifies the name of the peer group.

peer-ipv4-addres: specifies the IPv4 address of the peer.




7-321


Example # Advertise the community attributes to the peers.


[Quidway] bgp 100



[Quidway-bgp-af-ipv4] peer 1.1.1.2 advertise-community

7.8.51 peer advertise-ext-community

Syntax peer { group-name | ipv4-address } advertise-ext-community

undo peer { group-name | ipv4-address } advertise-ext-community



Description Using the peer advertise-ext-community command, you can configure routers to advertise the extended community attributes to a peer or peer group.

Using the undo peer advertise-ext-community command, you can cancel the existing configuration.

By default, the extended community attribute is not advertised to any peer or peer group.


ipv4-address: specifies the IPv4 address of the peer.




Command Reference


Issue 07 (2010-11-30)

Example # Advertise the extended community attributes to the peers.


[Quidway] bgp 100



[Quidway-bgp-af-ipv4] peer 1.1.1.2 advertise-ext-community

7.8.52 peer allow-as-loop

Syntax peer { group-name | ipv4-address } allow-as-loop [ number ]

undo peer { group-name | ipv4-address } allow-as-loop

View BGP-VPN instance view, BGP-IPv4 unicast address family view, BGP-L2VPN address family view, BGP-VPLS address family view, BGP-VPNv4 address family view


Description Using the peer allow-as-loop command, you can configure the repeating times of as-path.

Using the undo peer allow-as-loop command, you can cancel the function.

By default, it is not allowed to repeat the AS number.



number: specifies the repeating times of as-path. The value ranges from 1 to 10. By default, the value is 1.



Example # Set repeating times of as-path to 2.



7-323


[Quidway] bgp 100



[Quidway-bgp-af-ipv4] peer 1.1.1.2 allow-as-loop 2

7.8.53 peer as-number

Syntax peer { group-name | ipv4-address } as-number as-number

undo peer group-name as-number

undo peer ipv4-address



Description Using the peer as-number command, you can configure the AS number of the specified peer or peer group.

Using the undo peer as-number command, you can delete the AS number of the peer or peer group.

By default, the opposite peer group has no AS number.



as-number: specifies the AS number of the peer or peer group.



Example # Specify the peer AS number for BGP peer 1.1.1.1 as 100.


[Quidway] bgp 100


Command Reference


Issue 07 (2010-11-30)


# Specify peer AS number for the specified peer group test as 100.


[Quidway] bgp 100

[Quidway-bgp] peer test as-number 100

7.8.54 peer as-path-filter

Syntax peer { group-name | ipv4-address } as-path-filter as-path-filter-number { import | export }

undo peer { group-name | ipv4-address } as-path-filter as-path-filter-number { import | export }

View BGP-VPNv4 address family view, BGP-VPN instance view, BGP-IPv4 unicast address family unicast view


Description Using the peer as-path-filter command, you can set the BGP route filtering policy that is based on the AS-Path for a peer or peer group.

Using the undo peer as-path-filter command, you can cancel the existing configuration.

By default, the peer or peer group has no route filtering policy based on the AS-Path filter.



as-path-filter-number: specifies the number of the AS-Path filter. The value ranges from 1 to 256.

import: filters the received routes.

export: filters the advertised routes.





7-325

Example # Set the AS-Path filter for a peer or a peer group.


[Quidway] bgp 100



[Quidway-bgp-af-ipv4] peer 1.1.1.2 as-path-filter 3 export

7.8.55 peer bfd enable

Syntax peer { group-name | ipv4-address } bfd enable

undo peer { group-name | ipv4-address } bfd enable



Description Using the peer bfd enable command, you can set up the BGP session for a peer or peer group by using default detection parameters.

Using the undo peer bfd enable command, you can disable BFD.

Parameter group-name: specifies the name of a peer group.

ipv4-address: specifies the IPv4 address of a peer.

Usage Guideline The BGP configuration on a peer takes precedence over the BGP configuration on a peer group. If the BFD is not configured on a peer and the group to which the peer belongs is enabled with BFD, the peer inherits the BFD configuration of the peer group that the peer joins.

Default values of detection parameters are dynamically obtained from the BFD module. For different products, the default values are different.

Related Command display bgp peer

display bgp group


Command Reference


Issue 07 (2010-11-30)

peer bfd

Example # Configure BFD for the peer 2.2.2.9.


[Quidway] bgp 100

[Quidway-bgp] peer 2.2.2.9 bfd enable

7.8.56 peer bfd

Syntax peer { group-name | ipv4-address } bfd { min-tx-interval min-tx-interval | min-rx-interval min-rx-interval | detect-multiplier multiplier } *

undo peer { group-name | ipv4-address } bfd { min-tx-interval | min-rx-interval | detect-multiplier } *



Description Using the peer bfd command, you can specify the BFD detection parameters for a peer or peer group.

Using the undo peer bfd command, you can restore default values of BFD detection parameters.


ipv4-address: specifies the IPv4 address of a peer.

min-tx-interval min-tx-interval: specifies the interval for sending BFD packets. The value is an integer that ranges from 10 to 1000, in milliseconds. By default, the value is 1000 milliseconds.

min-rx-interval min-rx-interval: specifies the interval for receiving BFD packets. The value is an integer that ranges from 10 to 1000, in milliseconds. By default, the value is 1000 milliseconds.

detect-multiplier multiplier: specifies the local detection multiple. The value is an integer that ranges from 3 to 50. By default, the value is 3.



7-327

Usage Guideline The BFD configuration on a peer takes precedence over the BFD configuration on a peer group. If the BFD is not configured on a peer and the group to which the peer belongs is enabled with BFD, the peer inherits the BFD configuration of the peer group that the peer joins.

Default values of detection parameters are dynamically obtained from the BFD module. For different products, the default values are different.


display bgp peer

display bgp group

Example # Configure BFD and set values of detection parameters for peer 2.2.2.9.


[Quidway] bgp 100

[Quidway-bgp] peer 2.2.2.9 bfd min-tx-interval 100 min-rx-interval 100 detect-multiplier

5

7.8.57 peer bfd block

Syntax peer ipv4-address bfd block

undo peer ipv4-address bfd block



Description Using the peer bfd blcok command, you can prohibit a peer from inheriting the BFD function from the peer group to which the peer corresponds.

Using the undo peer bfd block command, you can restore a peer to inherit the BFD function from the peer group to which the peer corresponds.

Parameter ipv4-address: specifies the IPv4 address of a peer.


Command Reference


Issue 07 (2010-11-30)

Usage Guideline If a group is configured with the BFD function, all peers that belong to this group set up BFD sessions. You can run this command to prevent the peers from inheriting the BFD function from the group.

The peer ipv4-address bfd block and peer { group-name | ipv4-address } bfd enable commands are mutually exclusive. After the bfd block command is used, BFD sessions are automatically torn down.


display bgp peer

display bgp group

Example # Disable the BFD function inherited by peer 2.2.2.9 from its group.


[Quidway] bgp 100

[Quidway-bgp] peer 2.2.2.9 bfd block

7.8.58 peer capability-advertise

Syntax peer { group-name | ipv4-address } capability-advertise { route-refresh | conventional }

undo peer { group-name | ipv4-address } capability-advertise { route-refresh | conventional }



Description Using the peer capability-advertise command, you can enable BGP route refresh and multi-protocol capabilities.

Using the undo peer capabil i ty-advertise command, you can disable the capabilities.

By default, multi-protocol and route refresh capabilities are enabled.




7-329


route-refresh: indicates the route refresh capability.

conventional: indicates the regular the router capability. In this mode, BGP dose not support unicast and multi-protocol extension, and the route refresh is deleted, which is helpful for the router in backward compatible version.



Example # Enable BGP Route-Refresh and multi-protocol capabilities.


[Quidway] bgp 100


[Quidway-bgp] peer 160.89.2.33 capability-advertise route-refresh

7.8.59 peer connect-interface

Syntax peer { group-name | ipv4-address } connect-interface interface-type interface-number

undo peer { group-name | ipv4-address } connect-interface

View BGP view, BGP-VPN-instance view


Description Using the peer connect-interface command, you can specify the source interface through which the BGP packets are sent.

Using the undo peer connect-interface command, you can restore the default setting.

By default, the outbound interface of packets is used as the source interface of BGP packets by BGP.



Command Reference


Issue 07 (2010-11-30)


interface-type interface-number: specifies the type and the number of the interface.

Usage Guideline It is recommended to use the peer connect-interface command to set up peers between two routers through multiple links.

To ensure the router can still send the BGP packets even if faults occur to the physical interface, you can configure the source interface through which the BGP packets are sent as the Loopback interface. When using the Loopback interface as the source interface of the BGP packets, pay more attention to the following aspects:

Ensure that the Loopback interface of the BGP peer is reachable. For the EBGP connection, you need to configure the peer ebgp-max-hop command to

enable EBGP to set up the neighbor relationship through the indirect mode.

Because BGPs in various address families on the same shares one TCP connection, the connect-interface configured in the BGP view can be inherited in either the IPv4 unicast address family or the VPNv4 address family.

Related Command peer ebgp-max-hop

Example # Specify the source interface of the BGP packets.


[Quidway] bgp 100


[Quidway-bgp] peer 10.16.2.3 connect-interface loopback0

7.8.60 peer default-originate vpn-instance

Syntax peer { ipv4-address | group-name } default-originate vpn-instance vpn-instance-name

undo peer { ipv4-address | group-name } default-originate vpn-instance vpn-instance-name

View BGP VPNv4 address family view




7-331

Description Using the peer default-originate vpn-instance command, you can configure BGP to advertise all default routes related to the specified VPN instance to the specified VPNv4 peer or peer group.

Using the undo peer default-originate vpn-instance command, you can remove the configuration.

By default, BGP does not advertise its default route to the peer.


group-name: specifies the name of a peer group.

vpn-instance-name: specifies the name of a VPN instance.

Usage Guideline After the peer default-originate vpn-instance command is used, SPE advertises the next hop address as the local address of the default routes to UPE, regardless of whether there is default route in the local routing table.

The default routes of a VPN instance are advertised to BGP peer or peer group through the peer default-originate vpn-instance command on the following conditions:

The BGP peer or peer group must be UPE. The default-route imported command is not configured at the same time.(if the

command is configured, you can use the undo default-route imported command to soft reset BGP).

Related Command peer upe

default-route imported

Example # Advertise default routes of vpn1 to VPNv4 peer 1.1.1.1.


[Quidway] bgp 100



[Quidway-bgp-af-vpnv4] peer 1.1.1.1 enable

[Quidway-bgp-af-vpnv4] peer 1.1.1.1 upe

[Quidway-bgp-af-vpnv4] peer 1.1.1.1 default-originate vpn-instance vpn1


Command Reference


Issue 07 (2010-11-30)

7.8.61 peer default-route-advertise

Syntax peer { group-name | ipv4-address } default-route-advertise [ route-policy route-policy-name ] [ conditional-route-match-all ipv4-address1 { mask1 | mask-length1 } &<1-4> | conditional-route-match-any ipv4-address2 { mask2 | mask-length2 } &<1-4> ]

undo peer { group-name | ipv4-address } default-route-advertise



Description Using the peer default-route-advertise command, you can generate a default route for a neighbor.

Using the undo peer default-route-advertise command, you can cancel the configuration.

By default, a peer or peer group does not import the default route.



route-policy route-policy-name: specifies the name of the Route-Policy. The name is a string of 1 to 19 characters.

conditional-route-match-all ipv4-address1 { mask1 | mask-length1 }: indicates the IPv4 address, mask and mask length of the conditional routes. The default routes are sent to the peer or peer group only when all the conditional routes are matched.

conditional-route-match-any ipv4-address2 { mask2 | mask-length2 }: indicates the IPv4 address, mask and mask length of the conditional routes. The default routes are sent to the peer or peer group only when any conditional route is matched.

Usage Guideline For this command, the default route does not need to exist in the routing table. The BGP router unconditionally sends the default route with its own address as the next hop to its peer.

Related Command default-route imported



7-333

Example # Advertise the default route to peers.


[Quidway] bgp 100



[Quidway-bgp-af-ipv4] peer 1.1.1.2 default-route-advertise

7.8.62 peer description

Syntax peer { group-name | ipv4-address } description description-text

undo peer { group-name | ipv4-address } description



Description Using the peer description command, you can set the description of the peer or peer group.

Using the undo peer description command, you can remove the description of the peer or peer group.

By default, the description of peers or peer group is not set.

Parameter group-name: specifies the group name.


description-text: specifies the description. The description is a string of letters or figures. The value ranges from 1 to 80 characters. The space is not allowed in the string.


Related Command display bgp routing-table

Example # Set the description of the peer group 1.


Command Reference


Issue 07 (2010-11-30)


[Quidway] bgp 100

[Quidway-bgp] peer group1 description ISP1

7.8.63 peer discard-ext-community

Syntax peer { group-name | ipv4-address } discard-ext-community

undo peer { group-name | ipv4-address } discard-ext-community



Description Using the peer discard-ext-community command, you can discard the extended community attribute from the routing information of the specified peer.

Using the undo peer discard-ext-community command, you can remove the configuration.

By default, the extended community attributes are not discarded.

Parameter group-name: specifies the group name.




Example # Discard the extended community attributes.


[Quidway] bgp 100



[Quidway-bgp-af-ipv4] peer 1.1.1.2 discard-ext-community



7-335

7.8.64 peer ebgp-max-hop

Syntax peer { group-name | ipv4-address } ebgp-max-hop [ hop-count ]

undo peer { group-name | ipv4-address } ebgp-max-hop



Description Using the peer ebgp-max-hop command, you can configure BGP to set up the EBGP connection with the peer on the indirect network.

Using the undo peer ebgp-max-hop command, you can cancel the existing configuration.

By default, the EBGP connection is set up only on the direct physical links.



hop-count: specifies the maximum number of hops. The value ranges from 1 to 255. By default, it is 255. If the specified maximum number is 1, you cannot configure BGP to set up the EBGP connection with the peer on the indirect network.

Usage Guideline If this command is configured on one end of the EBGP connection, this command must be also configured on the other end.


Example # configure BGP to set up the connection with the EBGP peer 1.1.1.2 on the indirect network.


[Quidway] bgp 100


[Quidway-bgp] peer 1.1.1.2 ebgp-max-hop


Command Reference


Issue 07 (2010-11-30)

7.8.65 peer enable

Syntax peer { group-name | ipv4-address } enable

undo peer { group-name | ipv4-address } enable

View BGP-L2VPN address family view, BGP-VPNv4 address family view, BGP-IPv4 unicast address family view, BGP-VPLS address family view


Description Using the peer enable command, you can enable the specified peers to exchange routing information in the address family view.

Using the undo peer enable command, you can disable the specified peers (or peer group) to exchange routing information.



Usage Guideline By default, only the peer in the BGP IPv4 unicast address family view is automatically enabled. That is, after the peer as-number command is used in the BGP view, the system automatically configures the corresponding peer enable command, whereas you must manually configure the peer in other address family views.

Enabling or disabling a BGP peer in a address family, for example, running the peer enable command or the undo peer enable command in VPNv4 address family, affects the BGP connections of the peers in other address families.

Related Command peer as-number

Example # Prohibit the exchange of the IPv4 routing information with the specified peers.


[Quidway] bgp 100



[Quidway-bgp-af-ipv4] undo peer 1.1.1.2 enable



7-337

# Enable the exchange of the BGP-VPNv4 routing information with the specified peers.


[Quidway] bgp 100




# Configure the peers and enable them in the BGP-L2VPN address family view.


[Quidway] bgp 100



[Quidway-bgp-af-l2vpn] peer 1.1.1.2 enable

7.8.66 peer fake-as

Syntax peer { group-name | ipv4-address } fake-as fake-as-number

undo peer { group-name | ipv4-address } fake-as



Description Using the peer fake-as command, you can set a fake AS number for a peer or peer group.

Using the undo peer fake-as command, you can cancel the existing configuration.

By default, a peer or peer group has no fake AS number.



as-number: specifies the fake AS number. The value ranges from 1 to 65535.

Usage Guideline You can use the command to conceal the actual local AS number. So, the EBGP peers in other AS can see only the fake AS number. That is, the remote peer in other AS need to set the AS number of the local peer as the fake AS number.


Command Reference


Issue 07 (2010-11-30)


Example # Configure the fake AS for the peer groups.


[Quidway] bgp 100


[Quidway-bgp] peer 1.1.1.2 fake-as 99

7.8.67 peer filter-policy

Syntax peer { group-name | ipv4-address } filter-policy acl-number { import | export }

undo peer { group-name | ipv4-address } filter-policy acl-number { import | export }

View BGP-VPN instance view, BGP-VPNv4 address family view, BGP-IPv4 unicast address family view


Description Using the peer filter-policy command, you can set the filtering policy of a peer or peer group.

Using the undo peer filter-policy command, you can cancel the existing configuration.

By default, a peer or peer group has no filtering policy.



acl-number: specifies the number of the basic ACL. The value ranges from 2000 to 2999.

import: indicates the routing table that is used to receive routes.

export: indicates the routing table that is used to advertise routes.




7-339


Example # Configure the filtering policy for peers.


[Quidway] bgp 100



[Quidway-bgp-af-ipv4] peer 1.1.1.2 filter-policy 2000 import

7.8.68 peer group

Syntax peer ipv4-address group group-name

undo peer ipv4-address group group-name

View BGP view, BGP-VPNv4 address family view, BGP-VPN instance view, BGP-IPv4 unicast address family view, BGP-VPLS address family view, BGP-L2VPN address family view


Description Using the peer group command, you can add a peer to the peer group.

Using the undo peer group command, you can delete the peer.



Usage Guideline If the peer group is not configured with the AS number, all the peers added to this peer group continue to use their own AS numbers. If the peer group is configured with the AS number, all the peers added to this peer group must use the AS number of the peer group.

The function of the undo peer group command is the same with that of the undo peer command and the undo peer enable command.

Related Command peer as-number


Command Reference


Issue 07 (2010-11-30)

peer enable

Example # Create an IBGP peer group named test, and add one peer to the peer group.


[Quidway] bgp 100

[Quidway-bgp] group test internal

[Quidway-bgp] peer 1.1.1.1 group test

7.8.69 peer ignore

Syntax peer { group-name | ipv4-address } ignore

undo peer { group-name | ipv4-address } ignore



Description Using the peer ignore command, you can suppress a router from setting up the session with a peer or peer group.

Using the undo peer ignore command, you can remove the configuration.

By default, the router is permitted to set up the session with the BGP peer or the peer group.



Usage Guideline The peer ignore command is used to terminate the active session for the specified peer or peer group, and removes all the associated routing information. From the peer group view point, a large number of sessions with peers are suddenly terminated.


Example # Forbid a router to set up sessions with the peer 1.1.1.2.



7-341


[Quidway] bgp 100


[Quidway-bgp] peer 1.1.1.2 ignore

7.8.70 peer ip-prefix

Syntax peer { group-name | ipv4-address } ip-prefix ip-prefix-name { import | export }

undo peer { group-name | ipv4-address } ip-prefix { import | export }



Description Using the peer ip-prefix command, you can configure the route filtering policy that is based on the IP prefix list for the peer or peer group.

Using the undo peer ip-prefix command, you can cancel the route filtering policy of the peer or peer group.

By default, the peer or peer group is not specified with any the route filtering policy based on the IP prefix list.



ip-prefix-name: specifies the name of the specified ip-prefix. The name is a string of 1 to 169 characters. The space is not allowed in the string.

import: indicates the filtering policy that is applied to the routes imported by the specified peer or peer group.

export: indicates the filtering policy that is applied to the routes exported to the specified peer or peer group.




Command Reference


Issue 07 (2010-11-30)

Example # Configure the filtering policy that is based on the IP prefix list.


[Quidway] bgp 100



[Quidway-bgp-af-ipv4] peer 1.1.1.2 ip-prefix list1 import

7.8.71 peer keep-all-routes

Syntax peer { group-name | ipv4-address } keep-all-routes

undo peer { group-name | ipv4-address } keep-all-routes



Description Using the peer keep-all-routes command, you can save all the BGP routing updates from the specified peer or the peer group after the BGP connection is set up, even though those routes do not pass the configured ingress policy.

Using the undo peer keep-all-routes command, you can disable this function.

By default, the BGP routing updates from the peers are not saved.





Example # Save all BGP routing updates from the peer.




7-343

[Quidway] bgp 100



[Quidway-bgp-af-ipv4] peer 1.1.1.2 keep-all-routes

7.8.72 peer label-route-capability

Syntax peer { group-name | ipv4-address } label-route-capability

undo peer { group-name | ipv4-address } label-route-capability



Description Using the peer label-route-capability command, you can enable BGP to send labeled routes to the specified peer or the peer group.

Using the undo peer label-route-capability command, you can disable this function.



Usage Guideline When the capability of sending labeled routes is enabled or disabled, BGP connection is automatically closed and the capability of the neighbor is re-negotiated.


Example # Enable BGP to send the labeled routes.


[Quidway] bgp 100



[Quidway-bgp] peer 1.1.1.2 label-route-capability


Command Reference


Issue 07 (2010-11-30)

7.8.73 peer listen-only

Syntax peer { group-name | ipv4-address } listen-only

undo peer { group-name | ipv4-address } listen-only


Default level 2: Configuration level

Description Using the peer listen-only command, you can configure a peer (group) to listen the connection request instead of sending connection requests.

Using the undo peer listen-only command, you can cancel the function.

By default, the function is disabled.



Usage Guideline Using the peer { group-name | ipv4-address } listen-only command, you can disable the BGP peer relationship between peers (peer groups). Then the peers (peer groups) cannot set up the connection initiatively, but are always in the passive connection-establishing state and monitor the connection request of each other

The command can only be configured on one peer. If both peers are configured with the command, the connection between the peers cannot be successfully set up.


display bgp group

Example # Configure the peer with the IP address as 1.1.1.1 to listen the connection request instead of sending connection requests.


[Quidway] bgp 100



7-345

[Quidway-bgp] peer 1.1.1.1 listen-only

CAUTION! Changing configuration will reset peer session. Continue?(Y/N):y

7.8.74 peer log-change

Syntax peer { group-name | ipv4-address } log-change

undo peer { group-name | ipv4-address } log-change



Description Using the peer log-change command, you can enable BGP to log any session state and event for the specific peer or the specified peer group.

Using the undo peer log-change command, you can disable this function.

By default, this function is enabled.





Example # Record the state and events of the peer 1.1.1.2.


[Quidway] bgp 100


[Quidway-bgp] peer 1.1.1.2 log-change


Command Reference


Issue 07 (2010-11-30)

7.8.75 peer next-hop-invariable

Syntax peer { ipv4-address | group-name } next-hop-invariable

undo peer { ipv4-address | group-name } next-hop-invariable

View BGP VPNv4 address family view, BGP-VPLS address family view


Description Using the peer next-hop-invariable command, you can configure BGP speaker not to change the next hop when advertising routes to EBGP peers.

Using the undo peer next-hop-invariable command, you can restore the default configuration.

By default, the BGP speaker sets its own address as the next hop of the routes advertised to EBGP peers.





Example # The BGP router does not change the next hop when advertising routes to the EBGP peers.


[Quidway] bgp 100




[Quidway-bgp-af-vpnv4] peer 1.1.1.2 next-hop-invariable



7-347

7.8.76 peer next-hop-local

Syntax peer { group-name | ipv4-address } next-hop-local

undo peer { group-name | ipv4-address } next-hop-local

View BGP-VPN instance view, BGP-VPNv4 address family view, BGP-L2VPN address family view, BGP-IPv4 unicast address family view,


Description Using the peer next-hop-local command, you can configure BGP to set its IP address as the next hop when advertising routes to the peer or peer group.

Using the undo peer next-hop-local command, you can restore the default setting.

By default, when BGP informs the EBGP peer of routes, BGP sets its IP address as the next hop and does not change the attributes of the next hop.



Usage Guideline The command is applicable to IBGP peers.


Example # When sending routes to the peer 1.1.1.2, BGP set its address as the next hop.


[Quidway] bgp 100



[Quidway-bgp-af-ipv4] peer 1.1.1.2 next-hop-local


Command Reference


Issue 07 (2010-11-30)

7.8.77 peer password

Syntax peer { group-name | ipv4-address } password { cipher cipher-password | simple simple-password }

undo peer { group-name | ipv4-address } password

View BGP view, BGP-VPN instance view.


Description Using the peer password command, you can enable BGP peer to perform set Message Digest 5 (MD5) authentication for the TCP connection between two BGP peers, as well as BGP messages.

Using the undo peer password command, you can disable this function.



cipher: indicates the password in cipher text.

cipher-password: specifies the string of the cipher text password. You can type the plain text of 1 to 16 bytes, or the cipher text of 24 bytes.

simple: indicates the password in plain text.

simple-password: specifies the password in the plain text. It is a string of 1 to 16 bytes.

Usage Guideline The space is not allowed in the password.


Example # Authenticate the TCP connection between the local router and the peer 1.1.1.2.


[Quidway] bgp 100

[Quidway-bgp] peer 1.1.1.2 password simple huawei



7-349

7.8.78 peer preferred-value

Syntax peer { group-name | ipv4-address } preferred-value value

undo peer { group-name | ipv4-address } preferred-value value



Description Using the peer preferred-value command, you can assign a preferred value for the peer.

Using the undo peer preferred-value command, you can remove the preferred value assigned to the peer.

By default, the preferred value of the routes learned from other BGP peers is 0.



value: specifies the preferred value assigned to routes. The value ranges from 0 to 65535.

Usage Guideline All routes learned from this peer have the initial preferred value. The route with the highest preferred value is chosen as the route to the specified network.


Example # Set the preferred value for the peer.


[Quidway] bgp 100



[Quidway-bgp-af-ipv4] peer 1.1.1.2 preferred-value 50


Command Reference


Issue 07 (2010-11-30)

7.8.79 peer public-as-only

Syntax peer { group-name | ipv4-address } public-as-only

undo peer { group-name | ipv4-address } public-as-only



Description Using the peer public-as-only command, you can configure BGP to send BGP update packets without the private AS number. This command is only applicable for the EBGP peers. Only the public AS number is contained in the update packets.

Using the undo peer public-as-only command, you can configure BGP to send BGP update packets with the private AS number.

By default, the private AS number is contained in the BGP update packets to be advertised.



Usage Guideline Generally, BGP transmits BGP update packets with the AS number (either public AS number or private AS number).

After this command is configured, BGP deletes the private AS number contained in the AS path attribute before advertising these update routes.

The command is applicable only to EBGP peers.

In the following two cases, BGP does not delete the private AS number after the command is used:

The AS-Path of a route contain the AS number of the peer. In this case, deleting the private AS number may lead to routing loop.

The AS-Path list contains both public network AS number and private AS number. This list indicates that the route passes the public network. Deleting the private AS number may lead to forwarding error.



7-351


Example # Configure BGP to send BGP update packets without the private AS number.


[Quidway] bgp 100



[Quidway-bgp-af-ipv4] peer 1.1.1.2 public-as-only

7.8.80 peer reflect-client

Syntax peer { group-name | ipv4-address } reflect-client

undo peer { group-name | ipv4-address } reflect-client

View BGP-VPNv4 address family view, BGP-L2VPN address family view, BGP-IPv4 unicast address family view, BGP-VPLS address family view


Description Using the peer reflect-client command, you can configure the local PC as the route reflector and the peer or peer group as the client of the route reflector.

Using the undo peer reflect-client command, you can cancel the configuration.

By default, the route reflector and its client are not configured.



Usage Guideline The reflect-client configured in an address family is valid in this family address and cannot be inherited by other address family. It is recommended to configure the reflect-client in the specified address family.

Related Command reflect between-clients


Command Reference


Issue 07 (2010-11-30)

reflector cluster-id

Example # Configure the peers as the clients of the route reflector.


[Quidway] bgp 100



[Quidway-bgp-af-ipv4] peer 1.1.1.2 reflect-client

7.8.81 peer route-limit

Syntax peer { group-name | ipv4-address } route-limit limit [ percentage ] [ alert-only | idle-forever | idle-timeout times ]

undo peer { group-name | ipv4-address } route-limit



Description Using the peer route-limit command, you can set the number of routes that can be received from the peer.

Using the undo peer route-limit command, you can disable this function.



limit: specifies the maximum number of routes allowed by peers. The value ranges from 1 to 2000000.

percentage: specifies the percentage of the routes when the router starts to generate the warning message. The value ranges from 1 to 100. By default, it is 75.

alert-only: indicates that only the warning is produced when the number of the routes exceeds the limit.

idle-forever: indicates no automatic connection is set up until the reset bgp is used. When the number of the routes exceeds the limit.

idle-timeout times: indicates the automatically re-establishing the connection. The peers are disconnected when the number of the routes exceed the limit. The value of the timeout is an integer that ranges from 1 to 1200 minutes



7-353

Usage Guideline This command is used to set the maximum number of routes received from other peers for a BGP router. A mechanism is set to control the routes received from the peer on the basis of distribution lists, filter lists, and route mapping.

If the number of received routes exceed the maximum number, the local router terminates the peer relationship.

If the alert-only, idle-forever, idle-timeout are not configured, and the number of routes exceed the threshold, there is an alarm. The information is recorded to the log, and the peer relationship is disconnected. The system, then tries to re-establish the peer relationship.

If the time limit for updating the routing policy is short and the peer route-limit command is used, the change in the routing policy leads to the routes exceeding the threshold. The BGP peers are disconnected. Use the route-policy-change notify-delay command to adjust the time limit.


Example # Set the maximum number of routes that can be received from peers.


[Quidway] bgp 100



[Quidway-bgp-af-ipv4] peer 1.1.1.2 route-limit 10000

7.8.82 peer route-policy

Syntax peer { group-name | ipv4-address } route-policy route-policy-name { import | export }

undo peer { group-name | ipv4-address } route-policy route-policy-name { import | export }

View BGP-VPN instance view, BGP-IPv4 address family view, BGP-IPv4 unicast address family view


Description Using the peer route-policy command, you can specify the Route-Policy for the routes received from the peer or peer group or the routes advertised to the peer or peer group.

Using the undo peer route-policy command, you can delete the specified Route-Policy.


Command Reference


Issue 07 (2010-11-30)

By default, the Route-Policy is not specified for the peer or peer group.



route-policy-name: specifies the Route-Policy.

import: applies the Route-Policy to the routes received from the peer or peer group.

export: applies the Route-Policy to the routes advertised to the peer or peer group.

Usage Guideline The Route-Policy applied to the peer route-policy command does not support using certain interface as the matching condition. That is, the if-match interface command cannot be used in the Route-Policy.

Related Command if-match interface

Example # Apply the Route-Policy named test-policy to the routes from peers.


[Quidway] bgp 100



[Quidway-bgp-af-ipv4] peer 1.1.1.2 route-policy test-policy import

7.8.83 peer route-update-interval

Syntax peer { group-name | ipv4-address } route-update-interval interval

undo peer { group-name | ipv4-address } route-update-interval



Description Using the peer route-update-interval command, you can configure the interval for a peer or peer group to send update routes.



7-355

Using the undo peer route-update-interval command, you can restore the default value.

By default, the update interval is 15 seconds for the IBGP peers and the update interval is 30 seconds for the EBGP peers.

Parameter group-name: specifies the name of the configured peer group.


interval: specifies the minimum interval for sending BGP update packets. The value ranges from 5 to 600 seconds.



Example # Specify the interval for sending routing updates to a peer or peer group.


[Quidway] bgp 100


[Quidway-bgp] peer 1.1.1.2 route-update-interval 10

7.8.84 peer substitute-as

Syntax peer { group-name | ipv4-address } substitute-as

undo peer { group-name | ipv4-address } substitute-as



Description Using the peer substitute-as command, you can substitute the AS number of the specified peer in the as-path with the local AS number.

Using the undo peer substitute-as command, you can cancel the configuration.

By default, the substitution of the AS number is disabled.


Command Reference


Issue 07 (2010-11-30)

Parameter group-name: specifies the name of the configured peer group.


Usage Guideline If the AS number substitution is enabled on PE, the original AS number is replaced by the AS number of PE before advertising the route to the CE in specified peers. The AS number is substituted only if the as-path of the route has the same AS number as that of CE.


Example # Substitute the AS number of peers in the AS-Path for the local AS number.


[Quidway] bgp 100


[Quidway-bgp] peer 1.1.1.2 substitute-as

7.8.85 peer timer

Syntax peer { group-name | ipv4-address } timer keepalive keepalive-time hold hold-time

undo peer { group-name | ipv4-address } timer



Description Using the peer timer command, you can configure the Keepalive and Holdtime intervals for a specified peer or peer group.

Using the undo peer timer command, you can restore the default value of the timer.

By default, the Keepalive interval is 60 seconds, and the Holdtime is 180 seconds.


ipv4-address: specifies the IP address of the peer.



7-357

keepalive-time: specifies the Keepalive interval. The value ranges from 0 to 21845 seconds.

hold-time: specifies the Holdtime interval. The value ranges from 0 and 3 to 65535 seconds.

Usage Guideline

If the value of a timer changes, the BGP peer relationship among routers is disconnected as the peers need to re-negotiate the value of keepalive-time and hold-time. The action should, therefore, be confirmed before using the command.

In actual configuration, the Holdtime interval should be at least three times the Keepalive interval.

Note the following when you set the values of the two timers:

The values of the keepalive-time and the hold-time cannot be 0 at the same time. Otherwise, the BGP timer becomes invalid. That is, BGP does not detect link faults according to timers.

The value of the hold-time cannot be far greater than that of the keepalive-time, such as timer keepalive 1 hold 65535. If the Holdtime is too long, the link fault cannot be detected timely.

The timer configured by using this command has a higher priority than the one configured by using the timer command.

After the peers set up the connection, the values of keepalive-time and hold-time are determined by the negotiation of the peers. The smaller value of the hold-time in the Open packets from both the peers is used as the value of the hold-time. The smaller value of the keepalive-time locally configured is used as the value of the keepalive-time.

Related Command timer

Example # Configure the Keepalive and the Holdtime time of the specified peer 1.1.1.2.


[Quidway] bgp 100


[Quidway-bgp] peer 1.1.1.2 timer keepalive 10 hold 30


[Quidway-bgp]

7.8.86 peer upe

Syntax peer { ipv4-address | group-name } upe


Command Reference


Issue 07 (2010-11-30)

undo peer { peer-ipv4-address | group-name } upe

View BGP-VPNv4 address family view


Description Using the peer upe command, you can specify a BGP peer or peer group as UPE of HoVPN.

Using the undo peer upe command, you can cancel the configuration.



Usage Guideline UPE is a special VPNv4 peer which cannot receive general VPNv4 routes but the only one default route for each relevant VPN instance on SPE. SPE is a general VPNv4 peer.


Example # Specify the peer 1.1.1.2 as UPE.


[Quidway] bgp 100




[Quidway-bgp-af-vpnv4] peer 1.1.1.2 upe

7.8.87 policy vpn-target

Syntax policy vpn-target

undo policy vpn-target



7-359

View BGP-L2VPN address family view, BGP-VPLS address family view, BGP-VPNv4 address family view


Description Using the policy vpn-target command, you can filter the VPNv4 routes received with VPN-Target attribute. Only the VPNv4 route whose ERT attribute matches the IRT attribute can be added to the routing table.

Using the undo policy vpn-target command, you can cancel the VPN-Target filtering. That is, all VPNv4 routes are received.

By default, the VPN-Target filtering is enabled.

Parameter None

Usage Guideline The command is used in the ASBR MP-EBGP (inter-AS VPN OptionB) solution as well as the ASBR MP-EBGP inter-AS L2VPN solution in Kompella mode.


Example # Perform VPN-Target filtering for the VPNv4 routes received.


[Quidway] bgp 100


[Quidway-bgp-af-vpnv4] policy vpn-target

# Perform VPN Target filtering for the VPNv4 routes received.


[Quidway] bgp 100


[Quidway-bgp-af-l2vpn] policy vpn-target

7.8.88 preference (BGP)

Syntax preference { external internal local | route-policy route-policy-name }


Command Reference


Issue 07 (2010-11-30)

undo preference



Description Using the preference command, you can configure the preferences for external, internal, and local routes. You can configure different preferences for BGP routes in the different address family views.

Using the undo preference command, you can restore the default value.

By default, the preference value is as follows:

EBGP external routes: 255 IBGP internal routes: 255 BGP local routes: 130

Parameter external: specifies the protocol preference of the EBGP external routes. External routes are the optimal routes learned from a peer outside the AS. The value ranges from 1 to 255.

internal: specifies the preference for IBGP internal routes. Internal routes are the optimal routes learned from other peers within the same AS. The value ranges from 1 to 255.

local: specifies the preference for BGP local routes. The value ranges from 1 to 255.

route-policy-name: specifies the name of the Route-Policy.

Usage Guideline Apply the Route-Policy to configure the preference to the specified route that meets the requirements. Configure the default preference for routes that do not meet the requirements.

Using peer route-policy command to configure the preference of the BGP protocol on the peers is not currently supported.


Example # Consider the BGP view as an example. The preference of IBGP routes is higher than the routes learned from IGP. So, you need to configure a lower preference administrative value.




7-361

[Quidway] bgp 100


[Quidway-bgp-af-ipv4] preference 2 2 20

7.8.89 reflect between-clients

Syntax reflect between-clients

undo reflect between-clients

View BGP-IPv4 unicast address family view, BGP-L2VPN address family view, BGP-VPNv4 address family view, BGP-VPLS address family view


Description Using the reflect between-clients command, you can enable route reflection between clients.

Using the undo reflect between-clients command, you can disable the route reflection between clients. If the clients of the router reflectors are fully meshed, you can prohibit the route reflection between clients to save the cost.

By default, the route reflection between clients is enabled.

Parameter None

Usage Guideline This command can be used only on the route reflector.

Related Command reflector cluster-id

peer reflect-client

Example # Disable the route reflection between clients (clients are fully meshed).


[Quidway] bgp 100

[Quidway-bgp] group rr-client internal

[Quidway-bgp] peer 1.1.2.1 group rr-client




Command Reference


Issue 07 (2010-11-30)


[Quidway-bgp-af-ipv4] peer rr-client reflect-client

[Quidway-bgp-af-ipv4] undo reflect between-clients

7.8.90 reflector cluster-id

Syntax reflector cluster-id cluster-id

undo reflector cluster-id

View BGP-IPv4 unicast address family view, BGP-IPv4-address family view, BGP-L2VPN address family view, BGP-VPLS address family view


Description Using the reflector cluster-id command, you can set the cluster ID o the route reflectors.

Using the undo reflector cluster-id command, you can remove the cluster ID of the route reflectors.

By default, each route reflector uses its router ID as the cluster ID.

Parameter cluster-id: specifies the cluster ID of the route reflector. The value ranges from 1 to 4294967295. It can also be identified in the IPv4 address format.

Usage Guideline Configuring multiple route reflectors in a cluster can enhance the stability of the network. If more than one route reflector is configured in a cluster, you can use this command to set the same cluster ID for all the route reflectors. This can avoid routing loop.

Related Command reflect between-clients

peer reflect-client

Example # The local router is the one of the route reflectors. Set its cluster ID to 50.


[Quidway] bgp 100


[Quidway-bgp-af-ipv4] reflector cluster-id 50



7-363

7.8.91 refresh bgp

Syntax refresh bgp [ vpn-instance vpn-instance-name | vpnv4 ] { all | ipv4-address | group group-name | external | internal } { export | import }

View User view


Description Using the refresh bgp command, you can manually soft reset the BGP connection.

The soft resetting of BGP connection can refresh the BGP routing table and apply a new policy without cutting off the BGP connection.

Parameter vpn-instance vpn-instance-name: soft resets the BGP connection related to the VPN instance.

vpnv4: soft resets the BGP connection related to the VPN instance.

all: soft resets all the BGP IPv4 connections.

ipv4-address: indicates the IP address of the BGP peer.

group group-name: indicates the name of the BGP peer group.

external: refreshes EBGP connections.

internal: refreshes IBGP connections.

export: triggers soft reset at the outgoing interface.

import: triggers soft reset at the incoming interface.

Usage Guideline Before soft resetting BGP connections, ensure that all the BGP routers support the Route-Refresh capability. If some router does not support it, use the peer keep-all-routes command on the router. The original routing information of the peer can be reserved for the BGP soft reset on the incoming interface.

Related Command peer keep-all-routes


Command Reference


Issue 07 (2010-11-30)

Example # Soft reset all the BGP connections at the incoming interface to validate the new configuration.

<Quidway> refresh bgp all import

7.8.92 reset bgp

Syntax reset bgp [ vpn-instance vpn-instance-name | vpnv4 ] { all | as-number | ipv4-address | group group-name | external | internal }

reset bgp ipv4 all

reset bgp l2vpn { all | as-number | ipv4-address | external | internal }

View User view


Description Using the reset bgp command, you can reset the specified BGP connection.

Parameter vpn-instance vpn-instance-name: indicates the name of a specified VPN instance.

vpnv4: resets BGP connections associated with VPNv4.

all: resets all the BGP IPv4 connections.

as-number: resets all BGP sessions with BGP peers within the specified AS.

ipv4-address: resets the connections with a specified BGP peer.

group group-name: resets the BGP connections with the specified peer group.

external: resets all EBGP connections.

internal: resets all IBGP connections.

ipv4 all: resets all BGP connections of IPv4.

l2vpn: resets BGP connections associated with L2VPN.




7-365


Example # Reset all BGP connections.

<Quidway> reset bgp all

7.8.93 reset bgp dampening

Syntax reset bgp [ vpn-instance vpn-instance-name ] dampening [ ipv4-address [ mask | mask-length ] ]

View User view


Description Using the reset bgp dampening command, you can clear the route dampening information and release the suppressed routes.

Parameter vpn-instance vpn-instance-name: clears the route dampening information of the specified VPN instance.

ipv4-address: specifies the IPv4 network address.

mask | mask-length: specifies the network mask or the length of the mask. If the mask is specified, the IPv4 address is processed as a classful address.



display bgp routing-table dampened

Example # Clear the route dampening information of the network segment 20.1.0.0 and release the suppressed routes.


Command Reference


Issue 07 (2010-11-30)

<Quidway> reset dampening 20.1.0.0 255.255.0.0

7.8.94 reset bgp flap-info

Syntax reset bgp [ vpn-instance vpn-instance-name ] flap-info [ regexp as-path-regexp | as-path-filter as-path-filter-number | ipv4-address [ mask | mask-length ] ]

reset bgp ipv4-address

View User view


Description Using the reset bgp flap-info command, you can clear the statistics of route flapping.

Parameter vpn-instance vpn-instance-name: clears the statistics of the route flapping for the specified VPN instance.

as-path-regexp: clears the statistics of route flapping for the AS-Path regular expression.

as-path-filter-number: clears the statistics of the route flapping based on the specified AS-Path filter. The value ranges from 1 to 256.

ipv4-address : specifies the IPv4 network address.

mask/mask-length: specifies the network mask or the length of the mask. If the mask is specified, the IPv4 address is processed as a classful address.



Example # Clear the statistics of route flapping for the routes that match the AS-Path filter 10.

<Quidway> reset bgp flap-info as-path-filter 10



7-367

7.8.95 reset ip bgp-accounting

Syntax reset ip bgp-accounting inbound interface [ interface-type interface-number ]

View User view

Default Level 2: Configuration

Description Using the reset ip bgp-accounting command, you can clear the statistics of BGP Accounting.

Parameter inbound: clears the statistics of the flow on the incoming interface.

interface interface-type interface-number: indicates the type and the number of the interface.

Usage Guideline The statistics of the BGP accounting cannot be stored after you clear it. So, confirm the action before you use the command.

Related Command display ip bgp-accounting

Example # Clear the statistics of the BGP accounting on POS1/0/0.

<Quidway> reset ip bgp-accounting interface Pos 1/0/0

7.8.96 router-id (BGP)

Syntax router-id ipv4-address

undo router-id

View BGP view


Command Reference


Issue 07 (2010-11-30)


Description Using the router-id command you can specify the ID for the specified router. The router ID must be unique for each router in an AS.

Using the undo router-id command, you can delete the specified router ID.

Parameter ipv4-address: specifies the router ID. It is expressed in the IPv4 address format.

Usage Guideline In the BGP view, the BGP session is reset if the router id is changed or deleted. The action should, therefore, be confirmed before using the command.


Example # Specify the router ID.


[Quidway] bgp 100

[Quidway-bgp] router-id 1.1.1.1


# Delete the router ID.

[Quidway-bgp] undo router-id


7.8.97 rr-filter

Syntax rr-filter extcomm-filter-number

undo rr-filter

View BGP VPNv4 address family view, BGP L2VPN address family view, BGP-VPLS address family view




7-369

Description Using the rr-filter command, you can create a reflection policy for the route reflectors.

Using the undo rr-filter command, you can remove the configuration.

Parameter extcomm-filter-number: specifies the number of the extended community filter supported by the route-reflector group. The value ranges from 1 to199. You can specify only one extended community filter each time.

Usage Guideline The IBGP routes whose route-target extended community attributes meet the matching are reflected. This enables to implement the load balancing among route reflectors.


Example # Create a route-reflector group, and enable the automatic filtering for VPNv4 route updates on the incoming interface. The group should be created on the basis of the permitted route target extended community attributes.


[Quidway] bgp 100


[Quidway-bgp-af-vpnv4] rr-filter 10

# Create a route-reflector group and enable automatic filtering for L2VPN route updates at the incoming interface.


[Quidway] bgp 100


[Quidway-bgp-af-l2vpn] rr-filter 10

7.8.98 summary automatic

Syntax summary automatic

undo summary automatic




Command Reference


Issue 07 (2010-11-30)

Description Using the summary automatic command, you can enable the automatic aggregation for the imported routes.

Using the undo summary automatic command, you can disable the configuration.

By default, the imported routes are not aggregated automatically.

Parameter None

Usage Guideline BGP route aggregation is divided into manual aggregation and automatic aggregation. The command is applicable to the automatic aggregation. The preference of the automatic aggregation is lower than that of the manual aggregation.

After the summary automatic command is used, BGP aggregates routes according to the natural network segment (for example, 10.1.1.1/24 and 10.2.1.1/24 are aggregated to 10.0.0.0/8, a Class A address), and sends only the aggregated routes to peers. This reduces the amount of routing information.

Related Command aggregate

Example # Enable automatic aggregation for the imported routes.


[Quidway] bgp 100


[Quidway-bgp-af-ipv4] summary automatic

7.8.99 timer

Syntax timer keepalive keepalive-time hold hold-time

undo timer

View BGP view




7-371

Description Using the timer command, you can configure the Keepalive and Holdtime interval of BGP. The Holdtime interval should be at least 3 times that of Keepalive timer.

Using the undo timer command, you can restore the default values of the Keepalive and Holdtime timer.

By default, the Keepalive time is 60 seconds, and the Holdtime is 180 seconds.

Parameter keepalive-timel: specifies the Keepalive interval. The value ranges from 0 to 21845 seconds.

holdtime-interval: specifies the Holdtime interval. The value is 0 seconds or ranges from 3 to 65535 seconds.

Usage Guideline

If the value of a timer changes, the BGP peer relationship among routers is disconnected. This is because the peers need to re-negotiate the value of Keepalive time and Holdtime time. Confirm the action before using the command.

In actual configuration, the Keepalive period is at least three times as long as the Holdtime period.

Note the following when you set the values of the two timers:

The values of the keepalive-time and the hold-time cannot be 0 at the same time. Otherwise, the BGP timer becomes invalid. That is, BGP does not detect link faults according to timers.

The value of the hold-time cannot be far greater than that of the keepalive-time, such as timer keepalive 1 hold 65535. If the Holdtime period is too long, the link fault cannot be detected timely.

The preference of the time configured by the timer command is lower than the time configured by the peer timer command.

After peers set up connections, the actual values of the keepalive-time and the hold-time are negotiated by both peers. The smaller value of the hold-time contained in Open packets of both peers is used as the actual value of hold-time. The smaller value between the actual hold-time/3 and the keepalive-time is used as the actual value of the keepalive-time.

Related Command peer timer

Example # Configure Keepalive and Holdtime timers of BGP.


Command Reference


Issue 07 (2010-11-30)


[Quidway] bgp 100

[Quidway-bgp] timer keepalive 30 hold 90


[Quidway-bgp]

7.8.100 undo synchronization

Syntax undo synchronization

View BGP-IPv4 unicast address family view


Description Using the undo synchronization command, you can disable the synchronization of BGP and IGP.

By default, the synchronization is disabled.

Parameter None



Example # Disable the synchronization of BGP and IGP.


[Quidway] bgp 100


[Quidway-bgp-af-ipv4] undo synchronization

7.8.101 vpls-family

Syntax vpls-family



7-373

undo vpls-family

View BGP view


Description Using the vpls-family command, you can enter the BGP VPLS address family view.

Using the undo vpls-family command, you can remove all the configurations in the BGP VPLS address family view.

By default, the system is in the BGP unicast view.

Parameter None



Example # Enter the VPLS address family view.


[Quidway] bgp 100

[Quidway-bgp] vpls-family

[Quidway-bgp-af-vpls]

# Quit the VPLS address family view.

[Quidway-bgp-af-vpls] quit

[Quidway-bgp]

# Remove all configurations in the VPLS address family view.

[Quidway-bgp] undo vpls-family


Command Reference


Issue 07 (2010-11-30)

7.9 IP Routing Policy Configuration Commands 7.9.1 apply as-path

Syntax apply as-path as-number &<1-10> [ additive ]

undo apply as-path

View Route-Policy view


Description Using the apply as-path command, you can substitute the original AS-Path or add the specified AS number in the AS-Path.

Using the undo apply as-path command, you can remove the existing configuration.

By default, no AS number is substituted or added.

Parameter as-number: specifies the AS number to be replaced or added. The value ranges from1 to 65535. At most 10 AS numbers can be specified in one command line.

additive: adds the specified AS number to the original AS-Path.

Usage Guideline After the command is used, the AS-Path of the BGP route that meets the matching condition are modified.

Suppose the original AS-Path is (30, 40, 50), if you run the apply as-path 60 70 80 additive command, the AS-Path is changed to (60, 70, 80, 30, 40, 50). If you run the apply as-path 60 70 80 command, the AS-Path is changed to (60, 70, 80).


Example # Change the original AS number in the original AS-Path to 200.


[Quidway] route-policy policy permit node 10

[Quidway-route-policy] apply as-path 200



7-375

7.9.2 apply backup-interface

Syntax apply backup-interface interface-type interface-number

undo apply backup-interface



Description Using the apply backup-interface command, you can configure the backup egress. Using the undo apply backup-interface command, you can cancel the backup egress configured.

Parameter interface-type interface-number: specifies the type and number of the backup egress.

Usage Guideline You can configure some matching conditions before configuring the backup egress, such as the matched interface.


Example # Configure the backup egress GE 1/0/0 in the Route-Policy named ip_frr_rp.


[Quidway] route-policy ip_frr_rp permit node 10

[Quidway-route-policy] apply backup-interface GigabitEthernet 6/0/1

# Cancel the backup egress in the Route-Policy named ip_frr_rp.



[Quidway-route-policy] undo apply backup-interface

7.9.3 apply backup-nexthop

Syntax apply backup-nexthop { ip-address | auto }


Command Reference


Issue 07 (2010-11-30)

undo apply backup-nexthop



Description Using the apply backup-nexthop command, you can configure the IP address of the backup next hop.

Using the undo apply backup-nexthop command, you can cancel the backup next hop address configured.

Parameter ip-address: specifies the IP address of the backup next hop.

auto: automatically searches the backup next hop and it is applied only to the VPN FRR.

Usage Guideline You can configure some matching conditions before configuring the backup next hop, such as the matched interface.


Example # Configure the backup next hop 192.168.20.2 in the Route-Policy named ip_frr_rp.



[Quidway-route-policy] apply backup-nexthop 192.168.20.2

# Cancel the backup next hop in the Route-Policy named ip_frr_rp.

[Quidway-route-policy] undo apply backup-nexthop

7.9.4 apply behavior

Syntax apply behavior behavior-name

undo apply behavior



7-377



Description Using the apply behavior command, you can configure the QoS traffic behavior for routes.

Using the undo apply behavior command, you can cancel the traffic behavior configured.

By default, no traffic behavior is configured.

Parameter behavior-name: specifies the name of QoS traffic behavior. It is a string of 1 to 31 characters.

Usage Guideline You can configure traffic behavior for QoS. The Route-Policy is used to associate specific traffic behavior for routes.

Configure the behavior name in the system view before configuring the apply behavior name command.

The apply behavior behavior name command can be used only after the behavior name is set in the system view.


Example # Configure the behavior named example in the system view, and apply the QoS traffic behavior in the Route-Policy view.


[Quidway] traffic behavior example

[Quidway-behaviror-test] quit

[Quidway] route-policy test permit node 10

[Quidway-route-policy] apply behavior example

7.9.5 apply comm-filter delete

Syntax apply comm-filter comm-filter-number delete

undo apply comm-filter


Command Reference


Issue 07 (2010-11-30)



Description Using the apply comm-filter delete command, you can delete BGP route community according to the specified value in the community filter. The community filter is can be either basic or advanced community filter.

Using the undo apply comm-filter command, you can cancel the configuration.

Parameter comm-filter-number: specifies the number of community filter. The value of basic community filter ranges from 1 to 99. The value of advanced community filter ranges from 100 to 199.

Usage Guideline Using the apply comm-filter delete command in the Route-Policy, you can delete the value of the community filter. Each community filter defined by the ip community-filter command contains only one community. If you want to delete more than one community filter, configure the command for many times. If multiple communities are configured under the same filter number, no attribute can be deleted.


Example # Delete the specified BGP route communities1:200, 2:200 and 3:300 in the community filter.


[Quidway] ip community-filter 1 permit 1:200




[Quidway-route-policy] apply comm-filter 1 delete

7.9.6 apply community

Syntax apply community none

apply community { [ community-number | aa:nn ] &<1-16> | internet | no-advertise | no-export | no-export-subconfed } * [ additive ]

undo apply community



7-379



Description Using the apply community command, you can configure the BGP community attributes.

Using the undo apply community command, you can remove the BGP community attributes configured.

By default, no BGP community attribute is configured.

Parameter community-number | aa:nn: indicates the community number. The value of the community-number ranges from 1 to 4294967295. The value of the aa:nn ranges from 0 to 65535. At most 16 community numbers can be configured.

internet: sends the matching route to any peer.

no-export-subconfed: does not send the matched route outside the AS.

no-advertise: does not send the matched route to any peer.

no-export: sends the matched route to sub-Ass but not outside the AS.

no-export-subconfed: sends the matched route neither outside the AS nor to other sub-AS.

additive: indicates the community attributes of additional routes.

none: indicates the community attributes of routes deleted.



Example # Configure a Route-Policy named setcommunity. Match the route with the As-path as 8, and change its community attribute to no-export.


[Quidway] route-policy setcommunity permit node 16

[Quidway-route-policy] if-match as-path-filter 8

[Quidway-route-policy] apply community no-export


Command Reference


Issue 07 (2010-11-30)

7.9.7 apply convergence-priority

Syntax apply convergence-priority priority

undo apply convergence-priority



Description Using the apply convergence-priority command, you can set the aggregation priority of the VPNv4 routes.

Using the undo apply convergence-priority command, you can delete the aggregation priority of the VPNv4 routes.

By default, the aggregation priority of the VPNv4 routes is 0.

Parameter priority: indicates the aggregation priority of the VPNv4 routes. The greater the value is, the higher the aggregation priority is. The value is an integer ranging from 0 to 2.

Usage Guideline The VPNv4 routes with higher aggregation priority are processed first.

Related Command if-match rd-filter

Example # Set the aggregation priority of the VPNv4 routes to 2.


[Quidway] route-policy a permit node 10

[Quidway-route-policy] apply convergence-priority 2

7.9.8 apply cost

Syntax apply cost [ + | - ] cost

undo apply cost



7-381



Description Using the apply cost command, you can set the cost value of the route in the routing information.

Using the undo apply cost command, you can cancel the setting.

By default, no cost value of the route in the routing information is configured.

Parameter cost: specifies the cost value of the route in the routing information. The value ranges from 0 to 4294967295.

+: adds the cost value.

-: deduces the cost value.



Example # Define one apply clause that is used to set the routing information attributes and set the route cost 120.



[Quidway-route-policy] apply cost 120

7.9.9 apply cost-type

Syntax apply cost-type { external | internal | type-1 | type-2 }

undo apply cost-type



Command Reference


Issue 07 (2010-11-30)


Description Using the apply cost-type command, you can set the cost type of the route in routing information.

Using the undo apply cost-type command, you can cancel the setting.

By default, the cost type is not set.

Parameter internal: indicates the cost type of the IS-IS internal routes.

external: indicates the cost type of the IS-IS external routes.

type-1: indicates the OSPF external routes of Type-1.

type-2: indicates the OSPF external routes of Type-2.



Example # Set the cost type as OSPF External Type-1.



[Quidway-route-policy] apply cost-type type-1

7.9.10 apply extcommunity

Syntax apply extcommunity rt { as-number : nn | ipv4-address : nn } [ additive ]

undo apply extcommunity





7-383

Description Using the apply extcommunity command, you can specify the extended community attributes for the BGP route.

Using the undo apply extcommunity command, you can disable this function.

By default, the BGP extended community attributes are not set.

Parameter rt: indicates route target extended community. You can set at most 16 rts.

as-number: specifies the AS number. The value ranges from 0 to 65535.

ip-address: specifies the IPv4 address.

nn: specifies an integer. For as-number, the nn value ranges from 0 to 4294967295 and for ipv4-address, the nn value ranges from 0 to 65535.

additive: adds routes to the community.

Usage Guideline There are two types of BGP extended communities. One type is applied to VPN Route-Target extended community, and the other one is applied to the source node extended community. At present, the setting of Route-Target extended community attributes through the Route-Policy is supported. If the additive is not set in the command, the previous extended community attributes are substituted.


Example # Add 100:2 to the VPN Route-Target extended community attributes of BGP.



[Quidway-route-policy] apply extcommunity rt 100:2 additive

7.9.11 apply ip-address next-hop

Syntax apply ip-address next-hop ipv4-address

undo apply ip-address next-hop [ ipv4-address ]



Command Reference


Issue 07 (2010-11-30)


Description Using the apply ip-address next-hop command, you can set the next hop address of routing information.

Using the undo apply ip-address next-hop command, you can cancel the setting.

By default, no next hop address is set.

Parameter ipv4-address: specifies the next hop address.

Usage Guideline In BGP, setting the next hop of a route through the related policy is classified into the following types:

IBGP:

For an IBGP peer, the configured import or export policy can be valid. If the next hop address configured in the policy is unreachable, the IBGP peer still adds the route to the BGP routing table, but the route is not valid.

EBGP:

For an EBGP peer, the import policy is usually used to modify the next hop address of a route. If the export policy is used, the route is discarded because the next hop is unreachable after the route reaches the EBGP peer. When an EBGP is established through a physical connection, the policy cannot take effect. That is, the next hop address of the route cannot be modified.


Example # Define an apply clause to set the next hop address as 193.1.1.8.



[Quidway-route-policy] apply ip-address next-hop 193.1.1.18

7.9.12 apply isis

Syntax apply isis { level-1 | level-1-2 | level-2 }

undo apply isis



7-385



Description Using the apply isis command, you can specify the level of the routes imported to IS-IS.

Using the undo apply isis command, you can disable this function.

Parameter level-1: indicates the IS-IS level-1 routes.

level-2: indicates the IS-IS level-2 routes.

level-1-2: indicates the IS-IS level-1 and level-2 routes.



Example # Specify the level of the routes imported to IS-IS.



[Quidway-route-policy] apply isis level-1

7.9.13 apply local-preference

Syntax apply local-preference preference

undo apply local-preference




Command Reference


Issue 07 (2010-11-30)

Description Using the apply local-preference command, you can specify the local priority of the BGP routing information.

Using the undo apply local-preference command, you can remove the configuration.

Parameter preference: specifies the BGP local priority. The value ranges from 0 to 4294967295.



Example # Set the local priority of the BGP routing information as 130.



[Quidway-route-policy] apply local-preference 130

7.9.14 apply mpls-label

Syntax apply mpls-label

undo apply mpls-label



Description Using the apply mpls-label command, you can allocate the MPLS label to the route the meets the matching rule.

Using the undo apply mpls-label command, you can disable this function.

By default, no MPLS label is assigned to routes.

Parameter None



7-387



Example # Assign MPLS label to the routes that meet the matching rule.



[Quidway-route-policy] apply mpls-label

7.9.15 apply origin

Syntax apply origin { egp as-number | igp | incomplete }

undo apply origin



Description Using the apply origin command, you can set the route source of BGP routing information.

Using the undo apply origin command, you can cancel the setting.

Parameter igp: sets the BGP routing information source as internal route.

egp: sets the BGP routing information source as external route.

as-number: specifies the AS number for the external routes.

incomplete: sets the BGP routing information source as unknown source.




Command Reference


Issue 07 (2010-11-30)

Example # Set the route source of the routing information as IGP.



[Quidway-route-policy] apply origin igp

7.9.16 apply ospf

Syntax apply ospf { backbone| stub-area }

undo apply ospf



Description Using the apply ospf command, you can import the route to the specific OSPF area.

Using the undo apply ospf command, you can disable this setting.

Parameter stub-area: imports routes to OSPF NSSA area.

backbone: imports routes to OSPF backbone area.



Example # Import routes to the OSPF backbone area.



[Quidway-route-policy] apply ospf backbone



7-389

7.9.17 apply preference

Syntax apply preference preference

undo apply preference



Description Using the apply preference command, you can set preference value for routes.

Using the undo apply preference command, you can disable this function.

By default, the preference of protocols is not set.

Parameter preference-value: specifies the preference value. The value ranges from 1 to 255.



Example # Set the preference value for the route.



[Quidway-route-policy] apply preference 90

7.9.18 apply preferred-value

Syntax apply preferred-value preferred-value

undo apply preferred-value


Command Reference


Issue 07 (2010-11-30)



Description Using the apply preferred-value command, you can set the preferred value for BGP routes.

Using the undo apply preferred-value command, you can disable this function.

By default, the preferred value of BGP routes is not set.

Parameter preferred-value: specifies the preferred value . The value ranges from 0 to 65535.



Example # Set the preferred value for the BGP routes.



[Quidway-route-policy] apply preferred-value 66

7.9.19 apply tag

Syntax apply tag tag

undo apply tag





7-391

Description Using the apply tag command, you can set the tag area of OSPF routing information.

Using the undo apply tag command, you can cancel the setting.

Parameter tag: specifies the tag of routing information. The value ranges from 0 to 4294967295.



Example # Set the tag of routing information to 100.



[Quidway-route-policy] apply tag 100

7.9.20 apply traffic-index

Syntax apply traffic-index traffic-index

undo apply traffic-index



Description Using the apply traffic-index command, you can set the index for the statistics of the BGP traffic.

Using the undo apply traffic-index command, you can cancel the configuration.

By default, no index of the statistics of BGP traffic is set.

Parameter traffic-index: specifies the index used for traffic statistics for BGP. The value ranges from 1 to 64.


Command Reference


Issue 07 (2010-11-30)

Usage Guideline BGP accounting transmits the BGP traffic index through the BGP community attributes to identify the routes and charge the traffic.

The sender of the BGP routes can set the attributes for BGP routes by using the matching Route-Policy. The receiver of the BGP routes can set the BGP traffic index for the BGP routes according to the BGP community filter, the BGP AS-Path filter, ACL and the address prefix list. The BGP traffic index together with the routing information is transmitted to the FIB. Thus, the Traffic Collection Table that is based on the traffic index is generated for an interface by enabling the BGP Accounting in the interface.

The packets forwarded can be counted according to the traffic index in each interface. The packets can be counted on the ingress according to the destination address, and be counted on the egress according to the source address.


Example # Configure the Route-Policy named test in the Route-Policy view.



[Quidway-route-policy] apply traffic-index 10

7.9.21 display ip ip-prefix

Syntax display ip ip-prefix [ ip-prefix-name ]

View All views


Description Using the display ip ip-prefix command, you can view the address prefix list.

Parameter ip-prefix-name: specifies the name of the address prefix list to be displayed. The name is a string of 1 to 169 characters. The space is not allowed in the string.

Usage Guideline If the ip-prefix-name is not specified, all the address prefix lists set are displayed.



7-393

Related Command ip ip-prefix

Example # Display the address prefix list named p1.

<Quidway> display ip ip-prefix p1 Prefix-list pl

Permitted 0

Denied 0

index: 10 permit 192.168.0.0/16 ge 17 le 18

Table 7-69 Description of the display ip ip-prefix command output

Item Description

Prefix-list Name of the IPv4 address prefix list

Permitted Number of routes that pass the matching

Denied Number of routes that do not pass the matching

index Index number of the entries in the address prefix list

permit Content of entries in the address prefix list

ge Greater than or equal to

le Smaller than or equal to

7.9.22 display ip rd-filter

Syntax display ip rd-filter [ rd-filter-number ]

View Any view


Description Using the display ip rd-filter command, you can view the RD.

Parameter rd-filter-number: indicates the RD number. The value is an integer ranging from 1 to 199.


Command Reference


Issue 07 (2010-11-30)


Related Command ip rd-filter

Example # Display the configured RD.

<Quidway> display ip rd-filter

Route Distinguisher Filter 1

permit 1.1.1.1:1 2.2.2.2:* 100:1 200:*

Route Distinguisher Filter 2

deny 1:1 2:2

permit 1:* 2:*

Table 7-70 Description of the display ip rd-filter command output

Item Description

Route Distinguisher Filter RD member

permit The “permit” matching mode

deny The “deny” matching mode

7.9.23 display route-policy

Syntax display route-policy [ route-policy-name ]

View All views


Description Using the display route-policy command, you can view the Route-Policy.

If the route-policy-name is not specified, all the Route-Policies configured are displayed.

Parameter route-policy-name: specifies the name of the Route-Policy to be displayed.



7-395


Related Command route-policy

Example # Display information of the Route-Policy named policy1.

<Quidway> display route-policy policy1 Route-policy : policy1

permit : 10

Match clauses :

if-match acl 2000

Apply clauses :

apply cost 100

apply tag-value 100

Table 7-71 Description of the display route-policy command output

Item Description

Route-policy Name of the Route-Policy

Permit 10 Matching mode the sequence number of Route-Policy

Match clauses Matching condition list

Apply clauses Clause list

7.9.24 if-match acl

Syntax if-match acl acl-number

undo if-match acl acl-number



Description Using the if-match acl command, you can set a matching rule that is based on the ACL.

Using the undo if-match acl command, you can cancel the matching rule.


Command Reference


Issue 07 (2010-11-30)

By default, no matching rule based on the ACL is configured.


Usage Guideline The if-match acl command and the if-match ip-prefix command cannot be configured at the same time. Otherwise, the later configured command replaces the previously configured command.


Example # Set a matching rule that is based on ACL 2000.



[Quidway-route-policy] if-match acl 2000

7.9.25 if-match as-path-filter

Syntax if-match as-path-filter as-path-filter-number

undo if-match as-path-filter [ as-path-filter-number ]



Description Using the if-match as-path-filter command, you can set a matching rule that is based on the AS-Path filter.

Using the undo if-match as-path-filter command, you can cancel the matching rule.

By default, the matching rule based on the AS-Path filter is not set.

Parameter as-path-filter-number: specifies the number of the AS-Path filter. The value ranges from 1 to 256. A maximum of 16 parameters can be specified in a command line.



7-397

Usage Guideline The if-match as-path-filter command is applied only to BGP. Before using the command, you need to run the ip as-path-filter command to define the AS-Path.


Example # Set an AS-Path filter numbered as 2. The routing information contains the AS200 and AS300. Define a Route-Policy named test. The node number 10 of this routing policy defines an if-match clause, which quotes the definition of AS-Path.


[Quidway] ip as-path-filter 2 permit 200:300


[Quidway-route-policy] if-match as-path-filter 2

7.9.26 if-match community-filter

Syntax if-match community-filter { basic-comm-filter-num [ whole-match ] | adv-comm-filter-num } &<1-16>

undo if-match community-filter [ basic-comm-filter-num | adv-comm-filter-num ]



Description Using the if-match community-filter command, you can set a matching rule that is based on the community filter.

Using the undo if-match community-filter command, you can remove the matching rule.

By default, the matching rule based on the community filter is not set.

Parameter basic-comm-filter-num: specifies the number of the basic community filter. The value ranges from 1 to 99.

adv-comm-filter-num: specifies the number of the advanced community filter. The value ranges from 100 to 199.

whole-match: indicates the complete matching. That is, all the communities must appear.


Command Reference


Issue 07 (2010-11-30)



Example # Set a matching rule that is based on community filter 1.




[Quidway-route-policy] if-match community-filter 1

# Set the complete matching rule for the community attribute filters 1 and 2.



[Quidway-route-policy] if-match community-filter 1 whole-match 2 whole-match

7.9.27 if-match cost

Syntax if-match cost cost

undo if-match cost



Description Using the if-match cost command, you can configure a matching rule that is based on the route cost.

Using the undo if-match cost command, you can remove the matching rule.

By default, the matching rule based on the routing cost is not set.

Parameter cost-value: specifies the route cost. The value ranges from 0 to 4294967295.




7-399


Example # Match the routing information whose route cost is 8.



[Quidway-route-policy] if-match cost 8

7.9.28 if-match extcommunity-filter

Syntax if-match extcommunity-filter extcomm-filter-number &<1-16>

undo if-match extcommunity-filter [ extcomm-filter-number &<1-16> ]



Description Using if-match extcommunity-filter command, you can set a matching rule that is based on the extended community filter.

Using the undo if-match extcommunity-filter command, you can remove the matching rule.

By default, the matching rule based on the extended community filter is not set.

Parameter extcomm-filter-number: specifies the extended community filter number. The value ranges from 1 to 199. A maximum of 16 extended community filters can be specified in a command line.



Example # Define a rule to match the route of the specified extended community filter.


Command Reference


Issue 07 (2010-11-30)



[Quidway-route-policy] if-match extcommunity-filter 100

7.9.29 if-match interface

Syntax if-match interface interface-type interface-number &<1-16>

undo if-match interface [ interface-type interface-number &<1-16> ]



Description Using the if-match interface command, you can configure a matching rule that is based on the outgoing interface.

Using the undo if-match interface command, you can remove the rule.

By default, the matching rule based on the outgoing interface is not set.

Parameter interface-type interface-number: indicates the type and the number of the interface. A maximum number of 16 interfaces can be configured by using the command at a time.

Usage Guideline For the same Route-policy node, the relationship among various if-match interface is “OR” in the process of matching. That is, as long as the routing information meets one of the matching conditions, you can use the apply clause.

Related Command display route-policy

Example # Define a rule to match the route whose outgoing interface is GE 1/0/0.



[Quidway-route-policy] if-match interface Gigabitethernet 1/0/0



7-401

7.9.30 if-match ip

Syntax if-match ip { next-hop | route-source } { acl acl-number | ip-prefix ip-prefix-name }

undo if-match ip { next-hop | route-source} [ acl acl-number | ip-prefix ip-prefix-name ]



Description Using the if-match ip command, you can set a matching rule that is based on the IP information.

Using the undo if-match ip next-hop command, you can remove the rule.

By default, the matching rule based on the IP information is not set.

Parameter next-hop: matches the next hop address.

route-source: matches the source address advertised by routes.

acl acl-number: specifies the number of the basic ACL. The value ranges from 2000 to 2999.

ip-prefix ip-prefix-name: specifies the name of the address prefix list that is used to filter the routes. The name is a string of 1 to 169 characters.



Example # Define a rule to match the next hop address that complies with that routing information of the IP prefix list p1.



[Quidway-route-policy] if-match ip next-hop ip-prefix p1


Command Reference


Issue 07 (2010-11-30)

7.9.31 if-match ip-prefix

Syntax if-match ip-prefix ip-prefix-name

undo if-match ip-prefix ip-prefix-name



Description Using the if-match ip-prefix command, you can set a matching rule that is based on the IP address prefix list.

Using the undo if-match ip-prefix command, you can remove the rule.

By default, the matching rule based on the IP address prefix list is not set.

Parameter ip-prefix-name: specifies the name of the IP address prefix list. The name is a string of 1 to 169 characters. The space is not allowed in the string.

Usage Guideline The if-match acl command and the if-match ip-prefix command cannot be configured at the same time. Otherwise, the later configured command replaces the previously configured command.


Example # Set an address prefix list p1 that is used to filter routing information.



[Quidway-route-policy] if-match ip-prefix p1

7.9.32 if-match mpls-label

Syntax if-match mpls-label



7-403

undo if-match mpls-label



Description Using the if-match mpls-label command, you can set a matching rule that is based on the MPLS label. That is, match the route with the MPLS label.

Using the undo if-match mpls-label command, you can disable this function.

By default, the matching rule based on the MPLS label is not set.

Parameter None



Example # Define a matching rule to permit the labeled routes to pass the filtering of the rule.



[Quidway-route-policy] if-match mpls-label

7.9.33 if-match rd-filter

Syntax if-match rd-filter rd-filter-number &<1-10>

undo if-match rd-filter [ rd-filter-number &<1-10> ]




Command Reference


Issue 07 (2010-11-30)

Description Using the if-match rd-filter command, you can set a RD-based matching rule.

Using the undo if-match rd-filter command, you can delete a RD-based matching rule.

Parameter rd-filter-number: indicates the RD number. The value is an integer ranging from 1 to 199. you can specify a maximum of 10 RD numbers in a command line.


Related Command ip rd-filter

display ip rd-filter

Example # Define a matching rule matching the RD.


[Quidway] route-policy abc permit node 10

Info: New Sequence of this List !

[Quidway-route-policy] if-match rd-filter 1

7.9.34 if-match route-type

Syntax if-match route-type { external-type1 | external-type1or2 | external-type2 | internal | is-is-level-1 | is-is-level-2 | nssa-external-type1 | nssa-external-type1or2 | nssa-external-type2 }

undo if-match route-type { external-type1 | external-type1or2 | external-type2 | internal | is-is-level-1 | is-is-level-2 | nssa-external-type1 | nssa-external-type1or2 | nssa-external-type2 }



Description Using the if-match route-type command, you can set a matching rule that is based on the route type.



7-405

Using the undo if-match route-type command, you delete the matching rule. If the route type is not specified, matching rules of all types of routes are deleted. If the route type is specified, only the matching rules of the routes of the specified type are deleted.

By default, no matching rule that is based route type is set.

Parameter external-type1: indicates OSPF external Type 1 routes.

external-type1or2: indicates OSPF external routes.

external-type2: indicates OSPF external Type 2 routes.

internal: internal routes, including OSPF inter-area routes and OSPF intra-area routes.

is-is-level-1: indicates IS-IS level-1 routes.

is-is-level-2: indicates IS-IS level-2 routes.

nssa-external-type1: indicates OSPF NSSA Type 1 external routes.

nssa-external-type1or2: indicates OSPF NSSA external routes.

nssa-external-type2: indicates OSPF NSSA Type 2 external routes.

Usage Guideline For the same Route-policy node, the relations among various if-match interface is “OR” in the process of matching. That is, as long as the routing information meets one of the matching conditions, you can use the apply clause.


Example # Define a rule to match the routes of specified type.



[Quidway-route-policy] if-match route-type nssa-external-type1

7.9.35 if-match tag

Syntax if-match tag tag

undo if-match tag



Command Reference


Issue 07 (2010-11-30)


Description Using the if-match tag command, you can set a matching rule that is based on the tag of the routes.

Using the undo if-match tag command, you can cancel the matching rule.

By default, the matching rule on the tag of routes is set.

Parameter tag: specifies the tag value. The value ranges from 0 to 4294967295.



Example # Define a rule to match the OSPF routing information whose tag is 8.



[Quidway-route-policy] if-match tag 8

7.9.36 ip frr

Syntax ip frr route-policy route-policy-name

undo ip frr [ all ]

View System view


Description Using the ip frr command, you can enable the IP FRR function of the public network in the system view.

Using the undo ip frr command, you can cancel the IP FRR function of the public network.



7-407

By default, the IP FRR function of the public network is disabled.

Parameter route-policy-name: specifies the name of the Route-Policy.

all: cancels the IP FRR function of the public network and the private network.

Usage Guideline Using the keyword all, you can cancel the IP FRR function of all public network and private network.

Every time only one policy is enabled. If the policy is configured repeatedly, the new configuration covers the previous ones. The policy configured in the system view does not interact with the one configured in the VPN instance view.


Example # Specify the backup outgoing interface in the Route-Policy named ip frr rp and enable the IP FRR function of the public network in the system view.



[Quidway-route-policy] apply backup-interface GigabitEthernet1/0/0

[Quidway-route-policy] quit

[Quidway] ip frr route-policy ip_frr_rp

7.9.37 ip frr

Syntax ip frr route-policy route-policy-name

undo ip frr

View VPN instance view.


Description Using the ip frr command, you can enable the VPN IP FRR function in the VPN instance view.

Using the undo ip frr command, you can cancel the VPN IP FRR function.


Command Reference


Issue 07 (2010-11-30)

By default, the VPN IP FRR function is disabled.

Parameter route-policy-name: specifies the name of the Route-Policy.

Usage Guideline Every time only one policy is enabled. If the policy is configured repeatedly, the new configuration covers the previous ones. The policy configured in the system view does not interact with the one configured in the VPN instance view.


Example # Configure the backup next hop in the Route-Policy named ip frr rp and enable the VPN IP FRR function in the VPN instance view.





[Quidway] ip vpn-instance vpn1

[Quidway-vpn-instance-vpn1] route-distinguisher 100:1

[Quidway-vpn-instance-vpn1] ip frr route-policy ip_frr_rp

7.9.38 ip ip-prefix

Syntax ip ip-prefix ip-prefix-name [ index index-number ] { permit | deny } ip-address mask-length [ greater-equal greater-equal-value ] [ less-equal less-equal-value ]

undo ip ip-prefix ip-prefix-name [ index index-number ]

View System view


Description Using the ip ip-prefix command, you can configure an address prefix list or one of its items.

Using the undo ip ip-prefix command, you can delete an address prefix list or one of its items.



7-409

Parameter ip-prefix-name: uniquely specifies the name of an address prefix list. The name must be unique. The name is a string of 1 to 169 characters. The space is not allowed in the string.

index-number: specifies the sequence number of the entry in the address prefix list. By default, the number increases by 10 according to the configuration order. The first number is 10.

permit: indicates that the matching mode of the address prefix list is permit. In the mode, if the IP address filtered is in the range defined, the address passes the filtering of the node and does not enter the test of the next node. Otherwise, the IP address enters the test of the next node.

deny: indicates that the matching mode of the address prefix list items is deny. In the mode, if the IP address filtered is in the range defined, the address does not pass the filtering of the node, and does not enter the test of the next node. Otherwise, the address enters the test of the next node.

ip-address: specifies the IP address.

mask-length: specifies mask length.

greater-equal greater-equal-value | less-equal less-equal-value: if the IP address and the mask length are matched, the parameter is used to specify the range of the address prefix. The meaning of greater-equal is "greater than or equal to", and the meaning of less-equal is "less than or equal to". The range of the length is mask-length <= greater-equal <= less-equal <= 32. When only the greater-equal is used, the range of the prefix is [greater-equal, 32]. When only less-equal is used, the range of the prefix is [mask-length, less-equal].

Usage Guideline The address prefix list is used to filter IP address. An address prefix list may contain several entries, and each entry specifies one range of the address prefix. The inter-entry relation is "OR". That is, passing an item means passing the filtering of this address prefix list. Passing the filtering of any entry does not mean passing the filtering of the prefix address list.

The range of the address prefix may contain two parts that are determined by mask-length and [greater-equal, less-equal] respectively. If the ranges of prefix of these two parts are specified, the IP to be filtered must match the range of the prefix of these two parts.

If the ip-address mask-length is specified as 0.0.0.0 0, only the default route is matched.

If the ip-address mask-length is specified as 0.0.0.0 0 less-equal 32, all routes are matched.

After the address prefix list is configured, RM immediately notifies each protocol to apply the list by default. To delay applying the list, you can run the route-policy-change notify-delay command to set the waiting time before the list takes effect.

Related Command route-policy-change notify-delay

Example # Configure the address prefix list named p1. It permits the routes with the mask of 17 or 18 bits and in network segment 10.0.192.0.8, to pass.



Command Reference


Issue 07 (2010-11-30)

[Quidway] ip ip-prefix p1 permit 10.0.192.0 8 greater-equal 17 less-equal 18

7.9.39 ip rd-filter

Syntax ip rd-filter rd-filter-number { deny | permit } route-distinguisher &<1-10>

undo ip rd-filter rd-filter-number

View System view


Description Using the ip rd-filter command, you can configure the RD filter.

Using the undo ip rd-filter command, you can delete the RD filter.

Parameter filter-number: indicates the RD filter number. The value is an integer ranging from 1 to 199.

permit: if the RD matches the rules, routes can pass the filtering.

Deny: if the RD matches the rules, routes cannot pass the filtering.

route-distinguisher: specifies the route distinguisher to aa: nn or ip-address: nn. You can set a maximum of 10 RDs.

The following four formats of RD are supported:

ip-address:nn, such as 1.1.1.1:200 aa:nn, such as 100:1 ip-address:*, such as 1.1.1.1:*. It indicates that the RD begins with 1.1.1.1 aa:*, wildcard format, such as 100:*. It indicates the RD begins with 100.

Usage Guideline RD filter uses the following rules:

The rd-filter is not configured but is used to filter routes, the matching result is “permit”. For example, the rd-filter 100 is not configured but Route-Policy uses it: route-policy test permit node 10

if-match rd-filter 100

When Route-Policy is used to filter routes, routes match this if-match clause. The routes pass the filtering of Route-Policy named test.

If the rd-filter is configured but the RD of the route does not match any RD defined in the rd-filter, the matching result is “deny”.



7-411

For example, the RD of the route is 100:1 and the configuration of the rd-filter is as follows: ip rd-filter 100 permit 1.1.1.1:100

When the rd-filter is used, the matching result is “deny” The relation of rules defined by rd-filter is “OR”. This is different from community-filter.

This is because each route has only one RD but can have multiple communities. For example, the following formats of rd-filters have the same matching results: Format 1: ip rd-filter 100 permit 100:1 200:1 2.2.2.2:1 3.3.3.3:1

Format 2: ip rd-filter 100 permit 100:1 200:1

ip rd-filter 100 permit 2.2.2.2:1

ip rd-filter 100 permit 3.3.3.3:1

Compared with community-filter, the matching result of the two formats in the following are different. Format 1: ip community-filter 1 permit 100:1 200:1 300:1

Format 2: ip community-filter 1 permit 100:1

ip community-filter 1 permit 200:1 300:1

In the above configuration of community-filter, the community defined in the community-filter must be a sub-set of route community.

Routes are filtered in the configuration order of multiple rules. For example: ip rd-filter 100 deny 200:1 5.5.5.5:1

ip rd-filter 100 permit 200:* 5.5.5.5:*

The route whose RD is 200:1 or 5.5.5.5:1 is denied. If the configuration order of multiple rules is reversed as follows, ip rd-filter 100 permit 200:* 5.5.5.5:*

ip rd-filter 100 deny 200:1 5.5.5.5:1

The route whose RD is 200:1 or 5.5.5.5:1 is permitted. Each RD can be configured with a maximum of 255 rules.

After the RD filter is configured, RM immediately notifies each protocol to apply the filter by default. To delay applying the filter, you can run the route-policy-change notify-delay command to set the waiting time before the filter takes effect.

Related Command if-match rd-filter

Example # Configure RD filter.


[Quidway] ip rd-filter 1 permit 100:1


Command Reference


Issue 07 (2010-11-30)

7.9.40 reset ip ip-prefix

Syntax reset ip ip-prefix [ ip-prefix-name ]

View User view


Description Using the reset ip ip-prefix command, you can reset the timer of the specified IPv4 prefix list.

If no parameter is specified, the timer of all the IPv4 prefix lists is reset.

Parameter ip-prefix-name: specifies the name of the address prefix list. The name must be unique. The name is a string of 1 to 169 characters. The space is not allowed in the string.

Usage Guideline Using the command, you can reset the permit and deny timer of the prefix list.


Example # Reset the specified IPv4 prefix list.

<Quidway> reset ip ip-prefix abc

7.9.41 route-policy

Syntax route-policy route-policy-name { permit | deny } node node

undo route-policy route-policy-name [ node node ]

View System view



7-413


Description Using the route-policy command, you can create a Route-Policy and enter the Route-Policy view.

Using the undo route-policy command, you can cancel the created Route-Policy.

By default, the Route-Policy is not created.

Parameter route-policy-name: specifies the name of the Route-Policy name. The name must be unique. It is a string of 1 to 19 characters.

permit: indicates that the matching mode of the specified Route-Policy node is permit If a route matches all the if-match clauses, the route can pass the filtering and do all the actions ruled by the apply clause. Otherwise, the route enters the test of the next node.

deny: indicates that the matching mode of the specified Route-Policy node is deny. When a route matches all the if-match clauses of this node, the route cannot pass the filtering and cannot enter the test of the next node.

node: specifies the index of the node in the Route-Policy. The value ranges from 0 to 65535. When this Route-Policy is used to filter the routing information, the node with the smaller value of node is tested first.

Usage Guideline The Route-Policy is used to filter the routing information and to set the routing attributes of the routes that pass the filtering. One Route-Policy comprises of a few nodes. Each node comprises of some if-match and apply clauses.

The if-match clause defines the matching condition of this node. The apply clause defines the behavior of the route that passes the filtering. The filtering relationship between the if-match clauses is "AND". That is, all if-match clauses of the node must be matched. The filtering relation among Route-Policy nodes is "OR". That is, passing the filtering of one node means passing the filtering of this Route-Policy. If the information does not pass the filtering of any nodes, it cannot pass the filtering of this Route-Policy.

The if-match acl command and the if-match ip-prefix command cannot be configured at the same time. Otherwise, the later configured command replaces the previously configured command.

After the Route-Policy is configured, RM immediately notifies each protocol to apply the Route-Policy by default. To delay applying the Route-Policy, you can run the route-policy-change notify-delay command to set the waiting time before the filter takes effect.

Related Command route-policy-change notify-delay


Command Reference


Issue 07 (2010-11-30)

Example # Configure the Route-Policy policy1 whose node number is 10 and the matching mode is permit.


[Quidway] route-policy policy1 permit node 10

[Quidway-route-policy]

7.9.42 route-policy-change notify-delay

Syntax route-policy-change notify-delay delay-time

undo route-policy-change notify-delay

View System view


Description Using the route-policy-change notify-delay command, you can control the delay during which the RM notifies various protocols to reapply the routing policy after the routing policy changes.

Using the undo route-policy-change notify-delay command, you can reset the default value of the delay.

By default, RM immediately notifies the protocol of applying the new policy when the routing policy changes.

Parameter delay-time: indicates the delay for applying the routing policy after the routing policy changes. The value of the delay is an integer that ranges from 0 to 180 seconds.

Usage Guideline The system abides by the following rules to process the change of a routing policy:

After the command used to configure the routing policy changes, RM immediately notifies various protocols for processing by default. If you do not want RM to notify various protocols of the change of the routing policy, you can run this command to set a delay timer according to the actual situation. The routing policy applies the new policy after the timer times out.

If the configuration of the routing policy changes again during the delay, RM resets the timer. The timer retimes.



7-415

If you want to check the filtering effect of the policy after the delay for applying the policy is set, run the refresh bgp all command to configure BGP to immediately apply the new policy.

The commands related to the timer are route-policy, ip ip-prefix, ip as-path-filter, ip community-filter, ip extcommunity-filter, and acl.

Related Command route-policy

ip ip-prefix

Example # Set the delay for notifying the change of the routing policy.


[Quidway] route-policy-change notify-delay 20

7.9.43 vpn frr

Syntax vpn frr route-policy route-policy-name

undo vpn frr

undo vpn frr all (system view)

View VPN instance view.


Description Using the vpn frr command, you can enable the VPN FRR function.

Using the undo vpn frr command, you can cancel the VPN FRR function.

By default, the VPN FRR function is disabled.

Parameter route-policy route-policy-name: specifies the name of the Route-Policy.

Usage Guideline The undo vpn frr all command is used in the system view and the undo vpn frr command is used in the VPN instance view.


Command Reference


Issue 07 (2010-11-30)

Using the undo vpn frr all command in the system view, you can cancel the VPN FRR function in all VPN instance views.


Example # Specify the IP address of the backup next hop in the Route-Policy named vpn frr rp and enable the VPN FRR function in the VPN instance view.


[Quidway] route-policy vpn_frr_rp permit node 10




[Quidway-vpn-instance-vpn1] vpn frr route-policy vpn_frr_rp

[Quidway-vpn-instance-vpn1] quit


[Quidway-vpn-instance-vpn2] vpn frr route-policy vpn_frr_rp

[Quidway-vpn-instance-vpn2] quit

# Cancel the VPN FRR function of all VPNs in the system view.


[Quidway] undo vpn frr all

01-07 ip routing commands

Documents